PROPOSAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL...

EXPANSION IN MANUFACTURING OF SPONGE IRON, TMT BARS, M.S. BILLET/ S.S.

BILLETS, MS ROLLED BAR AND COAL BASED CAPTIVE POWER PLANT & WHRB

AT # Survey no. 175/1, Village – Samakhiyali, Tehsil - Bhachau, District – Kutch(Gujarat)

S. No. Product Existing

(TPA)

Proposed (TPA) Total (TPA)

1 Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2 M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3 TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 MS Rolled Bar 5,346 1,497 6,843

5 Runner & Raiser 891 No change No change

Power Generation

6 Power Plant (AFBC/CFBC) 25 MW 10MW 35 MW

7 Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW 8MW 16MW

Area –116.0 Acre

Project Cost: -Existing- Rs. 380 Crore.; Proposed Cost - Rs. 216.0 Crore; Total cost- Rs. 596Crore.

Study Period: - December ’2017- January -February’ 2018

ToR issued vide letter no. J-11015/ 76/ 2017-IA.II (M) dated 14.09.2017

Proposal No.:- IA/ HR/ MIN/ 66798/ 2017; File No.:- 76/ 2017

PROPOSAL

FOR

ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ("A" under category 3(a) of EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 and its subsequent amendments)

Gallantt Metal Limited Authorized Signatory: - Dinesh Agrawal (Director)

#Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony Gandhidham,

Kutch-370201 Gujarat, India.

Email: - [email protected], [email protected] Phone No. - 02837-283555

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANT

ENKAY ENVIRO SERVICES PVT. LTD., JAIPUR

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI, New Delhi at S. No. 45 (MoEF&CC)

List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (as on October 11, 2018).

Validity: - Till 06.11.2018.

Corporate Office: -# 92 Heera Nagar - A, Near Shalimar Bagh, Ajmer Road, Jaipur (Raj.). - 302 021

Phone: - 0141-4920771, 4920770, Email: - [email protected],

Website: - www.enkayenviro.com

PROJECT NAME : EXPANSION IN MANUFACTURING OF SPONGE IRON, TMT BARS,

M.S. BILLET/ S.S. BILLETS , MS RLLED BARAND CAPTIVE POWER

PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS

APPLICANT : GALLANTT METAL LIMITED

DOCUMENT NO.: EESPL/GML/011/EC/Ind./2017-18/426


OCTOBER’2018 i

Gallantt Metal Limited

AT # Survey no. 175/1, Village – Samakhiyali, Tehsil - Bhachau, District – Kutch (Gujarat)

CONTENT

S. No. CONTENTS Page Nos.

1. FORM-2 1-55

2. EIA/ EMP REPORT 58-1097

SECTION - I INTRODUCTION 58-99

1.1 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 58

1.2 SITE HISTORY 58

1.3 PROJECT DETAILS 59

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 60

1.5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE OF THE PROJECT 60

1.6 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY

AND OR REGION

61

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE 61

1.8 TERMS OF REFERENCE 64

1.9 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES 97

1.10 POST- ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING 99

1.11 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT

99

SECTION - II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 101-128

2.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 101

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT EXPANSION 101

2.3 LOCATION 102

2.4 POWER, WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE

REQUIREMENTS

107

2.4.1 POWER 107

2.4.2 WATER DEMAND 107

2.4.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS 110

2.4.4 LAND USE BREAK-UP 110

2.5 PROJECT DETAILS 111



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 ii

2.5.1 RAW MATERIALS REQUIRED ALONG WITH ESTIMATED

QUANTITY, LIKELY SOURCE AND MODE OF TRANSPORTATION OF

RAW MATERIALS.

111

2.5.2 PRODUCTS 112

2.6 EQUIPMENT DETAILS 112

2.7 PROCESS/ MANUFACTUIRNG DESCRIPTION 114

2.6 PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF SPONG IRON MANUFACTURING UNIT 114

2.7.1 PROCESS DESCRIPTION OF CAPTIVE POWER PLANT 118

2.8 MATERIAL BALANCE 125

2.9 PLANT LAYOUT 126

SECTION - III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 130-185

3.1 INTRODUCTION 130

3.2 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA 131

3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT 131

3.31 SOURCE OF INFORMATION 131

3.3.2 DATABASE 131

3.3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER AREA 132

3.3.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 134

3.3.5 SOIL QULAITY OF THE STUDY AREA 134

3.3.6 RESULTS & CONCLUSIONS 136

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT 136

3.4.1 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS 136

3.4.1 RESULTS 140

3.4.2.1 SURFACE WATER 140

3.42.2 GROUND WATER 140

3.5. AIR ENVIRONMENT 141

3.5.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA 141

3.5.2 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 141

3.5.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING DATA 142

3.5.4 RESULTS 145

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 146

3.6.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA 146



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 iii

3.6.2 RESULTS 148

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 149

3.7.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR BIODIVERSITY STUDY 149

3.7.2 DELINEATION OF THE STUDY AREA 149

3.7.3 SAMPLING METHODOLOGY 150

3.7.4 STATUS OF FLORA 151

3.7.5 STATUS OF FAUNA 158

3.7.6 BIODIVERSITY PROFILE THE CORE ZONE 160

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 168

SECTION - IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT & MITIGATION

MEASURES

188-228

4.1 GENERAL 188

4.2 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 189

4.2.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE 189

4.2.2 IMPACT ON SOIL 189

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY 190

4.2.4 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY 190

4.2.5 IMPACT ON TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY 192

4.2.6 DEMOGRAPHY AND SOCIO-ECONOMY 192

4.3 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 193

4.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT 193

4.3.1.1 SOURCE 193

4.3.1.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES 193

4.3.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT 193

4.3.2.1 SOURCE 194

4.3.2.2 IMPACT PREDICTION & MITIGATION MEASURES 194

4.3.2.3 CHARACTERISTICS OF TREATED AND UNTREATED EFFLUENT

200

4.3.2.4 IMPACT ON DRAINAGE 201

4.3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 201

4.3.3.1 IMPACT ON AIR ENVIRONMENT 201

4.3.3.2 AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS (AQIP) 203



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 iv

4.3.3.3 MODEL INPUT DATA 203

4.3.3.4 RESULTS AND CONCLUSION 205

4.3.3.5 RESULTANT CONCENTRATIONS AFTER IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT

206

4.3.4.1 NOISE QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTIONS 210

4.3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 211

4.3.5.1 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 211

4.3.5.2 EXISTING IMPACTS 212

4.3.6 LIMITATION, EXCLUSION & RECOMMENDATION 219

4.3.6.1 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT MATRIX 219

4.3.6 IMPACT ON COMMUNITY DEMOGRAPHICS 219

4.3.6.1 IMPACT ON EMPLOYMENT 221

4.3.7 IMPACT THROUGH INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITY 222

4.3.7.1 HEALTH & RELATED IMPACTS 22

4.3.7.2 IMPACT ON ECONOMIC DIVERSITY AND VITALITY 224

4.3.6.7 SOCIO ECONOMIC PARAMETER IMPORTANCE IMPACT UNIT PROFILE

225

4.3.6.8 INFERENCE OF SOCIO ECONOMIC PARAMETER IMPORTANCE IMPACT UNIT PROFILE

226

4.3.7.5 SOCIO - ECONOMIC IMPACT 227

SECTION -V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 230-231

5..1 INTRODUCTION 230

5.2 SITE ALTERNATIVE 230

5.3 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES 230

SECTION –VI ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME 233-244

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 233

INTRODUCTION 233

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 233

6.2 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING 233

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 235

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE 238

6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES 241

6.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 242



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 v

6.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT

PROTECTION AND CONSERVATION

243

SECTION –VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 246-297

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 246

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION 246

7.2 RISK ANALYSIS 268

7.2.1 INTRODUCTION 268

7.3 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION 268

7.4 HAZARD ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION 268

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT 271

7.6 RISK PREVENTION TECHNIQUES 276

7.6.1 SAFETY AND HEALTH MEASURES 277

7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 280

7.8 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY 294

SECTION – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 299-302

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS 299


8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 299

8.3 MAJOR SOCIO- ECONOMIC IMPACT BENEFITS 299

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL, SKILLED,SEMI SKILLED AND UN-

SKILLED

302

8.5 OTHER BENEFITS 302

SECTION – IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 304

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 304

SECTION - X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 306-321

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 306


10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT 306

10.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL DEPARTMENT POLICIES 306

10.2.2 ENVIRONMENTAL DEPARTMENT STRUCTURE 307

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME 309

10.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 315



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 vi

*********

SECTION - XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 323-346

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 323


11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 326

11.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING 328

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

333

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 336

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS 341

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE 342

11.8 CONCLUSIONS 346

SECTION -XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 347-350



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 vii

LIST OF FIGURE

Figure No. Particular Page No.

1.0 Environmental Clearance process for Category ‘A’ project 62

2.0 Toposheet showing 10Km of the Study area 103

2.1 Google Image showing 10km radius of the project site 104

2.2 Flow chart showing the existing water demand 108

2.3 Flow chart showing the proposed water demand 109

2.4 Flow chart showing the sponge iron manufacturing process 117

2.5 Process flow chart of Captive Power plant 121

2.6 Flow chart showing Process Flow for Manufacturing M.S. Billet 122

2.7 Flow chart showing Process flow chart of Rolling Mill 124

2.8 Showing the existing and proposed plant layout 126

3.0 Land Use/Land Cover Map 133

3.1 Showing Geology of Kutch Region 134

3.2 Wind rose 24hrs 142

3.3 Photographs showing plantation in core zone 153

3.4 Plantation in and around at Canteen Area, STP plant area 154

3.5 Photographs showing Neem Plantation at Open Area near the

Residential Colony (Open Area)

155

3.6 Showing plants species recorded in the buffer zone of the study

area

157

3.7 Avi -fauna recorded in study area 159

3.8 Water Bodies in Study Area (Buffer Zone) 166

3.9 Fauna recorded in buffer zone of the study area 167

3.10 Economic diversity of study area 177

3.11 Photographs of Culture & Mobility of the area 179

4.0 Flow Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant 196

4.1 Schematic diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant 198

4.2 Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of PM10 for the 208



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 viii

************

study period

4.3 Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of PM2.5 for the

study period

208

4.4 Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of NOx for the

study period

209

4.5 Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of SO2 for the study

period

209

6.0 Organizational Structure of Environment Management 243

7.0 On-Site Emergency Organization Chart 289



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 ix

LIST OF TABLE

Table No. Particular Page No.

1.0 Existing production capacity 57

1.1 Proposed expansion product capacity 57

1.2 TOR Compliance 64

1.3 Generic structure of EIA document 99

2.0 Geological coordinates of the project site 102

2.1 Power Demand 107

2.2 Water Demand 107

2.3 Manpower details 110

2.4 Land use breakup of project site 110

2.5 Details of Raw Material for Sponge Iron Plant 111

2.6 Details of Raw Material for Billets 111

2.7 Details of Raw Material for TMT Bars 111

2.8 Raw material for Power Plant 112

2.9 Details of Product 112

2.10 Equipment details for existing & proposed plant 112

2.11 Material Balance for Sponge Iron Plant 125

2.11 Material Balance for Billets (Per 100 Tons) 125

2.12 Material Balance for TMT Bars 125

3.0 List of Monitoring Stations 130

3.1 Database used for LULC Mapping 132

3.2 LULC category with area and percentage 132

3.3 Monitoring Locations for soil quality testing 135

3.4 Results of Soil Analysis 135

3.5 Results of Surface Water Analysis 136

3.6 Results of Ground Water Analysis 138

3.7 Micro-Meteorological Data 141

3.8 Sampling Frequency 142



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 x

3.9 Instruments used for Sampling & Analysis 143

3.10 Sampling and Analytical Techniques 143

3.11 Statistical Summary of Concentration Levels of Criteria Pollutants 143

3.12 Noise (Sound) Measuring Instrument 146

3.13 Testing Method to be followed 146

3.14 Ambient Noise Level Data 146

3.14(a) Ambient Noise Level Data 147

3.15 Methods used for study of flora & fauna 149

3.16 Estimation of phyto-sociological parameters 151

3.17 Environmental Sensitivity in the study area 156

3.18 Details of Sampling Numbers in Core and Buffer Zone 156

3.19 Flora & Fauna Species Distribution in the Core and Buffer Zones 158

3.20 Plants Reported From Core Zone (Existing Project Site) 160

3.21 Birds reported from Core Zone 161

3.22 List of mammalian species recorded in Core Zone 161

3.23 List of reptiles recorded in Core Zone 161

3.24 Butterflies recorded in Core Zone 162

3.25 List of floral species recorded in the Buffer Zone 162

3.26 List of Avifauna Recorded in Buffer Zone 164

3.27 List of mammalian species recorded in Buffer Zone 164

3.28 List of amphibian species recorded in Buffer Zone 165

3.29 List of reptiles recorded in Buffer Zone 165

3.30 Butterflies recorded in Buffer Zone 165

3.31 Demographic profile of the 10km study area 169

3.32 Literacy of the study area 170

3.33 The Occupational structure in buffer zone 171

3.34 Scheduled Tribe population 171

4.0 Existing and Proposed Product detail 188

4.1 Characteristics of Treated Waste Water. 200



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 xi

4.2 Details of Pollution Control Equipments 202

4.3 Stack Emission Details (Existing ) 204

4.3(a) Stack Emission Details (Proposed Expansion) 205

4.4 Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental

Concentrations

206

4.5 Details of incremental concentration of pollutants on sensitive

locations like habitations

206

4.6 Noise Quality Impact Predictions 211

4.7 List of plant species to control Noise pollution and absorb gas

(SO2 emission)

216

4.8 Recommended Plant species for Plantation 218

6.0 Environmental Monitoring Schedule during Construction Phase 235

6.1 Environmental Monitoring During Operational Phase 238

6.2 Cost Provision for Environmental Measures 241

6.3 Proposed Equipment and methodology for Environmental

Monitoring

242

7.0 Time Bound Action Plan for Issues / Objection / Query Raised

During Public Hearing With Budgetary Fund Allocation

248

7.1 CER Action Plan: 3 Years Total Budget Allocated 3.12 Cr 264

7.2 Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensities 273

7.3 Radiation Exposure and Lethality 274

7.4 Scenarios Considered For MCA Analysis 275

7.5 Properties of Chemicals Considered For Modeling 275

7.6 Occurrence of Various Radiation Intensities- Pool Fire 275

7..7 Details of Personnel Protective Equipment 279

7.8 Details of Fire Fighting Equipment 288

7.9 Details of hospital in nearby cities and specialist doctors in the

town

291

7.10 Contact numbers of district administration in case of emergency 293



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 xii

*********************

7.11 CSR Activities undertaken by Gallant Metal Limited 294

10.0 Fund allocated for Environment Protection Measures 309

10.1 Environment Management Plan 310

10.2 Details of Existing Green belt 317

10.3 Proposed Year wise plantation and Budget for Next Five Years 317

10.4 Budget Allocation For Pea Fowl (PAVO CRISTATUS 318

10.5 Budget Allocation For Painted Stork 320

11.0 Existing and Proposed Production Capacity 323

11.1 Environmental Settings 323

11.2 Salient Features of Proposed Plant 326

11.3 Micro meteorological data for the study period at project site 329

11.4 Summary of Ambient Air Quality for all the locations 329

11.5 Waste Water Generation and Disposal 334

11.6 The anticipated quantities of solid waste 335

11.7 Environmental Monitoring Programme during Construction Phase 336

11.8 Environmental Monitoring During Operational Phase 338



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 xiii

LIST OF ANNEXURE

Annexure

No.

Particular Page No.

I. Incorporation of Certificate under companies Act 1956 352

II. Map showing topography, surrounding features 353

III. Copy of Terms of Reference 354-364

IV. Minutes of meeting of Public Hearing with all relevant annexures 365-583

V. Copy of pervious granted Environmental Clearance 584-606

VI. Certified EC Compliance 607-728

VII. CTO Since inception 729-771

VIII. Existing Consent to Operate 772-786

IX. All MoU for raw material 787-788

X. Water permission letter from GWIL 789

XI. MoU for Ash disposal 790-791

XII. Electricity Sanctioned letter 792

XIII. Land Document 793-816

XIV. Submission receipt for authenticated list of flora and fauna and

Conservation plan for Pea-Fowl and Painted Stork

817-856

XV. Plant Lay out with green belt development 857

XVI. Show cause notice (Direction under EP Act, 1986) 858-861

XVII. Photographs of ETP 862-864

XVIII. Accreditation Certificate of NABET 865-866

XIX. C.A. certificate 867

XX. Undertaking from the project proponent& ID proof 868-872

XXI. Manifest form for used oil 873-874

XXII. Manifest form for Ion Exchange Resin 875

XXIII. Submission Receipt for Certificate from Chief Wild Life Warden stating

no national Park , Sanctuaries lies in 10 km of the study area

876

XXIV. Manifest form for Tar residue (TSDF Certificate) 877

XXV. Certified compliance report of Consent to operate 878-884

XXVI. Latest Stack monitoring report 885-918

XXVII. Google earth Map 919



PLANT & WHRB

CONTENTS




OCTOBER’2018 xiv

***************

XXVIII. Photographs showing Existing and Proposed plant site 920-921

XXIX. Photographs showing existing and proposed plantation 922-923

XXX. Land Use & land cover map 924

XXXI. Geomorphologic Map of the study area 925

XXXII. Drainage Map of 5.0 km of the study area 926

XXXIII. Baseline monitoring report & Micrometeorological data 927-1008

XXXIV. Photograph of sewage treatment plant 1009-1012

XXXV. Photographs of Rain water harvesting pit 1013

XXXVI. Stack photographs 1014

XXXVII. Photographs of Bag filter & ESP 1015-1018

XXXVIII. Occupational Health Record of the workers 1019-1037

XXXIX. Environmental Policy 1038

XL. Standard Operating Procedure 1040

XLI. Hierarchical system of the company 1041

XLII. Non compliance reporting procedure 1042

XLIII. Photographs of Continuous monitoring system 1043

XLIV. Slag analysis report 1044-1045

XLV. CSR activity done by project proponent 1046-1069

XLVI. Form-1 1070-1097

1

FORM -2

2

APPLICATION FOR PRIOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE

1. Details of Project :

a) Name of the Project(s) : Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Sponge Iron, TMT

Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, MS Rolled Bars, Coal based

Captive Power Plant and WHRB of Gallantt Metal Limited.

b) Name of the Company/ Organization : Gallantt Metal Limited

c) Registered Address : Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony

Gandhidham, Kutch-370201 Gujarat, India.

Incorporated as Limited under Companies Act, 1956 (1 of

1956) dated 07.02.2007. Copy is enclosed as Annexure- I.

d) Legal Status of the Company : No litigation is pending against the project in the court of law

as the information provided by project proponent.

e) Joint Venture (Yes/ No)

If Yes

: Not Applicable

(i) No. of JV Partners (Multiple Entries

allowed)

: Not Applicable

Name of the JV

Partner

Share of the JV

Partner

Address of the JV

Partner

E-Mail id of JV

Partner

Mobile No. of JV

Partner

Not Applicable

2. Address for the Correspondence : Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony


a) Name of the Applicant : Gallantt Metal Limited

b) Designation (Owner/ Partner/ CEO) : Dinesh Agrawal (Director)

c) Address : Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony


d) Pin Code : 370201

e) E-Mail : [email protected], [email protected]

f) Telephone No. : 02837-283555

g) Fax No. : 02836-235787

3

3. Category of the Project/ Activity as per

Schedule of EIA Notification, 2006.

: -

a) Project/ Activity : Metallurgical industries (ferrous & non ferrous)

b) Category (A/ B1/ B2) : A

Reason for application at Central

Level/ State Level (In case of B2

Projects)

Not Applicable

If Others Not Applicable

c) Please Specify : Not Applicable

d) EAC Concerned (For Category A

projects Only)

(Coal Mining/ Non-Coal Mining/

Thermal/ River Valley & Hydro/

Industry-I/ Industry – II/

Infrastructure – I/ Infrastructure –II/

Nuclear & Defense/ CRZ

: Industry-I

e) New/ Expansion/ Modernization/

One Time Capacity expansion (Only

for Coal Mining)/ Expansion under

Para 7(ii)/ Modernization under Para

7(ii)/ Change of Product Mix under

Para 7(ii)).

: Expansion

4. Location of the Project : As under:

a) Plot/ Survey/ Khasra No. : Survey no.:- 175/1

b) Village : Samakhiyali

c) Tehsil : Bhachau

d) District : Kutch

e) State : Gujarat

f) Pin Code : 370150

g) Bounded Latitudes (North) : North

4

From : 23°18’32.58” N

To : 23°19’04.47” N

h) Bounded Longitude (East) : East

From : 70°29’28.95” E

To : 70°29’41.87” E

i) Survey of India Toposheet No. : 41I/7,8, 11 & 12

j) Upload Toposheet file (Upload PDF

Only)

: Toposheet is enclosed as Annexure- II.

k) Maximum Elevation Above Mean Sea

Level (AMSL)

: 42MSL

l) Upload (kml)File (Upload kml only) : Kml file superimposed on Google Earth Image is uploaded.

m) Distance of Nearest HFL from the

project boundary within the study

area

: Rapar Village @ 60 km from project site

HFL – 90.3 MSL

n) Seismic Zone (Zone 1/ 2/ 3/ 4/ 5) : Zone-IV- According to BMTPC’s Vulnerability Atlas, II Edition,

and the area falls in a region of high damage risk zone.

5. Whether project is executed in multiple

States (Yes/ No)?

If Yes,

No

a) Number of States in which Project will

be executed (eg. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)

: 1

b) Main State of the Project. : Gujarat

c) Other State (Multiple Entries allowed)

(If the project to be executed, does

not belong to any State, then State

Category Could be selected as

“Other”)

: Not Applicable

State District Tehsil Village

- Not Applicable - -

6. Details of Terms of Reference (TOR) : As under:-

5

a) Whether ToR is mandatory for

submitting application (Yes/ No)?

: Yes

If Yes : Terms of Reference has been issued from MoEF&CC, New

Delhi.

b) Date of issue of TOR/ Standard TOR : 19.12.2017

c) MoEF&CC/ SEIAA File No. : J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I)

d) Upload ToR Letter (PDF Only) : Terms of Reference is enclosed as Annexure-III.

7. Details of Public Consultation :

a) Whether the Project exempted from

public Hearing (Yes/ No)?

: No

If Yes? : -

Reason : -

b) Supporting Document (Upload PDF

Only)

: Minutes of Meeting of Public hearing is enclosed as

Annexure- IV.

c) Whether details of Public Hearing

available (Yes/ No)?

: Yes

If No, : -

d) Reason thereof :

Supporting Document (Upload PDF

Only)

: Minutes of Meeting of Public hearing is enclosed as

Annexure-IV.

If Yes, : Yes

e) Date of Advertisement of Public

Hearing

: 1.Kutch Mitra -28.06.2018

2.Indian Express-28.06.2018

f) Copy of advertisement in English

(Upload PDF Only)

: Copy of advertisement is enclosed as Annexure-IV.

g) Whether Public Hearing was presided

over by an officer of the rank of

Additional District Magistrate or

above (Yes/ No)?

: Yes

If Yes. : Yes

6

h) Designation of Presiding Officer

(District Magistrate/ District

Collector/ Deputy Commissioner/

Others- Please Specify).

: Ms. Remya Mohan(IAS), DM, Bhuj, District- Kutch

Regional Officer- Shri K.B Choudhary of Regional Office,

Kucth (East).

i) Copy of duly signed proceedings of

Public Hearing in English (Upload

PDF only).

: Minutes of the Meeting is enclosed as Annexure-IV.

j) Date of Public Hearing : 31.07.2018 at 11:00AM

k) Venue of Public Hearing : At Project Site, Gallantt Metal Ltd., Survey No.175/1

Village : Samkhaiyali,

Tehsil : Bhachau,

District : Kutch

State : Gujarat

l) Distance of Public Hearing Venue

from the Proposed Project (Km).

: At project site

m) No. of People attended : 194

n) If the multiple public hearing

conducted.

: None

Please give the details of each PH as per (e)

to (O) above.

: -

8. Details of Project Configuration/ Product

(Multiple Entries Allowed)

: -

a) Whether the Project is New (Yes/

No)?

: No, it is an existing project.

b) Project Configuration : Not Applicable

Plant/ Equipment/ Facility Configuration Remark If any

Not Applicable

c) Product :

Existing Product/

Activity (Capacity/

Quantity

From

Quantity

To

Unit Mode of Transport/

Transmission of Product

7

Area)

Not Applicable

*Unit:- (Tonnes per Annum (TPA), Mega Watt (MW), Hectares (Ha.), Kilo Litre per Day (KLD), Tons crushed per

day (PCD), Cubic Meter per day, Kilometers (Km), Million Liters per day (MLD), Others).

Mode of Transport/ Transmission of Product (Road, Rail, Conveyor Belt, Pipe Conveyor, Aerial Ropeway,

Combination of two or three modes, Others).

9. If expansion/ Modernization/ One Time

Capacity expansion (Only for Coal

Mining)/ Expansion under Clause 7(ii)/

Modernization under clause 7(ii)/

Modernization under Clause7 (ii)/

Change of product Mix under Clause

7(ii)).

: As under:-.

a) Details of Environmental Clearance

granted earlier

: Environmental Clearance has been granted by MoEF&CC, New

Delhi for the existing capacity of manufacturing Sponge Iron,

TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, Coal based Captive Power

Plant and WHRB vide letter no.-J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I)

dated 19.05.2016. Copy is enclosed as Annexure – V.

(i) Date of issue of Environmental

Clearance.

: 19.05.2016

(ii) MoEF&CC/ SEIAA File Number : J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I)

(iii) Upload EC letter : Uploaded and Attached as Annexure- V.

b) Details of certified report on

compliance of earlier Environmental

Clearance Conditions.

As under:

(i) Details of Regional office of

MoEF&CC/ Zonal Office of CPCB/

SPCB/ UTPCC from which certified

report on compliance of earlier

Environmental Clearance conditions

obtained.

: Regional Office of MoEF&CC, Bhopal.

8

(ii) Letter No. : File No.-4-24/2007(Env.)/568 dated 18.10.2018

(iii) Status of Compliance : Certified

(iv) Certified report on compliance of

earlier Environmental Clearance

conditions (Including Monitoring

Report) Upload PDF only.

: The compliance report of existing Environmental Clearance

has been obtained vide letter no File No.-4-

24/2007(Env.)/568 dated 18.10.2018 from Regional Office,

Bhopal. Copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure –VI.

(v) Details of Site Visit : 20.09.2018

c) Details of Consent to Operate : -

(i) Whether Consent to Operate obtained

(Yes/ No)?

: Yes

If Yes, : Yes

(ii) Upload copies of all Consent to

Operate obtained since inception

(Upload PDF only).

: The copies of Consent to Operate obtained from inception to

till date uploaded as Annexure- VII & VIII.

S.

No.

Consent to Operate/NOC (Letter Nos.) Consolidated CTO &

Authorization of Hazardous waste

Date of issue &

Year

Validity up to

1. No.– FT-204/17333 (NOC) 27.06.2005 26.06.2010

2. No.-GPCB/CCA-KUTCH-341/33382 (CTE) 05.12.2006 04.12.2011

3. No.-PC /CCA-Kutch-341/12662(Electricity) 22.04.2008 12.02.2012

4. No.PC/CCA-Kutch-341/12664 24.04.2008 15.01.2011

5. No.- PC/CCA-Kutch-341(2)/GPCB ID 17845/59443 (CTE renewed) 20.09.2010 19.09.2015

6. No.PC/CCA-Kutch-341(3)/GPCB ID 17845/99847 05.12.2011 27.12.2015

7. No.PC/CCA-Kutch-341(5)/GPCB ID 17845/206250(Electricity) 02.02.2012 27.12.2015



10. No.-PC/ CCA-KUTCH-341(5)/GPCB ID 17845/349490 & awh-

76789

29.02.2016 27.12.2020

11. PC/CCA-Kutch-341(5)/GPCB ID17845/364967&AWH-80514

(Power Generation)

20.07.2016 27.12.2020

12. PC/ CCA-KUTCH-351(5)/GPCB ID 17845/412240&AWH-

80514 ( Additional 8WM)

11.05.2017 27.12.2020

9

All Copies of Consent to Operate/NOC (Letter Nos.) Consolidated CTO & Authorization of Hazardous waste are

enclosed as Annexure- VII & VIII

(iii) Date of issue : 29.02.2016 & 11.05.2017

(iv) Valid up to : 27.12.2020

(v) File No. : AWH/ 76789 & PC/ CCA-KUTCH-351(5)/GPCB ID

17845/412240

(vi) Application No. : -

(vii) Upload copy of Consent to Operate

valid as on date (Upload PDF only).

: Attached as Annexure-VIII.

(d) Details of Capacity Expansion

(Multiple Entries allowed).

: As under:

Existing Product/

Activity (Capacity/

Area)

Proposed Product

Activity (Capacity/

Area)

Existing

Quantity

from

To Proposed

Quantity after

expansion

Unit Mode of Transport/

Transmission of Product

Sponge Iron Sponge Iron 2,25,000 3,73,500 TPA Transported by Road

M.S. Billets M.S. Billets 3,36,600 4,29,000 TPA Transported by Road

TMT Bars TMT Bars 3,30,000 4,22,400 TPA Transported by Road

M S Rolled Bar M S Rolled Bar 5346 6,843 TPA Transported by Road

Runner & Raiser Runner & Raiser 891 891

(No Change)

TPA Transported by Road

Power Plant

(AFBC/CFBC)

Power Plant

(AFBC/CFBC)

25 MW 35 MW TPA -

Power Plant (WHRB) Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW 16MW TPA -

Area- 116.0Acre Area- 45.22 - - - -





e) Details of Configuration (Multiple

Entries allowed).

: As under:

Plant/ Equipment/ Configuration Final Configuration Remarks,

10

Facility Existing Proposed after expansion If any

Sponge Iron Kiln 04 (175TPD

Each kiln)

01 (450TPD) 1150TPD -

Induction Furnace 05 (20 TPH each

furnace )

01 (30TPH) 130TPH -

Power Plant Boiler

(AFBC/CFBC) 01 (25MWH)

01 (10MWH) 35MWH -

Power Plant Boiler(WHRB) 01 (8MWH) 01 (8MWH) 16MWH -

Rolling Mill (TMT Bars) 01(1000TPD) 01 (280TPD) 1280TPD -

10. Project Cost :

a) Total Cost of the Project at current

price level (In Lacs)

: Existing – Rs. 380Crore,

Proposed – Rs. 216.0Crore

Total – Rs. 596.0Crore

b) Funds allocated for Environment

Management (Capital) (In Lacs)

: Capital Cost- Rs. 740.0 Lacs

c) Funds allocated towards ESC

(Entrepreneur Social Responsibility)

(In Lacs)

: Existing – 3,12.50Lacs

d) Funds allocated for Environment

Management Plan (EMP) (Recurring

per Annum) (In Lacs)

: Recurring Cost-Rs. 65.0 Lacs

11. Whether projects attracts the General

Condition specified in the Schedule of EIA

Notification (Yes/ No)? [Provide name of

WL/ CPA/ ESA/ Inter-State boundary/

International and distance from the

project.

If Yes,

: None

a) Protected area Notified under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

: Not Applicable

b) Critically Polluted Areas as identified : Not Applicable

11

by the Central Pollution Control

Board from Time to Time.

c) Notified Eco-Sensitive Areas. : Not Applicable

d) Inter-State Boundaries and

International Boundaries.

: Not Applicable

12. Whether Projects attract the Specific

Condition specified in the Schedule of EIA

Notification (Yes/ No)?

If Yes?

: Not Applicable

a) If any Industrial Estate/ Complex/

Export Processing Zone/ Special

Economic Zones/ Biotech parks/

Leather Complex with homogenous

type of industries such as Items 4(d),

4(f), 5(e), 5(f), or those industrial

estates with pre-defined set of

activities (not necessarily

homogenous, obtains prior

environmental clearance, individual

industries including proposed

industrial housing within such

estates/ complexes will not be

required to take prior environmental

clearance, so long as the Terms and

Conditions for the industrial estate/

complex are complied with (Such

estates/ Complexes must have a

clearly identified management with

the legal responsibility of ensuring

adherence to the Terms and

Conditions of prior environmental

: Not Applicable

12

clearance, who may be held

responsible for violation of the same

throughout the life of the complex/

estate.

13. Raw Material/ Fuel Requirement


:

a) Details of Raw Material/ Fuel

Requirement

: As under:

Raw

Material/

Fuel

Quantity per Annum Unit Source (In case

of Import,

please specify

country and

Name of the

port from

which raw

material/ Fuel

is received)

Mode of

Transport

Distance of source

from Project Site (In

Kms) in case of

import, distance

from the port from

which the raw

material/ fuel is

received.

Type of linkage

(Linkage/ Fuel

Supply

Agreement/ e-

auction/ MoU/

LOA/ Captive/

Open Market/

Others) Existing Proposed

Iron ore 3,60,000 2,37,600 TPA Imported/

Indian, Kandla

port

Transported

by ships to

nearest port

and later

transported

via dumper

to site

45.72 Km, SW MoU is enclosed

as Annexure-IX.

Coal 4,28,818 2,34,239 TPA Imported/

Indian, Kandla

port

Transported

by ships to

nearest port

and later

transported

via dumper

to site

45.72 Km, SW MoU is enclosed

as Annexure-IX

Sponge 2,25,360 1,48,140 TPA In-house

production

Internal

Transported

by Trucks

- -

Scrap 1,56,660 - TPA Local Market/ Transported MoU is enclosed

13

Imported by Trucks as Annexure-IX.

MS Billets 3,41,976 87,024 TPA In house

production

- - -

Coal Char 66,795 26,718 TPA In-house

production

Internal

Transported

by Trucks

- -

HSD 1667 - TPA Nearby Diesel/

Petrol Pump

Transported

through

trucks by

road

Within 5.0Km Open Market

In case of expansion proposals, total requirement of raw material/ fuel shall be given.





b) Upload copy of Linkage/ Fuel Supply

Agreement/ e-auction/ Memorandum

of Understanding/ Letter of

Allocation/ Captive Source/ Others.

: MoU is enclosed as Annexure-IX.

14. Baseline Data (Air/ Water/ Noise/ Soil/

Ground Water table/ Others)

:

a) Period of Baseline Data Collection : As under:

From (DD/ MM/ YYYY) : 01.12.2017

To (DD/ MM/ YYYY) : 28.02.2018

b) Season (Summer/ Pre-Monsoon/

Post-Monsoon/ Winter)

: Winter Season

c) No. of Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)

Monitoring Locations

: 8

d) Details of AAQ Monitoring (Multiple

Entries allowed)

: As under:

S.

No.

Criteria

Pollutant

Locations Maximum

µg/m3

Minimum

µg/m3

Standard

Deviation

98thPercentile CPCB

Standards

14

1 PM10 Project Site 76.80 71.20 1.36 76.57 100

Samyakhali 80.40 72.20 2.16 79.85

Gorasar 71.70 67.90 0.89 71.52

Ramapar 67.70 63.20 1.03 67.29

Gharana 79.80 73.40 1.82 79.80

Lakhpat 68.40 65.40 0.84 68.31

Vipasar 78.10 74.60 0.98 77.92

Vondh R.S. 70.40 68.00 0.63 70.31

2 PM2.5 Project Site 43.20 35.70 2.26 42.79 60

Samyakhali 43.70 34.80 2.00 43.61

Gorasar 37.30 35.20 0.62 0.62

Ramapar 36.70 32.70 1.00 36.52

Gharana 41.70 37.20 1.36 41.65

Lakhpat 36.40 32.20 0.90 35.94

Vipasar 41.50 37.90 1.27 41.45

Vondh R.S. 39.60 37.00 0.76 39.42

3 SO2 Project Site 15.60 12.50 0.80 15.55 80

Samyakhali 13.90 11.10 0.77 13.76

Gorasar 10.10 7.20 0.78 9.92

Ramapar 13.80 10.60 0.76 13.52

Gharana 10.40 13.40 0.70 13.31

Lakhpat 15.20 11.20 1.18 15.15

Vipasar 15.70 13.20 0.66 15.65

Vondh R.S. 14.10 12.20 0.55 14.05

4 NOX Project Site 23.40 19.20 1.06 23.26 80

Samyakhali 19.40 17.20 0.68 19.35

Gorasar 17.90 15.10 0.75 17.81

Ramapar 17.90 15.20 0.73 17.85

Gharana 18.40 16.10 0.67 18.31

Lakhpat 17.60 15.10 0.65 17.60

Vipasar 17.80 16.10 0.55 17.75

Vondh R.S. 15.70 14.00 0.46 15.70

15

5 CO Project Site 430.00 400.00 7.59 427.70 2000

Samyakhali 295.00 255.00 11.16 295.00

Gorasar 250.00 200.00 13.31 247.70

Ramapar 250.00 220.00 8.56 250.00

Gharana 180.00 205.00 6.75 202.70

Lakhpat 282.00 138.00 0.65 49.24

Vipasar 152.00 138.00 4.30 152.00

Vondh R.S. 152.00 132.00 5.59 150.16

Criteria Pollutants:- PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, Others parameters specific to sector)

Unit: - Micro gram per meter cube, Nano Gram per meter cube, Mili Gram per Meter Cube, NA).

e) No. of Ground Water Monitoring

Locations (Multiple Entries allowed).

: 8

f) Details of Ground Water Monitoring : Details are given below:

16

S.

No

Pa

ram

ete

r U

nit

Pro

ject S

ite

GW

-1

Sa

ma

kh

iali

GW

-2

La

kh

pa

t

GW

-6

Vip

asa

r

GW

-7

1.

pH

-

6.7

8

7.1

4

6.6

0

6.5

6

2.

Tem

peratu

re 0C

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

3.

Od

ou

r --

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

4.

Co

lou

r P

t/Co

meth

od

<

5

<5

<

5

<5

5.

Tu

rbid

ity

NT

U

2.1

0

2.0

0

2.4

0

2.8

0

6.

To

tal Disso

lved

Solid

s m

g/l 3

86

0

21

0

22

18

9

22

7.

Ch

emical O

xyg

en D

eman

d

mg/l

12

.0

8.0

1

2.0

8

.0

8.

BO

D 3

day

s at 27

0C

mg/l

3.0

2

.0

3.0

2

.0

9.

Disso

lved

Oxy

gen

m

g/l 5

.60

5

.80

5

.40

5

.60

10

. N

itrate m

g/l 1

2.0

8

.0

10

.0

15

.0

11

. C

alcium

as Ca

+2

mg/l

20

0

16

.0

12

8

92

.0

12

. M

agnesiu

m as m

g+

2 m

g/l 1

09

.35

7

.29

6

8.0

4

51

.03

13

. C

hlo

rides (as C

l –) m

g/l 1

61

0

40

.0

77

0

29

0

14

. Su

lph

ate (as SO

4 -)

mg/l

26

0

12

.0

20

0

40

.0

15

. Iro

n as F

e m

g/l 0

.14

0

.04

0

.08

0

.10

16

. P

hin

olic co

mp

ou

nd

m

g/l N

D

ND

N

D

ND

17

. C

on

du

ctivity

m

g/l 6

40

0

32

0

36

90

1

53

0

18

. T

otal H

ardn

ess m

g/l 9

50

7

0.0

6

00

4

40

19

. R

esidu

al Free C

hlo

rine

m

g/l N

IL

NIL

N

IL

NIL

20

. T

otal alk

alinity

m

g/l 2

40

1

10

2

20

1

70

21

. C

alcium

Hard

ness

mg/l

50

0

40

.0

32

0

23

0

22

. M

agnesiu

m H

ardn

ess m

g/l 4

50

3

0.0

2

80

2

10

17

23

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

m

g/l <

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

24

. C

op

per as C

u

mg/l

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

25

. Z

inc as Z

n

mg/l

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

26

. L

ead as P

b

mg/l

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

27

. M

ercury

as Hg

m

g/l <

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

28

. A

rsenic as A

s m

g/l <

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

29

. C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00

ml

17

3

8

40

4

6

30

. E

.coli

/10

0 m

l A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

NO

TE

:- GW

-3, G

W-4

, GW

-5 &

GW

-8 sa

mp

les w

ere

no

t fou

nd

du

e to

no

t av

aila

bility

of so

urce

Criteria P

ollu

tants:- (p

H, T

SS, TD

S, To

tal Hard

ness, C

hlo

rides, F

luo

ride, H

eavy Metals, O

ther P

arameters sp

ecific to th

e sector).

Un

it: - mg/ l; N

A.

g)

No

. of Su

rface Water M

on

itorin

g Lo

cation

s :

6

h)

Details o

f Surface W

ater Mo

nito

ring L

ocatio

ns.

: A

s un

der:

Crite

ria o

f Po

lluta

nt

Un

it S

W-1

S

W-2

S

W-3

S

W-4

S

W-5

S

W-6

Da

te o

f Sa

mp

ling

1

7.0

1.2

01

8

19

.01

.20

18

pH

p

H U

nit

6.9

5

7.1

7

6.6

0

6.4

4

6.9

3

Tem

peratu

re 0C

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

Od

ou

r --

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le

Co

lor

Pt/C

o

meth

od

<5

<

5

40

.0

40

.0

<5

Tu

rbid

ity

NT

U

2.0

0

1.8

0

14

.2

12

.2

2.8

0

To

tal Disso

lved

Solid

s m

g/l 1

07

2

16

10

7

06

6

74

2

84

Ch

emical O

xyg

en D

eman

d

mg/l

32

.0

2

08

5

6.0

2

4.0

BO

D 3

day

s at 27

0C

mg/l

10

.0

2

1

15

.0

8.0

18

Disso

lved

Oxy

gen

m

g/l 6

.40

Sa

mp

le

Wa

s

No

t

Av

aila

ble

(Dry

Riv

er)

6.6

5

.80

5

.80

6

.80

Nitrate

mg/l

22

2

0

28

1

0.0

1

0.0

Calciu

m as C

a+

2 m

g/l 5

2

96

6

4

64

.0

32

.0

Magn

esium

as mg

+2

mg/l

36

.45

4

8.6

0

31

.59

2

9.1

6

14

.58

Ch

lorid

es (as Cl –)

mg/l

51

0

73

0

17

0

14

0

40

.0

Sulp

hate (as S

O4

-) m

g/l 1

80

2

20

8

0

72

.0

24

.0

Iron

as Fe

mg/l

0.1

1

0.1

0

0.0

8

0.1

5

0.0

8

Ph

ino

lic com

po

un

d

mg/l

N.D

N

.D

N.D

N

D

ND

Co

nd

uctiv

ity

mg/l

17

80

2

68

0

11

75

1

12

0

47

0

To

tal Hard

ness

mg/l

28

0

44

0

29

0

28

0

14

0

Resid

ual F

ree Ch

lorin

e

mg/l

NIL

N

IL

NIL

N

IL

NIL

To

tal alkalin

ity

mg/l

10

0

90

.0

13

0

13

0

11

0

Calciu

m H

ardn

ess m

g/l 1

30

2

40

1

60

1

60

8

0.0

Magn

esium

Hard

ness

mg/l

15

0

20

0

13

0

12

0

60

.0

Cad

miu

m as C

d

mg/l

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

1

< 0

.00

1

Co

pp

er as Cu

m

g/l <

0.0

13

<

0.0

13

<

0.0

13

<

0.0

13

<

0.0

13

Zin

c as Zn

m

g/l <

0.0

22

<

0.0

22

<

0.0

22

<

0.0

22

<

0.0

22

Lead

as Pb

m

g/l <

0.0

05

<

0.0

05

<

0.0

05

<

0.0

05

<

0.0

05

Mercu

ry as H

g

mg/l

< 0

.00

02

5

< 0

.00

02

5

< 0

.00

02

5

< 0

.00

02

5

< 0

.00

02

5

Arsen

ic as As

mg/l

< 0

.00

01

5

< 0

.00

01

5

< 0

.00

01

5

< 0

.00

01

5

< 0

.00

01

5

Co

liform

M

PN

/10

0 m

l 1

10

2

40

3

50

2

20

1

10

E.co

li /1

00

ml

Ab

sent

Presen

t P

resent

Presen

t P

resent

Param

eter: - pH

, DO

, BO

D, C

OD

, Oth

er Param

eters specific to

the Secto

r.

Un

it: - mg/ l; N

A.

19

i) No. of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Locations

: 8

j) Details of Noise Monitoring


: As under:

Parameters :- Leq(day), Leq(night)

Unit:- A weighted decibels db(A)

Time Project Site Samakhiali Gorasar Ramapar

Date of Sampling 11/12/2017 18/12/2017 25/12/2017 3/1/2018

Leq day dB(A) 71 68.8 62.9 61.5

Leq Night dB(A) 69.0 66.2 62.2 60.3

Leq day & Night 75.8 73.1 68.8 66.9

Time GHARANA LAKHPAT VIPASAR VONDH R.S.

Date of Sampling 17/12/2017 24/12/2017 02/12/2017 16/2/2018

Leq day dB(A) 61.8 60.2 62.8 66.7

Leq Night dB(A) 60.4 57.3 60.1 60.8

Leq day & Night 67 64.3 67 68.7

k) No. of Soil Monitoring Locations


: 5

Parameter Unit (S1) (S2)

(S3)

(S4)

(S5)

Date of sampling 19/01/2018

pH - 7.10 7.20 6.92 8.08 7.80

Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.40 1.42 1.44 1.39 1.41

Water Holding

Capacity

% 29.4 30.2 31.6 32.6 34.0

Porosity % 42.6 43.4 46.0 45.4 44.4

Conductivity µmhos/cm 4810 5010 4510 5240 5140

Moisture content % 4.20 3.80 4.80 5.00 4.60

Total Alkalinity mg/kg 785 830 772 910 880

Chlorides

(as Cl –)

mg/kg 1180 1240 1080 1330 1250

Iron as Fe % 1.10 0.60 0.45 0.55 0.72

Lead as Pb mg/kg 23.88 27.89 28.48 9.86 15.91

Mercury as Hg mg/kg Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected

Zinc as Zn mg/kg 25.60 38.79 27.61 38.42 20.31

Copper as Cu mg/kg 8.01 15.16 5.55 19.86 6.22

Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 2.48 1.22 Not Detected Not Detected 2.55

20

Arsenic as As mg/kg Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected

Nitrogen mg/kg mg/kg 58.0 42.0 34.0 38.0

Phosphorous mg/kg mg/kg 120 60.0 55.0 65.0

Potassium mg/kg mg/kg 1.20 0.15 0.14 0.15

Parameter: - pH, N (Nitrogen), P (Phosphorus), K (Potassium), Electric (Conductivity).

Unit:- Millisiemens per centimeter, Milligram per litre, Percent, Centimeter per second, Mill equivalents per 100

Gram, Milligram per Kilogram, parts per Million, Kilogram per hectare, Others.

l) Ground Water Table : 10-20m

i) Range of Water table Pre-Monsoon

(Meters Below Ground Level

(mbgl).

:

From : 15m

To : 20m

ii) Range of Water table Post-

Monsoon (Meters Below Ground

Level (mbgl).

:

From : 10m

To : 20m

iii) Whether Ground Water

Intersection will be there (Yes/

No)?

If Yes,

: No

(i) Upload copy of Central Ground

Water Authority Letter (Upload

PDF Only)

: Not Applicable

(ii) Letter No. : Not Applicable

(iii) Date of issue. : Not Applicable

15. Details of Water Requirement (During

operation) (Multiple Entries allowed).

:

a) Details : As given under:

Source Quantity (KLD) Method of Water

withdrawal

Distance from

Source

Mode of Transport

Surface (GWIL ) 1755 Canal water 20.34Km, SSE 6 inches Pipeline through Canal

Source: - Surface/ Ground Water/ Sea/ Others.

Mode of Transportation: - Pipeline/ Canal/ Others.

Method of Water Withdrawal: - Barrage/ Weir/ Intake Well/ Jackwell/ Tube well/ Open Well/ Others.

21

b) Upload copy of permission from

Competent Authority (Upload PDF

Only)

: The permission for water supply from GWIL to the tune of 1.755

MLD has been obtained vide letter no. GWIL/Kutch/Ind.

Connect./3000 dated 31.12.2010. Enclosed as Annexure – X.

c) Letter No. : GWIL/Kutch/Ind. Connect./3000

d) Date of Issue : 31.12.2010

e) Permitted quantity : 1.755MLD

f) Whether Desalination is proposed

(Yes/ No)

If Yes.

: No

(i) Desalination Capacity (KLD) : -

(ii) Quality of Brine (KLD) : -

(iii) Mode of disposal of brine : -

16. Waste Water Management (During

Operation)

:

Type/

Source

Quantity of

Waste

Water

generated

(Kilo Litre

per day)

Treatment

Capacity

(Kilo Litre

per day)

Treatment

Method

Mode of Disposal Quantity of

treated water

used in

Recycling/

Reuse (Kilo Litre

per day)

Quantity of

discharged

water (Kilo

Litre per day)

Domestic 154 200 STP Gardening 154 -

Industrial 210.5 250 ETP Green belt

development, Water

Sprinkling

Dust Suppression on

non metalled area

,General Cleaning

210.5 -

a) Total Waste Water Generation : 364.5

b) Total Discharged Water : -

c) Total Reused Water : 364.5

17. Solid Waste Generation Management


: As under:

22

Particulars Waste Quantity Treatment/ disposal

Type of

Waste

Existing Proposed Total

Solid Waste (TPA)

Slag 21250 5833 27083 Sold to road construction

activity.

Total Ash 51400 47600 99000 Sold to brick manufacturing

unit MoU is enclosed

Annexure-XI and Sold to TSDF

site for utilization of fly ash as

binding material for

solidification and stabilization

Coal Char 58290 38471 96761 Reused 100% in Power plant as

a fuel.

Accretion 550 1000 1550 Used in Land filling activity.

Municipal Solid Waste

(Kg/

day)@0.3Kg/person/day

Biodegradable 288 87 375 Sent to Municipal Council

Bhachau, District –Kutch,

Gujarat

Item:- Industrial Waste, Municipal Solid Waste, Fly ash, Bottom Ash, Hazardous Waste as per Hazardous and

Other Waste Management Rules2016, E- waste, Bio-Medical Waste, Construction and Demolition Waste, Plastic

Waste, Others).

Unit: - Tonnes, Kiloliter.

Mode of Disposal: - Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF), Authorized Re-Cyclers, Landfills, Sanitary

Landfills, Others).

18. Air Quality Impact Prediction (Multiple

Entries allowed).

: As given under:-

Criteria

Pollutants

Unit Location Baseline

Concentration

Minimum

Value

Incremental

Concentration

Total

GLC

Prescribed

Standard

PM10

(g/m3)

Project site 76.8 - 0.7 77.5 100g/m3

Samakhiali 80.4 - 0.5 80.9

Gorasar 71.7 - 0.25 72

Ramapar 67.7 - 0.98 68.7

Gharana 79.8 - Negligible 79.8

Lakhpat 68.4 - Negligible 68.4

Vipasar 78.1 - Negligible 78.1

Vondh RS 70.4 - 0.25 70.7

Project site 43.2 - 0.48 43.68

60g/m3 Samakhiali 43.7 - 0.32 44

Gorasar 37.3 - 0.16 37.5

23

PM2.5 (g/m3) Ramapar 36.7 - 0.64 37.3




Vondh RS 39.6 - 0.16 39.8

NOx

(g/m3)

Project site 23.4 - 4.5 27.9

80g/m3

Samakhiali 19.4 - 2.99 22.4

Gorasar 17.9 - 1.5 19.4

Ramapar 17.9 - 4.5 22.4




Vondh RS 15.7 - 1.5 17.2

Sox

(g/m3)

Project site 15.6 - 3.06 18.7

80g/m3

Samakhiali 13.9 - 2.03 15.9

Gorasar 10.1 - 1.02 11.1

Ramapar 13.8 - 4.07 17.9




Vondh RS 14.1 - 1.02 15.1

Parameter: - (PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, Other Parameters specific to the sector).

Unit: - Microgram per meter cube, NA.

19. Power Requirement : As given under:

a) Quantity (Kilo Volt Amps (kVA) :

Existing -33MWH Proposed-18MWH Total- 51MWH

b) Source : Existing & proposed CPP and remaining will be met from State

grid as and when required

c) Upload Copy of Agreement (Upload

PDF Only)

: Electricity is sourced from Captive Power Plant. Electricity

sanctioned letter is enclosed as Annexure-XII.

d) Standby Arrangement (Details of

DG Sets)

: DG set: 1500kVA*2, 1000kVA*1, 812kVA*2, 500kVA*1, 82kVA*1

e) Stack height (In m) : 16 m, 16m, 12m, 12m, 12m

20. Land Ownership Pattern (Prior to the

Project Proposal) In Ha.

:

a) Forest Land : -

b) Private Land : -

c) Government Land : Govt. Land 46.9435Ha. (116.00Acre)

24

d) Revenue Land : -

e) Other Land : -

Total Land : -

21. Present Land Use breakup in Ha. :

a) Agriculture Area : --

b) Waste/ Barren Area : --

c) Grazing/ Community Area : --

d) Surface Water bodies : --

e) Settlements : --

f) Industrial : 46.9435Ha, (116.0 Acre)

g) Forest : --

h) Mangroves : --

i) Marine Area : --

j) Others (Specify) : --

Total : 46.9435Ha. (116.0 Acre)

22. Land Requirement for various

activities (Multiple Entries allowed) in

Acre.

: As under:

S. No. Area Covered Area (Acre) Percentage

(%) Existing Proposed Total

Plant Area Office Area,

Residential Colony (All

covered area).

40.60 None 40.60 35

Paved Area (Road,

Corridor, Parking and

Drainage).

2.10 None 2.10 1.9

Green Belt Area 28.08 None 28.08 24.2

Open Area for future

expansion

45.22 a. Plant area (on

Vacant Land)

18.10 18.10 15.60

b. New paved area 0.40 0.40 0.3

c. Un-used vacant

land)

10.20 10.20 8.8

d. Open area 16.52 16.52 14.2

Total 116.00 - - 116.00 100

Activity/ Facility/ Plant/ Others include:- main Plant, Township, Greenbelt, Ash, pond, Quarry Area, OB Dump

area, Safety Zone, Tailing Pond, Landfill, Water Reservoir, Desalination Plant, Area for Solid Waste Management,

Built-Up area, Others.

25

23. Ecological and Environmental

Sensitivity (Within 10 Km):- WLS –

Wildlife Species; NPA- Notified

Protected Area; ESAs – Eco Sensitive

Area; ESZs- Eco-Sensitive Zones).

: None within 15Km radius.

a) Details of Ecological Sensitivity : None

Details of Ecological

Sensitivity

Name Distance from the

Project (Km)

Remarks

Not Applicable

Details of Ecological Sensitivity: - Critically Polluted Area, WLS, NPA, ESAs, ESZs, Corridors, and Wildlife Corridors.

b) Whether NBWL recommendation is

required (Yes/ No)?

: No

c) Details of Environmental

Sensitivity

: As under:

Details of Environmental

Sensitivity

Name Distance (Km) from the

Project

Remarks

Reserve forest R.F. Near Gamdau Village 11.50, NNE -

Source: - SOI, Toposheet

Details of Environmental Sensitivity:- Forest, Archaeological Sites, Defense Installations, Others

d) Whether NOC/ Permission from

the Competent Authority is

required (Yes/ No)?

If Yes,

: Not Applicable

Upload NOC/ permission from the

Competent Authority in PDF.

: Not Applicable

24. Forest Land :

I) Whether any Forest Land involved

(Yes/ No)?

If Yes.

: Not Applicable

a) Forest Clearance Status (In-

Principle (Stage – I) Approval

obtained/ Final (Stage- II)

Approval obtained/ Forest

Clearance under process (Stage –

I)/ Forest Clearance under process

(Stage – II)/ Application for Forest

: Not Applicable

26

Clearance yet to be submitted).

i) If In –Principle (Stage – I) Approval

obtained

: Not Applicable

ii) MoEF&CC File Number : Not Applicable

iii) Date of In-Principle (Stage- I)

approval.

: Not Applicable

iv) Area Diverted : Not Applicable

v) Upload FC letter (Upload PDF only

and attach it as Annexure – FC

letter)

: Not Applicable

If Final (Stage- II) Approval

obtained

: Not Applicable

i) MoEF&CC File Number : Not Applicable

ii) Date of Final approval. : Not Applicable

iii) Date of In-Principle approval. : Not Applicable

iv) Area Diverted : Not Applicable

v) Upload FC Letter (Upload PDF only

and attach it an Annexure – FC

Letter).

: Not Applicable

If Forest Clearance Under Process

(Stage – I)

: Not Applicable


ii) Area Applied : Not Applicable

If Forest Clearance Under Process

(Stage – II)

: Not Applicable


ii) Area Applied : Not Applicable

b) Legal status of Forest Land

(Reserved, protected, Private,

Village, Others)

: Not Applicable

If Others, : Not Applicable

Please Specify Others : Not Applicable

25. Tree Cutting, if any. :

a) No. of trees cut for the project (If

Forestland not involved).

: Not Applicable

27

b) Details of tree cutting and planting

of trees (Upload PDF Only)

: Not Applicable

26. Land Acquisition Status :

a) Acquired Land : The land is duly bonafide for industrial purpose by District

Collector, Kutch vide letter no.- A-3-Land-N.A.-65(B)-

C.No.44/2206-07 & N.A.-65(B)-C.No.44/2009-10 dated

18.04.20106 & 05.11.2009. Enclosed as Annexure – XIII.

b) Land yet to be acquired : Not Applicable

c) Status of land acquisition if not

required

: Not Applicable

27. Rehabilitation and Resettlement (R &

R)

: None

a) No. of Villages : Not Applicable

b) No. of Households : Not Applicable

c) No. of PDFs (Project Displaced

Families)

: Not Applicable

d) No. of PFAs (Project Affected

Families)

: Not Applicable

e) Funds allocated for R & R. : Not Applicable

f) Status of R &R (Completed/ In-

Progress/ Yet to Start).

: Not Applicable

28. Whether there is presence of Schedule

–I Species (Yes/ No)?

If Yes,

: Yes

a) Details of Schedule – I Species : Indian Peafowl & Painted Stork NT (Near to Threatened) is

reported in the buffer zone.

b) Whether Conservation Plan for

Schedule – I species has been

Prepared (Yes/ No)?

: Yes

If Yes, : Yes

i) Upload Conservation Plan (Upload

PDF Only)

: Conservation Plan of Indian Pea – Fowl (Pavo cristatus) & Painted

Stork is prepared and uploaded with EIA/EMP report as

Annexure – XIV.

ii) Fund Provision made : Pea Fowl- Rs. 29.10Lacs

Painted Stork-Rs. 11.0Lacs

iii) Period of Implementation : 10 Years for Both

28

c) Whether Conservation Plan for

Schedule – I species has been

approved by Competent Authority

(Yes/ No)?

: Yes

i) Upload Copy of approval (Upload

PDF Only)

: Conservation Plan of Indian Pea – Fowl (Pavo cristatus) & Painted

Stork has been submitted to Chief Conservator of forest, Kutch

Circle, Bhuj, District- Kutch dated 25.04.2018. The copy of receipt

is enclosed as Annexure – XIV.

ii) Letter No. : --

iii) Date of Issue : --

iv) Recommendation if any. : --

29. Whether there is presence of Water

Bodies in Core Area (Yes/ No)?

: None

If Yes :

Not Applicable

a) Details of Water Bodies in Core

Area

:

b) Whether there is diversion

required (Yes/ No)?

:

If Yes, :

c) Details of diversion required :

d) Details of Study conducted :

e) Whether permission has been

obtained from Competent

Authority (Yes/ No)?

:

i) Upload Copy of permission (Upload

PDF Only)

:

ii) Letter No. :

iii) Date of Issue :

iv) Recommendation, If any. :

30. Whether there is presence of Water

Bodies in Buffer Area (Yes/ No)?

: As under:

If Yes, : Yes

a) Details of Water Bodies in Buffer

Area.

: S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) Direction

(From Project Boundary)

Water Bodies

1. Kara Vokra 7.60 WSW

b) Direction of Water bodies in Buffer

Area (North/ South/ East/ West/

:

29

North – East/ North-West/ South-

East/ South-West).

2. Gupt Nadi 4.50 SW

3. Amliyara

Nadi

8.15 S

4. Vango Nadi 10.45 SE

5. Khari River 9.82 E

6. Pipla Talav 6.06 E

7. Babudi Nadi 13.50 E

8. Adhoi Nadi 2.80 N

9. Gorasar Talav 4.50 SSE

C) Distance of Water bodies in Buffer

Area (Kms)

:

31. Manpower Requirement :

a) Permanent employment during

construction

: -

b) Permanent employment during

Operation

: Existing – 355. Proposed – 70,

Contractual -605(existing),220(proposed)

c) Temporary employment during

construction

: 110

d) Temporary employment during

Operation

: -

e) No. of Working Days : 300

f) Total Manpower : 1250( Existing + Proposed)

32. Green Belt in Ha. :

a) In case of new projects : -

i) Total area of Green Belt : -

ii) Percentage of Total Project area : -

iii) No. of Plants to be planted : -

iv) Funds allocated for plantation : -

v) Upload Green belt Plan (Upload

PDF Only)

: -

b) In case of expansion/

Modernization/ Change in Product

Mix etc.)

: Expansion

i) Description Existing Proposed Total

Total Area of Green belt 11.3636 Ha. (28.08

Acre)

4.1278 Ha. (10.20

Acre)

15.4914 Ha. (38.28

Acre)

Percentage of Total

Project area

24.82 8.79 33

No. of Plants 24919 6200 31119

30

Funds allocated Rs.65,00,000/- Rs.18, 60,000/- Rs.83,60,000

ii) Upload Green Belt Plan (Upload

PDF Only)

: Plant layout with green belt development is enclosed as

Annexure- XV

33. Project Benefit (Multiple Entry

allowed)

:

Type of Project Benefits Details of Project Benefit

Improvements in the Physical Infrastructure Transport, Roadways will be enhance

Additional Employment ( Post Expansion ) 290People additional will be given employment for

the expansion phase

Swacch Bharat Mission for Toilet construction Rs.51,81,500/-

Regular CSR activates as per the Companies’

Act 2013

A sum of 2% of the average annual profit for

sustainable development

Improved Aesthetic surrounding Environment

& Conservation of Schedule -1 Peafowl and NT-

Painted Stork

The proposed green belt will enhance the aesthetic

beauty of the surrounding environment and

conservation of Schedule -1 Peafowl and NT-

Painted Stork Pea Fowl- Rs. 29.10Lacs, Painted

Stork-Rs. 11.0Lacsfund is allocated which will be

implement in 10 years to conserve the Species.

Others Promoting Education, including Special Education

and Employment Enhancing Vocation Skills

Especially among Children, Women, Elderly, and

the Differently-Able and Livelihood Enhancement

Projects.

Ensuring Environmental Sustainability, Ecological

Balance, Protection of Flora and Fauna, Animal

Welfare, Agro-forestry, Conservation of Natural

Resources and Maintaining Quality of Soil, Air

and Water.

Improve the Poverty and Malnutrition, Promoting

Preventive Health Care and Sanitation and

making available Safe Drinking Water.

(Project benefits shall include Environmental, Social and Others).

34. Whether the Project/ Activity attracts

the provisions of CRZ (Yes/ No)?

: Not Applicable

If Yes, : Not Applicable

1. Project Details : Not Applicable

31

a) CRZ Classification (CRZ I(A), CRZ

I(B), CRZII, CRZ III, CRZ IV (A), CRZ

IV(B)

: Not Applicable

b) Location type:- (Non-eroding Coast,

Low and Medium Eroding Coast,

High Eroding Coast)

: Not Applicable

c) Details of Mangroves Land

Involved, If any.

: Not Applicable

d) Area of Mangroves Land (Hectare) : Not Applicable

e) EIA (Terrestrial) Studies : (Carried

Out; Not carried Out)

: Not Applicable

If Carried Out, : Not Applicable

i) Summary Details of EIA

(Terrestrial) Studies

: Not Applicable

ii) Upload Recommendation made in

EIAs (Upload PDF Only)

: Not Applicable

iii) Period of Study from (EIA

Terrestrial)

: Not Applicable

iv) Period of Study to (EIA Terrestrial) : Not Applicable

If Not carried Out. : Not Applicable

Give Reason : Not Applicable

f) EIA (Marine) Studies : (Carried

Out; Not carried Out)

: Not Applicable

If Carried Out, : Not Applicable

i) Summary Details of EIA (Marine)

Studies

: Not Applicable

ii) Upload Recommendation made in

EIAs (Upload PDF Only)

: Not Applicable

iii) Period of Study from (EIA

Terrestrial)

: Not Applicable

iv) Period of Study to (EIA Terrestrial) : Not Applicable

If Not carried Out. : Not Applicable

Give Reason : Not Applicable

g) Disaster Management Plan/

National Oil Spill Disaster

Contingency Plan (If Applicable).

: Not Applicable

32

2. Description of the Project under

consideration.

: Not Applicable

a) Type of Project:- (Resort/

Buildings/ Civic Amenities, Coastal

Roads/ Roads on Stilt, Pipelines

from Thermal Power Blow Down,

Marine Disposal of Treated

Effluent, Facility for Storage of

Goods/ Chemicals, Offshore

Structures, Desalination Plant,

Mining of Rare Earth/ Atomic

Minerals, Sewage Treatment

Plants, Lighthouse, Wind Mills,

Others).

: Not Applicable

If Resort/ Buildings/ Civic

Amenities,

: Not Applicable

i) Agency Name for preparing CRZ

Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Total Area/ Built-Up area (Hectare) : Not Applicable

iii) Height of Structure : Not Applicable

iv) FSI Ratio : Not Applicable

v) The governing Town Planning

Rules/ Regulations.

: Not Applicable

vi) Details of provision of Car Parking

area

: Not Applicable

If Coastal Roads/ Roads on Stilt : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Area of Land Reclamation : Not Applicable

iii) Estimated Quantity of Muck/ Earth

for Reclamation

: Not Applicable

iv) Carrying Capacity of traffic : Not Applicable

If Pipelines from Thermal power

Blow Down

: Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

33

ii) Length of Pipeline : Not Applicable

iii) Length traversing CRZ Area : Not Applicable

iv) Depth of Excavation : Not Applicable

v) Width of Excavation : Not Applicable

vi) Length of pipeline from Seashore

to deep sea

: Not Applicable

vii) Depth of outfall point from surface

of Sea Water

: Not Applicable

viii) Temperature of effluent above

ambient at disposal point.

: Not Applicable

If Marine Disposal of Treated

Effluent.

: Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Location of Intake/ Outfall. : Not Applicable

iii) Depth of outfall point. : Not Applicable

iv) Length of pipeline : Not Applicable

v) Length traversing CRZ area : Not Applicable

vi) Depth of Excavation : Not Applicable

vii) Width of Excavation : Not Applicable

viii) Length of Pipeline from Seashore

to Deep Sea/ Creek.

: Not Applicable

ix) Length of outfall point from surface

of sea water

: Not Applicable

x) Depth of water at disposal point : Not Applicable

xi) Type of disposal : Not Applicable

If Facility for Storage of Goods/

Chemicals

: Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Name and Type of Chemical : Not Applicable

iii) End Use of the Chemical : Not Applicable

iv) No. of tanks for storage. : Not Applicable

v) Capacity of tanks. : Not Applicable

If Offshore Structures. : Not Applicable

34


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Exploration or Development : Not Applicable

iii) Depth of Sea Bed : Not Applicable

iv) No. of Rigs/ Platform : Not Applicable

v) Details of Group Gathering

Stations.

: Not Applicable

If Desalination Plant. : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Capacity of Desalination : Not Applicable

iii) Total Brine Generation : Not Applicable

iv) Temperature of Effluent above

ambient at disposal point.

: Not Applicable

v) Ambient Salinity : Not Applicable

vi) Disposal Point. : Not Applicable

If Mining of Rare Earth/ Atomic

Minerals.

: Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Capacity of Mining : Not Applicable

iii) Volume/ Area to be mined : Not Applicable

iv) Type of mineral to be extracted : Not Applicable

v) End Use of the mineral. : Not Applicable

If Sewage Treatment Plants : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Capacity : Not Applicable

iii) Total Area of construction : Not Applicable

iv) Compliance of effluent parameters

as laid down by CPCB/ SPCB/

Other authorized agency.

: Not Applicable

v) Whether discharge is in sea water/

Creek?

If Yes,

: Not Applicable

35

vi) Distance of Marine Outfall point

from Shore/ from the tidal river

bank.

: Not Applicable

vii) Depth of outfall point from Sea

water surface.

: Not Applicable

viii) Depth of sea at outfall point. : Not Applicable

If Lighthouse : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Total Area of Construction : Not Applicable

iii) Height of the Structure. : Not Applicable

If Wind Mills. : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Capacity (MW) : Not Applicable

iii) Transmission Lines (Overhead,

Underground)

: Not Applicable

iv) Diameter of Windmill : Not Applicable

v) Length of Blade : Not Applicable

vi) Speed of Rotation : Not Applicable

vii) Height of the Structure. : Not Applicable

If Others : Not Applicable


Maps

: Not Applicable

ii) Please specify with Salient features : Not Applicable

iii) Upload relevant Document (Upload

PDF Only)

: Not Applicable

3. Distance of Project (In Meters)

from LTL/ HTL to be stated.

: Not Applicable

a) Clause of CRZ Notification under

which the project is permissible/

Regulated Activity.

: Not Applicable

b) Whether CRZ Map indicating HTL,

LTL Demarcation in 1: 4000 Scales

prepared? (Yes/ No.).

: Not Applicable

36

If Yes. : Not Applicable

i) Distance of Project (in meters)

from HTL to be stated.

: Not Applicable

ii) Upload Maps (kml File) : Not Applicable

iii) Distance of Project (In Meters)

from LTL to be stated.

: Not Applicable

iv) Upload Maps (kml File) : Not Applicable

c) Whether Project Layout

superimposed on CRZ Map 1: 4000

Scales? (Yes/ No).

: Not Applicable


i) Upload Maps (kml File) : Not Applicable

d) Whether CRZ Map 1:25000

covering 7Km radius around

project site prepared? (Yes/ No).

: Not Applicable



e) Whether CRZ Map Indicating CRZ –

I, II, III and IV including other

Notified ESAs prepared (Yes/ No).

: Not Applicable

If Yes. : Not Applicable


f) NOC from State Pollution Control

Boards Obtained (Yes/ No).

: Not Applicable

If Yes : Not Applicable

i) Upload Copy of NOC (Upload PDF

Only)

: Not Applicable

g) Details of Rain Water Harvesting

System.

: Not Applicable

4. Recommendation of State Coastal

Zone Management Authority

: Not Applicable

a) Upload Copy of CZMA (Upload PDF

only)

: Not Applicable

b) State the conditions imposed. : Not Applicable

c) Social and Environmental issues : Not Applicable

37

and Mitigations Measures

suggested including but not limited

to R & R, Water, Air, Hazardous

Wastes, Ecological Aspects etc.

(Brief Details to be provided).

35. Sector Specific Details. : --

Whether the proposal is mining of Minerals (Coal/ Non-Coal) Project (Yes/ No)?


1 No. of Mineral to be mined

(Multiple Entries Allowed)

: Not Applicable

Minerals to be mined Major of Minor Mineral

2 Mine Capacity in ROM (Run of

Mine)

: Not Applicable

3 Upload 500 meters cluster

Certificate from State Mines and

Geology in case of minor minerals

(Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

4 Mining Plan : Not Applicable

a) Approval Letter No. : Not Applicable

b) Date of Approval : Not Applicable

c) Upload Approval Letter

( Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

d) Approval by State Mines &

Geology Department /

Indian Bureau of Mines/

Ministry of Coal/ Ministry

of Mines/State

Government/Atomic

Mineral Directorate

/Others)

: Not Applicable

e) If Others : Not Applicable

Please specify : Not Applicable

f) Approved mining Lease

Area

: Not Applicable

g) Approved Capacity : Not Applicable

38

5. Technical Details : Not Applicable

a) Total Geological Reserves (

Million Ton)

: Not Applicable

b) Mineable reserve ( Million

Ton)

: Not Applicable

c) Extractable Reserves (

Million Ton)

: Not Applicable

d) Percent Of Extraction (%) : Not Applicable

e) Grade of Coal/Ore/Mineral : Not Applicable

f) Stripping Ratio : Not Applicable

g) Category of Gaseousness

(Only for Coal Mining.

Others may write Not

Applicable)

: Not Applicable

h) Average Gradient ( Degree) : Not Applicable

i) Maximum Thickness of

Seams (meters) (Only for

Coal Mining. Others may

write Not Applicable)

: Not Applicable

j) Mining method (Opencast /

Underground /

Mixed(Opencast

+Underground/Audit)

: Not Applicable

k) Life of Mine : Not Applicable

6. Details of beneficiation (include crushing/Screening/Others)

a) Whether it is proposed to

install crusher within the

mining Lease area

(Yes/No)

: Not Applicable

b) No. of Crusher : Not Applicable

c) Details of crusher (Multiple

entries allowed)

: Not Applicable

Crusher ID Capacity (in TPH) Remarks

39

d) Whether it is proposed to

install of beneficiation/

Coal Washery within the

mining lease area(Yes/

No).

: Not Applicable


e) Beneficiation/Washing

Technology

: Not Applicable

f) Capacity : Not Applicable

7. Details of Seams , if applicable

a) No. of seams : Not Applicable

b) Thickness of seams to be

worked on

: Not Applicable

c) Maximum Thickness of

Seams(meters) (if not

applicable May write NA)

: Not Applicable

8. Details of Mining Lease

a) Details of Mining Lease : Not Applicable

b) Upload Letter of Intent

(Upload Pdf Only)

: Not Applicable

c) Date of Execution of Mining

Lease with Reference

Number

: Not Applicable

d) Validity of Ming Lease : Not Applicable

e) Upload Copy of Executed

Lease deed valid as on date

(Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

f) Earlier Renewals ( Multiple

Entries Allowed)

: Not Applicable

Uploaded copy of earlier Lease Date of renewal

9. OB( Overburden) management (Only if Mining Method : Opencast)

a) Details of External Dumps : Not Applicable

i) No. of OB Dumps : Not Applicable

ii) Total Area (in Hectare) : Not Applicable

iii) Height (in meters) : Not Applicable

40

iv) Quantity (in Million Cubic

meter)

: Not Applicable

v) No of Year back fill up : Not Applicable

b) Details of Internal Dump : Not Applicable

i) No of Internal Dumps : Not Applicable

ii) Total Area (in Hectare) : Not Applicable

iii) Height (in meters) : Not Applicable

iv) Quantity (in Million Cubic

meter)

: Not Applicable

10. Details of Top Soil Management

a) Quantity of Top soil

excavated during the entire

life of mine (in Million

Cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

b) Quantity of Topsoil

proposed for Utilization for

reclamation during the

entire life of mine (in

Million Cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

c) Quantity of Topsoil

proposed for Utilization for

other activities during the

entire life of the mine (in

Million Cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

d) Quantity of Top soil

excavated during the entire

life of mine (in Million

Cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

11. Details of final mine void (Only if

mining Method: Open Cast).

:

a) Area (in Hectare ) : Not Applicable

b) Depth (in meters) : Not Applicable

c) Volume (in Million Cubic

meters)

: Not Applicable

12. Details of Quarry (Only if Mining

Method: Opencast)

:

41

a) Final Void of (Ha.) : Not Applicable

b) At a depth of (meter which

is proposed to be

converted into a water

body

: Not Applicable

c) Total Quarry Area (Ha.) : Not Applicable

13. Details of Transportation :

a) In pit/ Underground to

surface

: Not Applicable

b) Surface to siding/ Loading : Not Applicable

c) Transportation/ Conveyor

Details

: Not Applicable

14. Details of Land Use (Pre Mining) : Not Applicable

Land Use Within ML Area

(Hectare)

Outside ML

Area (Hectare)

Total (Hectare)

Agriculture Land

Forest Land

Waste Land

Grazing

Surface Water Bodies

Settlements

Other (Specify)

15. Details of Transportation

a) In Pit/Underground to

surface

: Not Applicable

b) Surface to Siding /Loading : Not Applicable

c) Transportation/ Conveyor

Details

: Not Applicable

16. Details of Land Uses ( Pre- Mining) : Not Applicable

Land Use Within ML Area

(Hectare)

Outside ML Area

(Hectare)

Total (Hectare)

Agriculture Land

Forest Land

Waste Land

Grazing

Surface Water Bodies

Settlements

42

Others

Others (Specify)

17. Details of Land Usage(Post Mining) : Not Applicable

Land Use Plantation Water Body Public Use Others

Excavated/ Quarry

Top Soil Storage

External OB Dump

Internal OB Dumps

Roads

Build Up area

(Colony /Office)

Green Belt area

Others

Total

18. Details of Reclamation (Only if

Mining Method: Opencast) Total

afforestation Plan shall be

implemented Covering of Mining.

This will include.

: Not Applicable

a) External OB dumps (In

Hectare)

-- Not Applicable

b) Internal Dump (In Hectare) : Not Applicable

c) Quarry (in Hectare) : Not Applicable

d) Safety Zone (in Hectare) : Not Applicable

e) Final Voids of (Hectare) : Not Applicable

f) At a Depth of (meter which

is proposed to be

converted into a water

body).

: Not Applicable

g) Density of Tree Plantation

per ha. (In no)

: Not Applicable

h) Others in ha. (such as

Excavation Area along ML

boundary, along Roads and

Infrastructure,

Embankment Area and in

Township located outside

: Not Applicable

43

the lease area

i) Total afforestation plant

(in Hectare).

: Not Applicable

19. Status of Progressive Mining

Closure Plan (For Expansion

Projects only).

: Not Applicable

a) Implementation of various

activities as per Approved

Progressive Mine Closure

(in Bar Chart) (PDF)

(Upload Pdf Only)

-- Not Applicable

b) Any deviation from the

Approved Progressive

Mine Closure Plan

: Not Applicable

c) Total Area excavated (in

Hectare)

: Not Applicable

d) Total Area Backfilled after

Excavation (in Hectare)

: Not Applicable

e) Total Area Reclaimed (in

Hectare)

: Not Applicable

20. Actual Coal/Ore Production vis-a

vis sanctioned capacity Since

inception (Multiple Entries

allowed)

: Not Applicable

Financial

Year

Sanctioned

Capacity as

per EC (MTPA)

Sanctioned

Capacity as

per CTO

Sanctioned

Capacity as

per approved

Mining Plan

Actual

Production

Excess production

beyond the EC/CTO

Mining Plan sanctioned

capacity (MTPA)

II Whether proposal is for Thermal Project (Including Captive Power Plant and Waste Heat Recovery Plant)

(Yes/ No).


1. Specification of the Plant : Not Applicable

a) Technology proposed

(Supercritical, Sub Critical,

: Not Applicable

44

CFBC, AFBC, PFBC,IGCC,

Incineration, Pyrolysis,

Gasification, Bio-

methanation others)

b) Plant Load Factor (%) : Not Applicable

c) Station Heat Rate (Kcal/

Kwh)

: Not Applicable

d) Steam Rate/Flow Rate : Not Applicable

e) Boiler Temperature : --

f) Boiler Pressure : Not Applicable

g) Type of Stack (Single flue/

Bi-flue/ Tri Flue)

: Not Applicable

h) No of Stacks : Not Applicable

Stack ID Stack Height (m) Stack Diameter at

exit (m)

Exit velocity of

Stack gas (m)

Exit Temperature

of stack gas (00C)

2. Details of flue linkage (Please

specify if Multiple linkage are

involved).

: Not Applicable

a) Type of linkage (Linkage/

Fuel Supply Agreement/ e-

auction/ MoU/ LOA/

Captive/ Open Market /

Others.

: Not Applicable

b) Quantity of Linkage

granted

: Not Applicable

c) Date of linkage : Not Applicable

d) Duration of linkage : Not Applicable

3. Details of Transportation of fuel : Not Applicable

Details/ Mode Distance (Km) Quantity(TPA)

Rail

Road

Pipeline

Conveyor

Other mode (Please Specify)

45

4. Details of Fuel Characteristic : Not Applicable

a) Gross Calorific

Value(Kcal/Kg)

: Not Applicable

b) Ash Content (%) : Not Applicable

c) Sulphur Content (%) : Not Applicable

d) Moisture (%) : Not Applicable

e) Mercury (mg/kg) : Not Applicable

f) Fixed Carbon (%) : Not Applicable

g) Volatile matter (%) : Not Applicable

5. Details of Cooling System : Not Applicable

a) Type of Cooling system: Air

cooled/ water cooled

: Not Applicable

b) Type of draft: Natural

draft/ forced draft

: Not Applicable

c) Type of air circulation:

Parallel flow/Counter flow

: Not Applicable

d) Cycles of cooling (COC) : Not Applicable

e) Water requirement for

cooling (m3/ day)

: Not Applicable

f) Boiler blow down

temperature

: Not Applicable

III Whether proposal is for River Valley & Hydroelectric Project (Yes/No).


1. Sub Sector: (Multipurpose

project/ Hydroelectric Project/

Irrigation project)

: Not Applicable

2. Mane of the River : Not Applicable

3. Whether Cumulative Impact

Assessment and carrying capacity

study of River Basin Carried Out?

(Yes/ No).

: Not Applicable

If Yes :

a. Status of Cumulative Impact

Assessment and carrying capacity

study of River Basin

: Not Applicable

46

(Recommended/ Not

recommended)


b. Details of Cumulative

Impact Assessment and

carrying capacity study of

River Basin

: Not Applicable

c. Upload Relevant Document

(Upload Pdf)

: Not Applicable

4. Type of Project: (Construction of

Dam Barrage/ Run of the river/

Life irrigation Scheme)

: Not Applicable

5. Dam Height(meter) if Applicable : Not Applicable

6. Dam Length (meter) if Applicable : Not Applicable

7. Total Submergence Area (Hectare) : Not Applicable

8. Details of Gross Command Area

(GCA) (Hectare)

: Not Applicable

9. Details of Irrigable Command Area

(ICA) (Hectare)

: Not Applicable

10. Details of Culturable Command

Area (CGA) (Hectare)

: Not Applicable

11. Total Command Area (Hectare) : Not Applicable

12. Powerhouse Installed Capacity : Not Applicable

a) Type of Powerhouse:

(Underground/ Surface)

: Not Applicable

b) Capacity (megawatts) : Not Applicable

c) No. Of Tunnels : Not Applicable

d) No. of Units : Not Applicable

e) Bank of River

:Left/Right/Both)

: Not Applicable

13. Generation of Electricity Annually : Not Applicable

a) Quantity of Generation of

Electricity Annually (in

Giga Watt Hours (Gwh)

: Not Applicable

b) Water availability at

various percentage

: Not Applicable

47

Percentage Water availability

(Cusecs)

Dependable Year Remarks

At 50%

At 70%

At 90%

c) Machine Availability (%) : Not Applicable

d) Cost of electricity

Generation(in INR)

: Not Applicable

e) Internal Rate of Return (%) : Not Applicable

f) Year of achievement of

internal rate of return

: Not Applicable

14. Catchment Area Treatment Plan in

PDF

: Not Applicable

15. Muck Management Plan : Not Applicable

a) Upload Muck Management

Plan in PDF

: Not Applicable

b) Total Excavation Muck

(Cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

c) Utilized for construction

(cubic meter)

: Not Applicable

d) No. of Muck Disposal Sites : Not Applicable

e) Total Muck Disposal Area

(Ha.)

: Not Applicable

16. Fishery Development and

Management Plan

: Not Applicable

a) Upload Fishery

Development and

Management Plan in PDF

: Not Applicable

b) No. of Fingerlings : Not Applicable

c) No. of Fish Species : Not Applicable

d) Name of the umbrella Fish

Species (Scientific Name)

: Not Applicable

17. Status of Environmental Flow : Not Applicable

Season Average inflow

(in Million Cubic Meter)

Percentage of flow

48

18. Free flow Stretch (Km) : Not Applicable

19. Approval of Central Water

Commission

: Not Applicable

a) Approval References No. : Not Applicable


c) Upload Copy of Approval

(Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

20. Approval of Central Electricity

Authority

: Not Applicable

a) Approval References No. : Not Applicable


c) Upload Copy of Approval

(Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

d) Approval References No. : Not Applicable

21. Details of Coffer Dam (Upstream) if

applicable

: Not Applicable

a) Quantity of the material

(m3)

: Not Applicable

b) Length of the Dam (m) : Not Applicable

c) Quantity of muck to be

used (m3)

: Not Applicable

d) Quantity of borrow

material to be used (m3)

: Not Applicable

e) Decommissioning plan

(Upload in pdf)

Not Applicable

22. Details of Coffer Dam

(Downstream) If Applicable

: Not Applicable

a) Quantity of the material

(m3)

: Not Applicable

b) Length of the Dam (m) : Not Applicable

c) Quantity of muck to be

used (m3)

: Not Applicable

d) Quantity of borrow

material to be used (m3)

: Not Applicable

49

e) Decommissioning plan

(Upload in pdf)

: Not Applicable

IV Whether the proposal is Infrastructure Projects (Yes/ No).


1. Details of Building Construction : Not Applicable

a) Maximum Height of the

building (meters)

: Not Applicable

b) Total No. of Flate to be

Build

: Not Applicable

c) No. of Buildings : Not Applicable

d) Total plot area (sqm) : Not Applicable

e) Total Built up area(sqm) : Not Applicable

2. Foreshore Facilities and /or Marine

Disposal

: Not Applicable

a) Whether Project involves

Foreshore Activities and/

or marine Disposal (Yes/

No).

: Not Applicable


b) Upload Shoreline Study

(Upload pfd only)

: Not Applicable

c) Type of cargo : Not Applicable

d) Quantity of Cargo : Not Applicable

e) Control measures of Cargo : Not Applicable

f) Dust Control Measures : Not Applicable

g) Quantum : Not Applicable

h) Quantity of dredging

(Cubic meter per day)

: Not Applicable

i) Type of dredging ( Capital,

Maintenance)

: Not Applicable

j) Disposal of dredge material : Not Applicable

k) Details of Outfall diffusers : Not Applicable

l) No. of Dilution expected : Not Applicable

m) Distance at which the

outlet will reach ambient

: Not Applicable

50

parameters

n) Copy of Monitoring at

outfall

: Not Applicable

o) Copy of NOC from PCB in

case of Marine Disposal

(Upload pfd only)

: Not Applicable

3. Rain Water Harvesting :

a) No. of Storage : Not Applicable

b) Capacity : Not Applicable

c) No of Recharge Pit : Not Applicable

d) Capacity : Not Applicable

4. Parking :

a) Details of 4 Wheeler/ 2-

Wheeler Perking

: Not Applicable

5. Energy saving Measures : Not Applicable

a) Source/Mode : Not Applicable

b) Percentage : Not Applicable

c) Quantity : Not Applicable

6. Other Details : Not Applicable

a) Details of impact on water

bodies and drainage

pattern of catchment area

if any

: Not Applicable

b) Details of Traffic Density

Impact Assessment and

Modelling Study

: Not Applicable

c) In case of underground

Tunnel projects below the

Forest Land Subsidence

Impact Study Report (

Upload pfd only)

: Not Applicable

7. Type of Industries to be

established with industrial Estate

as per their category A/B

: Not Applicable

S. No. Type of Industry No. of Units Category A/B

1.

51

2.

3.

8. Length of the alignment in case of

highway projects

: Not Applicable

9. Details Bridges/ ROB/

Interchanges, flyover, Vehicle

Underpass and Pedestrian

Underpass( in case of Highway

Projects)

: Not Applicable

a) Total No. of Bridges : Not Applicable

b) Total No. of ROB : Not Applicable

c) Total No. of interchanges : Not Applicable

d) Total No. of flyovers : Not Applicable

e) Total No. of vehicle

underpass

: Not Applicable

f) Total No. of Pedestrian

underpass

: Not Applicable

g) Details of other utilities rail

and road corridors

: Not Applicable

36. Details of Court Case, If any.

a. Whether there is any Court Cases

pending against the project and/or

land in which the project is

proposed to be set up (Yes/No)?

: Not Applicable


b. Name of the Court (District Court/

High Court/ NGT/ Tribunals/

Supreme Court of India)

: Not Applicable

If Name of the Court: (Districts

Court, High Court, NGT, Tribunals)

: Not Applicable

c. Name of the sub-court : Not Applicable

d. Case No. : Not Applicable

e. Orders/Directions of the court, if

any and its relevance with the

proposed project

: Not Applicable

f. Case Details : Not Applicable

52

g. Upload Court Order if any (Upload

pdf only)

: Not Applicable

37. Details of direction issued under Environment (Protection) Act/Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution)

Act/ Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act.

a. Whether any direction issued

under Environment (Protection)

Act/Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act/Water (Prevention

& Control of Pollution) (Yes/No)?

: Yes

b. Details of directions issued under

Environment (Protection)

Act/Air/(Prevention & Control of


& Control of Pollution) Act

: 1.Improper treatment of effluent

2.Fugitive emission from feeding point of kiln 3 & 4 and Height of

the coal heaps observed more than the boundary wall of coal

storage area.

c. Upload copy of directions issued

under Environment (Protection)

Act/Air/(Prevention & Control of


& Control of Pollution) Act

: Uploaded as Annexure-XVI

d. Compliance status of the directions : 1. ETP treatment plant has been installed. Photographs are

attached as Annexure- XVII.

2. Replacement of slip seal was done in kiln 3&4 to control the

fugitive emission.

3. Maintained the heap size as per rules.

38. Details of EIA Consultant

a. Have you hired Consultant for

preparing document (Yes/No)?

: Yes

If No, : Not Applicable

i) Reason for not engaging the

consultant

: Not Applicable

If Yes, :

i) Name of the EIA consultant : Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

ii) Address : 92 Heera Nagar A, Ajmer Road

iii) Mobile No. : -

iv) Landline No. : 01414-2353996, 2354997

v) E-mail ID : [email protected]

53

vi) Category of Accreditation (Eligible

for Category A/ Eligible for

Category B)

: Category A and Category B

vii) Sector of Accreditation : 8(a), 8 (b)

viii) Validity of Accreditation : 28.05.2018

ix) Upload Certificate of Accreditation

certified by QCI/NABET (Upload

pdf only)

Enclosed as Annexure-XVIII

39. Documents to be attached :

I. If Project Type is New / Expansion / Modernization /one-time capacity expansion for Coal Mining

a. Upload Copy of EIA/ EMP Report : Final EIA EMP is uploaded.

b. Upload Copy of Risk Assessment

Report

: The Risk Assessment has been given in Section –VII, sub section

point no 7.3 of Draft EIA/ EMP report.

c. Upload Copy of Feasibility Report/

Detailed Project Report (DPR/

Detailed Engineering Report/

Detailed Conceptual Plan/

Approved Mining Plan (In case of

Mining Proposals) (Upload pdf

only)

: C.A. Certificate is enclosed as Annexure-XIX.

d. Upload Copy of Final Layout Plan

(Upload pdf only)

: Enclosed as Annexure- XV.

e. Upload Cover Letter (Upload pdf

only and attach it as Annexure-

document of Cover letter)

: Cover letter is uploaded with final EIA/EMP report.

f. Upload Copy of documents in

support of the

competence/authority of the

person making this application to

make application on behalf of the

User Agency (Upload pdf only and

attach it as Annexure-

authorization)

: Letter of Authorization is uploaded with final EIA/EMP report.

g. Upload Copy of District Survey

Report (for mining of minor

minerals only)

: Not Applicable

54

h. Upload Copy of Replenishment

Study Report & Baseline Survey

data (for river sand mining

proposals only)

: Not Applicable

i. Upload Additional File, if any

(Upload only pdf)

: -

II. If Project Type is other than New/ Expansion/ Modernization /One-Time Capacity Expansion for Coal

Mining:-

a. Upload Copy of Feasibility Report/

Detailed Project Report (DPR/

Detailed Engineering

Report/Detailed Conceptual Plan/

Approved Mining Plan (In case of

Mining Proposals) (Upload pdf

only)

: Not Applicable

b. Upload Copy of Final Layout Plan

(Upload pdf only)

: Not Applicable

c. Upload Cover Letter (Upload pdf

only and attach it as Annexure-

document of Cover letter)

: Not Applicable

d. Upload a copy of documents in

support of the

competence/authority of the

person making this application to

make application on behalf of the

User Agency (Upload pdf only and

attach it as Annexure-

authorization)

: Not Applicable

e. Upload Additional File, if any

(Upload only pdf)

: Not Applicable

f. Upload Updated Form 1 (Upload

pdf only)

: Not Applicable

40. Undertaking

a. I hereby give undertaking that the

data and information given in the

application and enclosures are true

: Undertaking of the same is enclosed as Annexure-XX.

55

to be best of my knowledge and

belief and I am aware that if any

part of the data and information

found to be false or misleading at

any stage, the project will be

rejected and clearance given, if any

to the project will be revoked at

our risk and cost. In addition to

above, I hereby give undertaking

that no

activity/construction/expansion

has since been taken up

b. Name : Dinesh Agrawal

c. Designation : Director

d. Company : Gallantt Metal Ltd.

e. Address : Plot No. 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opposite IFFCO Colony


*********************

PROJECT NAME : EXPANSION IN MANUFACTURING OF SPONGE IRON, TMT BARS, M.S. BILLET/ S.S.

BILLETS , MS RLLED BARAND CAPTIVE POWER PLANT & WHRB




OCTOBER' 2018 56

EIA / EMP REPORT

PROJECT NAME : EXPANSION IN MANUFACTURING OF SPONGE IRON, TMT BARS, M.S.

BILLET/ S.S. BILLETS , MS RLLED BARAND CAPTIVE POWER PLANT &

WHRB

SECTION – I – INTRODUCTION




OCTOBER' 2018 57

INDEX

SECTION - I

1.1 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT PROPONENT ........................................................................................... 58

1.2 SITE HISTORY .................................................................................................................................................. 58

1.3 PROJECT DETAILS .......................................................................................................................................... 59

1.4 IDENTIFICATION PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT ................................................................ 60

1.5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE OF THE PROJECT ......................................................................... 60

1.6 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND OR REGION ........ 60

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE ................................................................................................................ 61

1.8 TERMS OF REFERENCE ................................................................................................................................ 63

1.9 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES .................................................................................................................... 98

1.10 POST- ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING ....................................................................... 99

1.11 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT .................. 99

*****************



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 58

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML) is a large scale existing industrial unit which is situated at Survey

No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.

Gallantt Metal Ltd. was accorded Environmental Clearance expansion in existing manufacturing

of products vide letter no. J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I) Dated 19.05.2016 from MoEF&CC.

Enclosed as Annexure-V.

Now Gallantt Metal Limited proposes to expansion in production capacity. The proposed

expansion is categorized A" under schedule 3(a)Metallurgical industries (ferrous &

nonferrous) Sponge iron manufacturing ≥ 200TPD of Gazette Notification dated 14thSeptember,

2006 and its subsequent amendment.

1.2 SITE HISTORY

This is an expansion project of Gallantt Metal ltd. situated in Survey o 175/1, Village

Samyakhali, Tehsil – Bhachau, District – Kutch. The site history is given below:-

Certificate of Incorporated of Gallantt Metal Limited was made on February 07, 2005, under

the Companies Act, 1956 with Cin No- U27 7O9 WBZU)SPLC 107553 under Dy. Registrar of

Companies, West Bengal. Copy is enclosed as Annexure- I.

Gallantt Metal Limited is company incorporated by two patron companies; namely M/s.

Govind Mills Limited based at Gorakhpur (Uttar Pradesh; India) and M/s. Ganesh Laxmi

Processors Pvt. Ltd. based at Surat (Gujarat; India). At present, M/s. Govind Mills Limited is

involved in running Flour Mills, Induction Furnaces and Re-rolling Mills in and around

Gorakhpur.

The unit has developed Green area in existing plant is 28.08Acre which is 24.20% of the

total area i.e. 116 Acre.

All statutory approval has obtained from time to time with concerned departments.

Gallantt Metal Limited has developed roads at inside and outside the premises, parking

area, Monitoring facility, DM Plant, Residential colony, Petty shop, Canteen for workers,

Shelter for workers, Drinking water facility at plant site.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 59

1.3 PROJECT DETAILS

Existing:

Table1.0: Existing product capacity

S. No. Product Existing (TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346

5 Runner & Raiser 891

Power Generation

6 Power Plant (AFBC/CFBC) 25 MW

7. Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW

Proposed:

Table1.1: Proposed expansion product capacity

S. No. Product Proposed (TPA) Total After Expansion (TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 1,497 6,843

5 Runner & Raiser No change 891

Power Generation

6 Power Plant AFBC/CFBC) 10MW 35 MW

7. Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW 16MW

The proposed expansion is coming up in 45.22 Acre area within existing plant i.e. 116.0 Acres

(4,73,325Sq.m). No additional land is required for the proposed expansion. The expected

capital investment for the proposed expansion is Rs. 216.0 Crore and the total project cost will

be 596.0 Crore.

The proposed expansion is coming up in 45.22 Acre area within existing plant i.e. 116.0 Acres

(4,73,325Sq.m). No additional land is required for the proposed expansion. The expected

capital investment for the proposed expansion is Rs. 216.0 Crore and the total project cost will

be 596.0 Crore.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 60

1.4 IDENTIFICATION PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

Gallantt Metal Limited is company incorporated by two patron companies; namely M/s.

Govind Mills Limited based at Gorakhpur (Uttar Pradesh; India) and M/s. Ganesh Laxmi

Processors Pvt. Ltd. based at Surat (Gujarat; India). At present, M/s. Govind Mills Limited is

involved in running Flour Mills, Induction Furnaces and Re-rolling Mills in and around

Gorakhpur.

Gallantt Metal Ltd has set up an integrated steel plant near to Bhachau in Gujarat for

manufacture of Sponge iron, Steel billets, M.S Bars, Runner riser, MS Rolled Bars and captive

power plant

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML) is a large scale industrial unit which is located at Survey No.

175/1, Village- Samkhaiyali, Tehsil - Bhachau, District - Kutch (Gujarat). The company

manufactures sponge iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billets/S.S. Billets and having Captive power plants.

Now GML has decided to expand its sponge iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets and captive

power plant capacity within existing premises of industry.

Name and address

of the Applicant

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML)

Dinesh Agrawal (Director)

Address: Gallantt Metal Limited

Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony


Telephone No. No. –02837-283555

Email:- [email protected], [email protected]

1.5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE OF THE PROJECT

The proposed expansion is for manufacturing Sponge Iron - 3,73,500TPA; M.S Billets -

4,29,000TPA; MT Bars -4,22,400 TPA, MS Rolled Bar - 6,843 TPA. No change in runner & Riser

Capacity, it is remains same as 891 TPA; Captive power plant of AFBC -35MW; WHRB based

power plant -16MW, respectively due to increase in market demand.

1.6 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND OR REGION

The need for the expansion unit for Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/S.S. Billet and Captive

power plant and WHRB. This is due to the rising infrastructural demand from the existing unit



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 61

and to keep its continuous supply, owing to the growth in the region. Captive Power plant will

be installed to meet the demand of electricity.

India is world's largest sponge iron producer with an annual production of about 26-28 MnT

against installed capacity of 46-47 MnT. There are over 400 sponge iron units in India. Indian

sponge iron industry is highly fragmented. Top 20 producers contribute about 60-65% of total

production where as rest contribute 35-40% of the production. Sponge iron contributes 25% of

India's total crude steel production of 90 MnT.

The production for sale of DRI or Sponge Iron has increased from 1.31 mt in 1991-92 to 14.83

mt in 2016-17 (prov). India was the largest producer of DRI in the world during the period

2003 to 2015 and emerged as the 2nd largest global producer in 2016, based on provisional

ranking released by the World Steel Association.

1.7 EIA PURPOSE

As per the Gazette Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its subsequent amendment on

dated 01.12.09 and 04.04.2011, the project is classified under 3 (a). Thus, the project is “A”

category project. The Environmental Clearance process for the proposed expansion project will

comprise of three stages. These stages in sequential order are:-

1. Scoping;

2. Public consultation;

3. Appraisal

The flow chart depicting these stages to obtain the prior Environmental Clearance for the

existing project is as given below:-



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 62

Fig1: Environmental Clearance process for Category ‘A’ project

Project Concept

Form 1, Pre-feasibility Project Report with Proposed TOR to MoEF&CC (EAC)

Scoping by EAC (Site visit by sub group of EAC, if necessary)

TOR approved by EAC EC - rejected by MoEF&CC on recommendation of EAC

Final EIA Report to SPCB by Project Proponent

Public Consultation process by SPCB

Summary EIA and Form 1 – display on the Website by SPCB

Proceedings of Public Consultation

Appraisal and Recommendation by EAC

Display on MoEF&CCWebsite

Display at Panchayat, ZP, DM/DC/

Dy. Com & on the SPCB website

To Proponent for Submission of Final EIA

Report/Supplementary Report to Final EIA

Approval by MoEF&CC

Rejected Approved Display on MoEF&CCWebsite& Project Proponent Website

Post EC Monitoring

Submission of half yearly Compliance

Report to MoEF&CC/ RO-MoEF&CC

Display of Compliance Report on MoEF&CCWebsite



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 63

1.7.1 Scope of the Study

The scope of the EIA Study includes detailed study of the environment for an area of 10Km

radius from the project area. The various environmental parameters like Air, Water, Noise,

Land, Biological and Socio economic aspects attributes cover for the baseline study.

1.7.2 Objectives

The overall objective of any EIA studies is to identify and assess the adverse and beneficial

impacts of the project in the planning stage itself, so that necessary mitigation measures to

prevent or minimize these adverse impacts could be planned early and cost effectively. In

view of this objective, the scope of EIA study broadly includes:

Introduction along with scope of EIA studies (Chapter-1).

Project description including process, resource required and products formed along with

sources of pollution and built in mitigation measures with respect to wastewater,

gaseous emissions and solid wastes (Chapter-2).

Existing baseline status of the relevant environmental parameters in the specified study

area through primary and secondary source. The environmental parameters include

meteorology, air, water, land, soil, noise, and ecology and socio economics (Chapter-3).

Anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed project on environment and

measures for mitigation of the predicted adverse impacts, air pollution dispersion

modeling studies (Chapter-4).

Analysis of Alternate Site and Technology (Chapter-5)

Environmental Monitoring Programs (Chapter-6)

Additional Studies including Risk Assessment, DMP, Emergency Action Plan (Chapter7).

Project Benefits (Chapter-8).

Environmental Cost Benefits Analysis (Chapter-9)

Environment management Plan (Chapter – 10)

Summary and Conclusion (Chapter- 11).

1.8 TERMS OF REFERENCE

The application for the Terms of Reference of the proposed expansion project for

manufacturing of Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, MS Rolled Bar and Captive

Power Plant & WHRB of M/s Gallant Metal Limited was submitted online vide proposal no.

IA/CG/IND/67974/2017 dated 10th November’ 2017 at MoEF&CC, New Delhi and the same



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 64

after consideration in the 26th Meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee on Industry- I

held on dated 12.12.2017 was accorded TOR vide letter no. J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I)

dated 19.12.2017. (Copy is enclosed as Annexure III.). The point wise compliance of the

TOR is as under:-

Table 1.2: TOR Compliance

TOR Ref. TOR Detail Implementation / Plan

1. Executive Summary Executive Summary has been given in Section – XI of Final EIA/

EMP report.

2. Introduction

Details of the EIA

Consultant including

NABET Accreditation.

Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd. , Jaipur

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI, New

Delhi at S. No. 45 (MoEF&CC) List of Accredited EIA Consultant

Organizations (as on October 11, 2018).

Validity: -06.11.2018.

Information about Project

Proponent

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML)

Dinesh Agrawal (Director)

Address: Gallantt Metal Limited

Plot No 123, Ground Floor, Ward 10 BC, Opp. IFFCO Colony


Telephone No.. –02837-283555

Email:- [email protected], [email protected]

Importance and benefits of

the project.

Importance: - The need for the expansion is due to the rising

infrastructural demand from the existing unit and to keep its

continuous supply, owing to the growth in the region.

In order to meet the in house demand of raw material for

billets and TMT bars and also to meet the market requirement

in timely manner the proposed expansion project is

undertaken.

Huge demand in construction sector.

Benefits:-

The proposed expansion project aims to fill the demand – supply

gap through optimum allocation and production of natural

resources required to meet the demand effectively.

3. Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of

completion.

Project Cost: - Existing – Rs. 380.0 Crore; Proposed:- Rs. 216.0

Crore; Total after expansion:- Rs. 596.0Crore



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 65

Time of Completion: -3 Years after start of installation.

ii. Products with capacities

for the proposed project.

S. No. Product Proposed

Capacity

(TPA)

Total Capacity

After expansion

(TPA)

1 Sponge Iron 1,48,500 3,73,500

2 M.S. Billets 92,400 4,29,000

3 TMT Bars 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 1,497 6,843

5 Runner & Raiser No change 891 (No change)

Power Generation

6 Power Plant

AFBC/CFBC)

10MW 35 MW

7 Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW 16MW

iii. If expansion project,

details of existing products

with capacities and

whether adequate land is

available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if

any.

The existing products detail are given below:

The proposed expansion is coming up within the existing plant

premises for an area of 116 Acre. The expansion area is

earmarked for future expansion in the total existing plant and

will be utilized for the proposed expansion. The detail is given

below:

Environmental Clearance has been granted by MoEF&CC, New

Delhi for the existing capacity of manufacturing Sponge Iron,

TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, Coal based Captive Power Plant

and WHRB vide letter no.-J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I) dated

Product Existing Capacity (TPA)

Sponge Iron 2,25,000

M.S. Billets 3,36,600

TMT Bars 3,30,000

M S Rolled Bar 5346

Runner & Raiser 891

Power Generation

Power Plant (AFBC/CFBC) 25 MW

Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW

Area In Acre

Total Land 116.0

Land For future expansion (within

existing land area)

45.22



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 66

19.05.2016. Copy is enclosed as Annexure – IV.

iv. List of raw materials

required and their source

along with mode of

transportation.

List of raw materials required and their source along with mode

of transportation has been given in Section – II, Sub-Section –

2.6.1 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

v. Other chemicals and

materials required with

quantities and storage

capacities.

Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and

storage capacities is given below:

S. No. Fuel Existing Proposed Total

1. HSD Quantity 1667 TPA Nil 1667 TPA

Storage capacity 60 KL - 60 KL

vi. Details of emission,

effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their

management.

Emission Major emissions from the proposed expansion

project are of PM, SO2, and NOx.

Management: Management is as follows:

Sponge Iron:

During the manufacturing process exhaust

gases generated from rotary kiln will be

directed to Waste Heat Recovery Boiler

(WHRB) for heat recovery. After that the

exhaust gases will be routing through ESP to

reduce the particulate matter in the exhaust

gases to less than 50 mg/Nm3.

After treated in ESP gases will be release

through a combined stack of 42 m height for

effective dispersion and dilution of

emissions into the atmosphere.

Dust extraction system with Bag filters is

being / will be provided at all material

transfer points, raw material storage area,

etc. to control fugitive dust emission. All the

material handling systems will be connected

with de- dusting system at all discharge

points and feed points wherever the

possibility of dust generation.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 67

Water sprinklers are being/will be provided

for dust suppression during unloading of

raw materials.

All conveyors is /will be covered with GI

(Galvanized iron)sheets.

Major raw materials will be stored in

covered sheds.

Induction Furnace:

The Fugitive emissions from the Induction

furnaces will be routed through side draft

hood and will be directed a fume extraction

system comprising of bag house and then

release through a common stack of 30 m

height.

The outlet dust emission will be kept less

than 50 mg/Nm3. The dust will be

pneumatically carried to covered storage

bins.

AFBC /CFBC

The flue gases generated from boiler will be

treated in ESP (Efficiency 99.9 %) to reduce

the particulate matter emission to keep less

than 50 mg/Nm3 and will be emit through an

existing stack of 95.0m.

Effluent Domestic waste water (154 KLD) generated

from plant and colony will be treated in existing

STP (Activated Sludge Process) with 200 KLD

capacities and treated water will be utilized in

greenbelt development/plantation.

ETP waste water: Waste water (210.5 KLD)

generated from cooling tower, boiler and

process will be treated in ETP (250 KLD) and

reused for green belt and dust suppression

purpose.

Hazardous The manufacturing process does not involve any



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 68

Waste hazardous waste generation.

Used oil, used ion exchange resin and tar

residue are generated and stored at separate

designated storage areas and maintained as

per Hazardous and Other Wastes

(Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016. The Hazardous

waste generated at site being sent to

Hindustan oil, Industries, Gandhidham and

the same practice will be adopted for

proposed expansion project. The

Authorization has been obtained with

Consent to Operate for existing quantity vide

letter no. AWH/ 76789 dated 29.02.2016

which is valid up to 27.12.2020. Enclosed as

Annexure – VIII.

Particulars Hazardous Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/

disposal Type of

Waste


Hazardous

Waste

Used

Oil(5.1)

2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent

to Hindustan

Oil Industries,

Gandhidham,

Gujarat. Copy is

enclosed as

Annexure-XXI.

Used Ion

exchange

resin

(34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion

exchange resin

is sent to

Saurashtra

Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd. Copy is

enclosed as

Annexure-

XXII.

Tar

residue

(13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is

sent to

Saurashtra

Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 69

Enclosed as

Annexure-XVI.

vii. Requirement of water,

power, with source of

supply, status of approval,

water balance diagram,

man-power requirement

(regular and contract).

Requirement of Water: The daily water requirement for the

existing plant is 1318 KLD and proposed water demand is

537KLD (343Fresh +194 Recycled). Total Water demand after

expansion is 1855KLD (1661 fresh +194Recycled). The break up

is given below:



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 70

Man Power: The existing and proposed man power is given

below:

S.

No.

Category No. of Persons Remarks


1. Permanent Staff 355 70 425 Local People

will be given

employment.

2. Skilled Workers 225 60 285

3. Semi-Skilled

worker

130 50 180

4. Unskilled worker 250 110 360

Total 960 290 1,250

S. No. Particulars Water Demand (KLD)


1. Domestic 215 61 276

2. Industrial

a. Cooling 168 92 260

b. Boiler 237 122 359

c. Process 653 262 915

3. Plantation/

Others

45 -- 45

Total 1318 537(343

Fresh +194

Recycled)

1855(1661 fresh

+194

Recycled)

Source: - Gujarat Water Infrastructure Ltd. (GWIL)

Approval: The permission for water supply from GWIL to the

tune of 1.755 MLD has been obtained vide letter no.

GWIL/Kutch/Ind. Connect./3000 dated 31.12.2010. Enclosed as

Annexure – X.

Water Balance diagram has been given in Section – II,

Sub-Section-2.5.2 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

Power Demand: The existing and proposed power demand

is given below:

S. No. Particulars Power Demand (KW)


1. Power 33MWH 18MWH 51MWH

Source: - Existing & proposed CPP and remaining will be met from

State grid as and when required. Copy of electricity sanctioned is

enclosed as Annexure-XII.

viii. The Project Proponent

shall furnish the requisite

Ground Water withdrawal: No ground water withdrawal is

envisaged for the proposed expansion project.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 71

documents from the

competent authority in

support of drawl of ground

water and surface water

and supply of electricity.

Surface Water Supply: The permission for water supply from

GWIL (Gujarat Water Infrastructure Limited) to the tune of 1.755

MLD was obtained vide letter no. GWIL/Kutch/Ind.

Connect./3000 dated 31.12.2010 which is sufficient for existing

and proposed water demand. Copy is enclosed as Annexure – X.

Supply of electricity:

Existing & proposed AFBC/CFBC and remaining will be met from

State grid as and when required. Copy of electricity sanctioned is

enclosed as Annexure- XII.

ix. Process description along

with major equipments

and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantitative)

from raw material to

products to be provided.

Process description along with major equipments and

machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material

to products has been given in Section – II, Sub-Section – 2.6.3 and

2.9.2 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

x. Hazard Identification and

details of proposed safety

systems.

The hazards and their proposed safety measures are given

below:-

Project Phase Hazard Identified Safety Systems/ Measures:-

Existing and

proposed expansion

phase

Material hazards:

Furnace Oil (FO), High Speed Diesel

(HSD)/ Light Diesel Oil (LDO)

Risk associated with coal handling plant

– dust explosion;

Coal storage in open yard;

Coal handling plant;

Boilers/ Steam Turbine Generator

Building;

Process hazards

During handling of hazardous materials

or processes resulting in Heat, fire,

explosion, etc.

Electrical hazards:

Electrocution, high voltage levels, short

circuit, etc

On-Site/ Off- Site Emergency Plan.

Exposure Controls and Personal Protection;

Personnel Protective Equipments;

Other Safety Measures:-

Safety training to the workers is /will given.

PPE is/will provided to the workers.

The maintenance and cleaning of bag filters

is /will carry out regularly.

The dust removal efficiency of bag filters is

/will check regularly.

Work place environment monitoring is

carried out regularly and records are

maintained. Good housekeeping is/will

implement in the plant.

First aid box is/will provided.

The industry is/will providing adequate

lighting facility inside the plant premises.

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems has been given in Section-VI, Sub-Section – 6.2.3

of Final EIA/EMP Report.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 72

xi. Expansion/ Modernization proposals:-

a. Copy of all the

Environmental

Clearance(s) including

amendments thereto

obtained for the project

from MoEF/ SEIAA shall be

attached as Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the

Regional Office of the

Ministry of Environment

and Forests as per circular

dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all

the existing Environmental

Clearances including

amendments shall be

provided. In addition,

status of compliance of

Consent to operate for the

ongoing/ existing

operation of the project

from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP

Report.

Environmental Clearance was granted by MoEF&CC, New Delhi

for the existing capacity of manufacturing Sponge Iron, TMT

Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, Coal based Captive Power Plant and

WHRB vide letter no.-J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I) dated

19.05.2016. Copy of all the previous granted Environmental

Clearance(s) enclosed as Annexure –V.

The Environmental Clearance compliance report of existing

Environmental Clearance was submitted to Regional Office,

MOEF&CC Bhopal for certification. Copy of Certified EC

Compliance is submitted is enclosed Annexure –VI.

The compliance report of existing Consent to Operate for

manufacturing Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, MS/SS Billets, Waste Heat

Recovery Boiler (WHRB) and Captive Power Plant was submitted

to Gujarat Pollution Control Board. Enclosed as Annexure – XXV.

The monitoring of stack (source emission) has been carried out

on 29.11.2017 The analysis report is enclosed as Annexure-

XXVI. Copy of all the Consent to Operate obtained for the existing

plant from GPCB, Gujarat has been enclosed as Annexure – VII&

VIII & details are given below:

S.

No

Particular Letter no Grant date

1. Environmental

Clearance for 12MW

Coal based power

plant

J-13011/37/2007-IA II(I) 28..09.2007

2. Expansion for Steel

Plant by installation

of Sponge Iron

Plant, Captive

Power Plant

J-13011/37/2007-IA II(I) 8 .06. 2009

3. Expansion of

Sponge Iron, Steel

billets TMT bar and

Captive Power Plant

J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I) 19.05.2016



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 73

S. No. Consent & Authorization

Letter No.

Issued on Valid up to Production Capacity

1. PC/CCA-Kutch-341(3)GPCB

ID:17845/99847

16.12.2011 27.12.2015 Sponge Iron -9375MT/Month

M.S. Billets -14850 MT/Month

TMT Bars -14330.25 MT/Month

M S Rolled Bar-445.50 MT/Month

Runner & Raiser-74.25 MT/Month

Power Plant (AFBC/CFBC) –12MW

Power Plant (WHRB) -6MW


ID:17845/106250

02.02.2012 27.12.2015 Power Generation – 12.0MW to 17.0MW


ID:17845/204290

10.01.2014 16.12.2015 Sponge Iron -14625.0 MT/Month



ID:17845/349490

29.02.2016 27.12.2016 Sponge Iron -14625MT/Month

M.S. Billets -14850MT/Month

TMT Bars -14330.25 MT/Month






ID:17845/364967

27.07.2016 27.12.2020 Sponge Iron -18,750MT/Month

M.S. Billets -28,050 MT/Month

TMT Bars -27,500MT/Month






ID:17845/412240

11.05.2017 27.12.2020 Sponge Iron -18,750T/Month

M.S. Billets -21,450 T/Month

TMT Bars -20,915 T/Month

M S Rolled Bar-445.50 T/Month

Runner & Raiser-74.25 T/Month



b. In case the existing project

has not obtained

Environmental Clearance,

reasons for not taking EC

This is an existing project. Environmental Clearance was granted

by MoEF&CC, New Delhi for the existing capacity of

manufacturing Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets,

Coal based Captive Power Plant and WHRB vide letter no.-J-



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 74

under the provisions of the

EIA Notification 1994 and/

or EIA Notification 2006

shall be provided. Copies of

Consent to Establish/ No

Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate (in

case of units operating

prior to EIA Notification

2006, CTE and CTO of FY

2005-2006) obtained from

the SPCB shall be

submitted. Further,

compliance report to the

conditions of consent from

the SPCB shall be

submitted.

11011/52/2013-IA II(I) dated 19.05.2016. Copy is enclosed as

Annexure – V.

4. Site details

i. Location of the project site

covering Village, Taluka/

Tehsil, District and State.

Justification for selecting

the site, whether other

sites were considered.

Location: Khasra No.:- 175/1 Village- Samyakhali, Tehsil –

Bhachau, District – Kutch (Gujarat.).

Justification for selecting the Site: -

No additional site was identified as it is expansion project within

the same premises. No additional land is required for the

proposed expansion.

ii. A Toposheet of the study

area of radius of 10 Km

and site location on

1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale

on an A3/ A2 sheet.

(Including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally

sensitive places).

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 Km and site location

on 1:50,000 on an A3 sheet including all eco-sensitive area is

enclosed as Annexure – II.

iii. Co-ordinates (Lat-Long) of

all four corners of the site.

The co-ordinates (Latitude - Longitude) of all four corners of the

sites has been given below:-

N E



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 75

Latitude 23°19’4.47” N Latitude 23°19’2.33” N

Longitude 70°29’10.21” E Longitude 70°29’10.21” E

S W



iv. Google Map - Earth

downloaded of the project

site.

Google Map – Earth downloaded of the project site is enclosed as

Annexure – XXVII.

v. Layout maps indicating

existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating

storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc.

if located within an

Industrial area/ Estate/

Complex, layout of

Industrial Area indicating

location of unit within the

Industrial Area/ Estate.

Layout map showing existing unit as well as proposed unit

showing storage area, plant area, greenbelt area etc. is enclosed

as Annexure – XV.

A certificate has been obtained from Office of Collector, Kutch

vide letter no.- A-3-Land-N.A.-65(B)-C.No.44/2206-07 & N.A.-

65(B)-C.No.44/2009-10 dated 27.04.2007 & 05.11.2009 stating

the land is bonafide for industrial purpose. Copy is enclosed as

Annexure – XIII.

vi. Photographs of the

proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If

existing, show

photographs of plantation/

green belt, in particular.

Photographs showing existing and proposed plant site are

enclosed as Annexure – XXVIII.

Photographs showing existing plantation/ green belt are

enclosed as Annexure – XXIX.

vii. Land use break – up of

total land of the project

site (identified and

acquired), Government/

private – agriculture,

forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc.

shall be included (not

required for industrial

area).

This is an expansion project which is coming up within existing

premises and no additional land is required for the proposed

expansion. The land use break-up of total land area has been

given below:-



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 76



Plant Area Office Area,


covered area).

40.60 None 40.60 35

Paved Area (Road,


Drainage).

2.10 None 2.10 1.9

Green Belt Area 28.08 None 28.08 24.2

Open Area for future

expansion


Vacant Land)

18.10 18.10 15.60


c. Un-used vacant

land)

10.20 10.20 8.8

d. Open area 16.52 16.52 14.2

Total 116.00 - - 116.00 100

The land use of the study area showing Government/ private – agriculture, forest, wasteland, water bodies,

settlements etc. is enclosed as Annexure – XXX.

viii. A list of major industries with

name and type within study area

(10 Km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of

the study area.

List of major Industry with name lies in 10 Km radius is

given below:

*Source: All distance are taken in respect to SOI Toposheet.

Map showing surrounding industries on Google Earth

within 10 km radius is enclosed as Annexure- XXVII.

Land use detail of the study area is given in Section – III,

Sub-section – 3.4.3 of Final EIA/ EMP Report. The same is

enclosed as Annexure – XXX.

S. No. Name of Industries Type Distance & Direction

1. Electrotherm (India)

Ltd.

Steel &

Power

835m, WSW

2. A.S.R Multimetals Pvt

Ltd

Steel &

Power

1.6 Km, WSW

ix. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study

area shall be included.

The map showing Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area is enclosed as Annexure – XXXI.

x. Details of drainage of the project

up to 5Km radius of the study

area. If the site is within 1 km

The map showing drainage of the project up to 5.0 Km of

the study area is enclosed as Annexure – XXXII.

No major river/ dam are situated at a distance of 1.0Km



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 77

radius of any major river, peak

and lean season river discharge

as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall

data of the past 30 years. Details

of Flood level of the project site

and maximum flood level of the

river shall also be provided

(Mega green field projects).

from the existing site.

xi. Status of acquisition of land. If

acquisition is not complete, stage

of the acquisition process and

expected time of complete

possession of the land.

There is no acquisition of land.

xii. R & R details in respect of land in

line with State Government

Policy.

Not Applicable. There is no acquisition of land.

5. Forest and Wildlife related issues (If applicable).

i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest and (Forestry

Clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State

Forest Department (If

applicable).

Not Applicable.

ii. Land use map based on High

Resolution Satellite Imagery

(GPS) of the proposed site

delineating the forestland (in

case of projects involving forest

land more than 40 Ha.).

No forest land is involved in the proposed expansion

project.

Land use map based on High Resolution Satellite Imagery

(GPS) of the proposed expansion is enclosed as Annexure –

XXX.

iii. Status of application submitted

for obtaining the Stage – I

Forestry Clearance along with

latest status shall be submitted.

No forest land is involved in the proposed expansion

project. Hence, it is not applicable.

iv. The projects to be located within There are no National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 78

10 Km of the National Park,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

animals, the Project proponent

shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features

vis-à-vis the project location and

the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden – thereon.

Reserves, and Migratory Corridors of Wild animals within

10 Km radius from the proposed expansion site.

A letter for map authentication has been submitted to Chief

Wild Life Warden, Kutch dated 24.04.2018 stating that

there are no National Park, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild animals. Receipt

enclosed as Annexure – XXIII.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of

Schedule I fauna, if any exists in

the study area.

Schedule – I i.e. Peafowl and Painted Stork have been

reported in the buffer zone during the study period. The

application for authentication of Conservation Plan of

Indian Pea – Fowl (Pavo cristatus) & Painted Stork has been

submitted to the Office of Chief Conservator of Forest

(Wildlife) Kutch. Conservation plan is enclosed as

Annexure – XIV.

vi. Copy of application submitted

for clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the

National Board for Wildlife.

Not Applicable.

6. Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric

inversion level at the project site

and Site-Specific Micro

Meteorological data using

Temperature, Relative Humidity,

Hourly Wind Speed and

Direction and Rainfall.

Site - Specific Micro Meteorological data (Temperature,

Relative Humidity, Hourly Wind Speed and Direction,

Rainfall) were collected during winter season (December’

2017 to February’ 2018) has been enclosed as Annexure-

XXXIII.

ii. AAQ data (except Monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, CO and other parameters

relevant to the project shall be

One – season data i.e. Winter (December’ 2017, January

and February’ 2018) was generated & collected.

AAQ data includes PM10, PM2.5, NOX, SO2, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project were generated.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 79

collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based CPCB

guidelines and take into account

the pre-dominant wind

direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including

reserved forests.

The monitoring stations were selected taking into

account the dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors etc.

The monitoring station selected is as described under:-

S. No. Name of Location Distance (Km) Direction Remarks

1. Project Site - - -

2. Samakhiali 2.24 km SE Nearest habitation towards

Downwind

3. Near to gorasar talav 4.96 Km SSE Downwind

4. Ramapar 5.06 Km SW Upwind & Crosswind

5. Gharana 4.74 Km NE Downwind

6. Vipasar 6.52 Km WNW Upwind

7. Vondh R.S. 5.09 Km WSW upwind

8. Lakhpat 5.04km NNE downwind

iii. Raw data of all AAQ

measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given

in the NAAQM Notification of

Nov. 2009 along with Min., Max.,

Average and 98% values for

each of the AAQ parameters

from data of all AAQ stations

should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report.

The raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of eight

stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM Notification

of November 2009 has been given in Section – III, Sub-

Section –3.6.3, Table No. – 3.12 of Final EIA/ EMP report.

The Baseline monitoring report has been enclosed as

Annexure – XXXIII.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby

River (60m upstream and

downstream) and other surface

drains at eight locations as per

CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines.

Seven surface water samples were collected as grab

samples and were analyzed for various parameters as per

CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. The analysis has been given in

Section – III, Sub-Section – 3.5.1, Table No. – 3.5 and 3.6 of

Final EIA/ EMP report.

The same has been enclosed as Annexure – XXXIII.

v. Whether the site falls near to The proposed expansion project does not falls near to



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 80

polluted stretch of river

identified by the CPCB/

MoEF&CC.

polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/ MoEF&CC,

New Delhi.

vi. Ground water monitoring

minimum at 8 locations shall be

included.

Eight locations of ground water samples were collected and

analyzed for various parameters as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC

guidelines. The analysis has been given in Section – III, Sub-

Section – 3.5.1, Table No. – 3.5 and 3.6 of Final EIA/ EMP

report.

The same has been enclosed as Annexure – XXXIII.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8

locations within the study area.

Noise level monitoring was carried out at eight locations

within the study area during winter season (December’

2017 to January- February’2018) as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC

guidelines. The analysis has been given in Section – III, Sub-

Section – 3.7.1, Table No. – 3.15 of Final EIA/ EMP report.

The same has been enclosed as Annexure XXX.

viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB

Guidelines.

Soil samples were collected and analyzed for eight locations

within the study area during winter season (December’

2017 to February’2018). The analysis result is given in

Section – III, Sub-Section – 3.4.4, Table No. – 3.4 of Final

EIA/ EMP report.

The same is enclosed as Annexure – XXXIII.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of

vehicles, frequency of vehicles

for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking

arrangement etc.

Types of Vehicles : Trucks, Tippers

Frequency of vehicles for

transportation of material

: Daily

Additional traffic due to

proposed project

: 50 - 100/ day in operation

phase based on plant

running.

25 max per day in

construction phase.

Parking arrangement : Available

x. Details description of flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

existing in the study area shall

be given with special reference

to rare, endemic and endangered

The study of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic)

existing in the study area is given in Section- III, Sub-Section

-3.8 of Final EIA/ EMP report.

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Flora



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 81

species. If Schedule – I fauna are

found within the study area, a

Wildlife Conservation Plan shall

be prepared and furnished.

Grass - 6 Species Grass –10 Species

Herb– 8 Species Herbs - 33 Species

Shrubs - 10 Species Shrubs - 13 Species

Tree - 22 Species Tree - 27 Species

Fauna

Amphibian – 0 Species Amphibian - 1Species

Reptiles - 2Species Reptiles –5 Species

Avifauna - 13 Species

Butterflies -4 Species

Avifauna – 34Species

Butterflies - 9Species

Mammals - 3 Species Mammals -9 Species

One schedule- I specie reported i.e. Indian Peafowl & Painted

Stork in the buffer zone.

The conservation plan of Indian Pea – Fowl (Pavo

cristatus) & Painted Stork has been submitted to the

Office of Chief Conservator of Forest (Wildlife), Kutch.

Copy of Submission receipt is enclosed as Annexure –

XIV.

xi. Socio-Economic status of the

study area.

Socio-Economic status of the study area has been given in

Section- III, Sub-Section – 3.9 of Final EIA/ EMP report.

7. Impact Assessment and Environment Management Plan.

i. Assessment of ground level

concentration of pollutants from

the stack emission based on Site-

Specific meteorological features.

In case the project is located on a

hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling

shall be done using inputs of the

specific terrain characteristics

for determining the potential

impacts of the projects on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all

sources of emissions (including

transportation) on the AAQ of

the area shall be well assessed.

Details of the model used and

In order to predict the incremental particulate emissions,

AERMOD Version 7.1.0 model was used to predict changes

in air quality i.e., maximum ground level concentration

(GLC’s) of PM10, PM2.5, NOX and CO due to the expansion

project activity. The inputs required for the model is:-

Hourly meteorological data

Source data

Receptor data

Programme control parameters.

The GLC’s were predicted for the scenario, with EMP (80%

of pollution control) in the project.

Maximum ground level concentrations of particulate

matter due to project activities are.

Pollutant Maximum Incremental

Concentration (g/m3)

Direction



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 82

the input data used for modeling

shall also be provided. The air

quality contours shall be plotted

on a location map showing the

location of project site,

habitation nearby, sensitive

receptors, if any.

PM10 2.2 SSW

PM2.5 1.4 SSW

NOx 13.5 SSW

SOx 9.2 SSW

Hg 0.001 SSW

Isopleths showing Ground Level Concentration

superimposed on Google map is given in Section-IV, Sub-

Section – 4.3.3.2 of the Final EIA/EMP report.

ii. Water Quality Modeling – in

case, the effluent is proposed to

be discharged in to the local

drain, then Water Quality

Modeling should be conducted

for the drain water taking into

consideration the upstream and

downstream quality of water of

the drain.

The unit will be maintained ZLD after expansion. Thus,

there will no discharge outside the premises.

Domestic waste water (154 KLD) generated from plant

and colony will be treated in existing STP (Activated Sludge

Process) with 200 KLD capacities and treated water will be

utilized in greenbelt development/plantation.

ETP waste water: Waste water (210.5 KLD) generated

from cooling tower, boiler and process will be treated in

ETP and reused for green belt and dust suppression

purpose.

iii. Impact of the transport of the

raw materials and end products

on the surrounding environment

shall be assessed and provided.

In this regard, options for

transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes

(large quantities) by rail or rail-

cum road transport or conveyor

– cum-rail transport shall be

examined.

There is/will be no major impact of the transport of the

raw materials and end products on the surrounding

environment due to proposed expansion project as

proper mitigation measures is being/will be adopted.

Major raw material i.e. manufacturing of TMT Bars and

same for proposed expansion which process does not

include any hazardous/ fugitive materials as raw

materials.

Imported Coal will be transported by road.

The impact of the transport of the raw material and end

products on the surrounding environment has been

assessed as a Line Source Emissions. The Ground level

concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. The

incremental ground level concentrations for various

pollutants are given below:-

Emission Source Emission rate



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 83

Line emissions PM 10 – 1.31x10 -4 g/s/m

PM 2.5 – 6 x 10 -5 g/s/m

NOx – 1 x 10 -3 g/s/m

CO – 3.75 x 10 -3 g/s/m

SO2 – 1.25 x 10 -4 g/s/m

iv. A note on treatment of

wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and

reused for different purposed

shall be included. Complete

scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Domestic wastewater generated (154KLD) from plant and

colony will be treated in the existing Sewage Treatment

Plant (STP) based on Conventional Activated Sludge

Process (ASP) technology having capacity of 200 KLD and

sludge generated will be utilized as manure for greenbelt

development/ plantation within the plant premises.

Water Balance for different plant operations, extent

recycled and reused for different purposed has been given

in Section – II, Sub-Section-2.5.2 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

About 194 KLD water will be recycled and reused for

cooling tower, plantation and dust suppression and general

cleaning.

The complete scheme of Sewage Treatment Plant has been

given in Section – IV, Sub-Section – 4.3.2.3 of Final EIA/

EMP Report. Photographs showing Sewage Treatment Plant

is enclosed as Annexure XXXIV.

Rain water harvesting is being/will be practiced inside the

plant and colony premises. Photographs showing rain water

harvesting is enclosed as Annexure-XXXV.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the

prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules has

also been given in Section – IV, Sub-Section – 4.3.2.3 of Final

EIA/ EMP Report.

v. Details of stack emission and

action plan for control of

emissions to meet the standards.

The stack detail, emission generated along with action plan

to control the emissions has been given in Section – IV, Sub-

Section -4.3.3 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

The photographs showing stacks are enclosed as Annexure

– XXXVI.

Efficient Air Pollution Control Equipment (APCE) is being

/will be installed for control of emissions from all the



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 84

sources within the prescribed limit. Details of the same

have been given in Section – IV, Sub-Section –4.3.3 (Table

No 4.4) of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

Stack Emission Details (Existing)

Stack Emission Details (Proposed Expansion)

S.

No

.

Parameters Unit

s

Captive

Power

Plant

(25MW

)

Stack-I

Rotary

Kiln No.

1 & 2

Stack-II

Rotary

Kiln No.

3 & 4

Stack-

III

Inductio

n

Furnace

No. 1 & 4

Stack-IV

Inducti

on

Furnace

No. 2 &

3 Stack-

V

Inductio

n

Furnace

No. 5

Stack-VI

Coal

Crushe

r

Stack-

VII

Re-

heating

Furnace

Stack-

VIII

DG Sets

3 nos of

Stack-IX

1 Stack Height M 95 40 40 48 48 48 30 30 12

2 Top

diameter of

flue

M 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5

3 Flue gas

velocity

m/se

c

10 10 10 7 7 7 10 8 10

4 Exit Flue gas

temperature

oK 393 393 393 373 373 373 373 423 453

5 Flue gas flow

rate

m3/s

ec

31.41 7.85 7.85 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.85 6.28 1.96

6 Emission rate at stack exit

A

PM10

emission

rate

g/s 1.7 0.81 0.81 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.8 0.25 0.09

B PM2.5

emission

rate

g/s 1.05 0.51 0.51 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.5 0.16 0.06

C NOx g/s 31.05 7.76 7.76 5.15 5.15 5.15 -- -- 1.84

D SO2 g/s 12.2 4.22 4.22 -- -- -- -- -- 0.75

7 APCM ESP ESP ESP Bag

House

Bag

House

Bag

House

Bag

House

Bag

House

--

S.

No.

Parameters Units Captive Power Plant (10

MW)

Stack-I

Rotary Kiln

No.5

Stack-II

Induction Furnace

No. 6

Stack-III

1 Stack Height M 90 48 48

2 Top diameter of

flue

M 2 1 1



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 85

3 Flue gas

velocity

m/sec 10 10 7

4 Exit Flue gas

temperature

oK 393 393 373

5 Flue gas flow

rate

m3/sec 31.41 7.85 5.5

6 Emission rate at stack exit

A

PM10 emission

rate

g/s 0.8 0.32 0.22

B PM2.5 emission

rate

g/s 0.5 0.2 0.137

C NOx g/s 3.15 3.925 --

D SO2 g/s 3.15 2.4 --

E Mercury (Hg) g/s 0.0009 -- --

7 APCM ESP ESP Bag House

vi. Measures for fugitive emission

control.

To control the fugitive emissions from the process in the

plant following measures is being/will be adopted:-

High efficiency Bag filter +Spark trapper, ESP, Side Final

hood for induction furnace, Kiln, Reheating furnace,

boiler to maintain limit of 50mg/ Nm3 for the PM

emissions;

Good House-keeping;

Adequate stack height;

Green area (24.8% at present) along the plant periphery

and within the plant premises and 10.20 Acre area is

proposed under the greenbelt plantation. The action

plan to achieve the 33% Green area is given in Section

X- sub point no. 10.4 in Final EIA/EMP report.

To avoid the tail-pipe emissions and exhaust gas, new

and PUC certified vehicles will be used;

Ambient air quality and stack emissions will be

regularly monitored to ensure that ambient air quality

standards and suggested limits of the stack emission

loads are met honestly all the time.

Photographs showing Bag filter, ESP are enclosed as

Annexure-XXXVII.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 86

All adequate measures will be strictly followed to keep

the pollution level well within the limits.

vii. Details of hazardous waste

generation and their storage,

utilization and disposal. Copies

of MOU regarding utilization of

solid and hazardous waste shall

also be included.

EMP shall include the concept of

waste-minimization, recycle, and

reuse/ recover technique,

Energy conservation, and

natural resource conservation.

As per MSIHC rules, no hazardous substances or materials

will be used, which affect the human health or the

environment.

The details of Hazardous waste generation existing as well

as proposed and their storage, utilization and disposal is

given as under:

Particular Hazardous Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/

disposal Type of

Waste


Hazardous

Waste

Used Oil

(5.1)

2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent

to Hindustan Oil

Industries,

Gandhidham,

Gujarat. Copy is

enclosed as

Annexure-XXI.

Used Ion

exchange

resin

(34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion

exchange resin is

sent to

Saurashtra

Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd. Copy is

enclosed as

Annexure-XXII.

Tar

residue

(13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is

sent to

Saurashtra

Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd.

Enclosed as

Annexure-XXIV

Waste - minimization, recycle/ reuse/ recover techniques,

Energy conservation and natural resource conservation is

included in the EMP and details regarding the same is

incorporated in Section-X of Final EIA/EMP Report.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall

be ensured as per Fly Ash

Notification, 2009. A detailed

Fly ash generated from CPP is being/will be totally utilized

in the brick manufacturing process or used as binding

material for land filling. Management plan is given in



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 87

plan of action shall be provided. chapter –X. A Copy of MoU is enclosed as Annexure-XI.

ix. Action Plan for the green belt

development plan in 33% area

i.e. land with not less than 1,500

trees per ha. Giving details of

species, width of plantation,

planning schedule etc. shall be

included. The green belt shall be

around the project boundary and

a scheme for greening of the

road used for the project shall

also be incorporated.

The existing unit has already developed approximately

24.8% in green belt of total land area. Now, for the

proposed expansion additional 10.20Acre green belt will be

developed. Thus, after expansion the total land area in the

green belt will be 33%. The map showing green belt

existing as well as proposed is enclosed as Annexure – XV.

Action Plan for Green Belt development with budgetary

allocation is given as under:

S. No. Year Name of Species No. of Species

1. 2018-19 Neem, Sheesham, Karanj, Peepal, Banyan, Amla,

Ashok, Salvadora species etc. Above all many

shrubs species i.e. Kaner, Boganvelia etc

1250

2. 2019-20 1235

3. 2020-21 1235

4. 2021-22 1240

5. 2022-23 1240

Total 6200

Photographs showing existing Greenbelt development are enclosed as Annexure – XXIX.

Action Plan with Budget allocation

A capital cost provision of Rs.18, 60,000/- has been kept for development of greenbelt as given in Table below

The budget includes cost of digging of pits, fertilizers, saplings and maintenance @300/- per sapling from

2018-19 to 2022-23.

Year 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Total

No of plants 1250 1235 1235 1240 1240 6200

The budget includes

cost of digging of pits,

fertilizers, saplings

and maintenance

@300/-per sapling

1500 plants/ ha.

Rs.

3, 75,000

Rs.

3,70,500

Rs.

3,70,500

Rs.

3,72,000

Rs.

3,72,000

Rs.

18,60,000

Recurring cost Rs. 4,00,000

x. Action plan for rainwater

harvesting measures at plant site

shall be submitted to harvest

Action plan for rain water harvesting structure is given in

Chapter IV- sub section - 4.3.2.5 and rain water harvesting

pits exist at plant site to augment the ground water table by



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 88

rainwater from the roof tops and

storm water drains to recharge

the ground water and also to use

for the various activities at the

project site to conserve fresh

water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground

water and also to use for the various activities at the plant

site to conserve fresh water requirement from other

sources.

The photographs showing rain water harvesting structure

is enclosed as Annexure – XXXV.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring

cost/ annum for Environmental

Pollution Control Measures shall

be included.

The total expected capital investment after proposed

expansion will be Rs. 596 Crore (Existing: - – Rs. 380.0

Crore; Proposed:- Rs. 216.0 Crore; Total:- Rs. 596.0Crore).

The amount has been already incurred for Environmental

Pollution Control Measures as given below:

S. No. Description of Item Capital Cost

(In Lacs)

Recurring Cost

(In Lacs)

1 Air Pollution Control/ Noise 600 40

2 Water Pollution Control 30 04

3 Environmental Monitoring and Management 80 10

4 Green Belt Development 20 05

5 Occupational Health 10 06

Total 740 65

xii. Action Plan for Post-Project

Environmental Monitoring shall

be submitted.

Action Plan for Post –Project Environmental monitoring is

given in Section – V, Sub-Section – 5.4 of Final EIA/ EMP

report.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster

(Natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control.

Disaster Management Plan

should be linked with District

Disaster Management Plan.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (Natural and Manmade)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including

Risk Assessment and damage control are incorporated in

Section-VII of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

8. Occupational Health

i. Details of existing Occupational

& safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of above

The occupational health impact is very insignificant. No

health impact has been reported so far. No evident

history related to health problems arising from



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 89

mentioned hazards and whether

they are within Permissible

Exposure Level (PEL)? If these

are not within PEL, what

measures the company has

adopted to keep them within

PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved.

industrial activity is reported. The same was evident in

the primary survey. However, following mitigation

measures will be adopted as preventive action:-

All employees are being/will be trained, educated and

encouraged to follow best and safe work practices.

Personnel Protective Equipments like face mask,

earmuffs, ear plugs, gloves, safety goggles and safety

boots are being provided.

Awareness programme regarding the use, maintenance

and up-keep of respirators will be conducted on regular

basis so that employees are trained to handle the

equipment properly.

Permissible exposure level is well within the limits.

The Occupational Health report of the workers has been

enclosed as Annexure –XXXVIII.

ii. Details of exposure specific

health status evaluation of

worker. If the workers’ health is

being evaluated by pre-designed

format, Chest X-rays,

Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision

Testing (Far and Near Vision,

Color Vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre-

placement and periodical

examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last

month analyzed data of above

mentioned parameters as per

age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.

The Occupational Health report of the workers has been

enclosed as Annexure – XXXVIII.

iii. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference

to Occupational Health and

Safety.

Annual report of health status of worker with special

reference to Occupational Health and Safety has been

enclosed as Annexure – XXXVIII.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 90

iv. Plan and fund allocation to

ensure the occupational Health

& Safety of all contract and

causal workers.

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health

and safety of all contract and casual workers have been

given below:-

S. No. Parameters Frequency

a. Blood Pressure Every Year

b. Blood Group and RH Every Year

c. Blood Sugar (RBS) Every Year

d. Spirometry Every Year

e. Audiometry Every Year

f. Vision Every Year

g. Drug Allergy Every Year

The fund allocation for Occupational Health and Safety of all contract and casual workers are as given

below:-

Workers : Fund Allocation (In Rs.)

Contract Workers : 2,00,000/ Annum

Casual Workers : 4,00,000/Annum

9. Corporate Environment

Policy.

i. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt

out in the EIA report.

The company has a well laid down Environmental Policy

duly being executed under the supervision of

Environmental Cell. Enclosed as Annexure –XXXIX.

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for Standard operating

process/ procedures to bring

into focus any infringement/

deviation/ violation of the

environmental or forest norms/

conditions? If so, it may be spelt

out in the EIA report.

The company has well defined procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/ deviation/ violation of the

environmental and forest norms. Enclosed as Annexure –

XL.

iii. What is the hierarchical system

or administrative order of the

Company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

The company has well defined hierarchical system to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance

with the Environmental Clearance conditions. Enclosed as

Annexure – XLI.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 91

ensuring compliance with the EC

conditions may also be given?

Details of this system may be

given.

iv. Does the company have system

of reporting of non-

compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the

Company and/ or shareholders

or stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report.

Management Representative will appraise the highest

authority on quarterly basis regarding the performance of

the plant on environmental measures. Enclosed as

Annexure – XLII.

10. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to

the labour force during

construction as well as to the

casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

The proposed expansion envisages improvement in the

facilities provided to workers. Provision for the same has

been made as given below:-

S.

No.

Activities Capital Cost

(Rs. In Lacs)

Recurring Cost

(Rs. In Lacs)

1. Shelter/ Housing

Facility

8.0 1.50

2. Health Facility 4.0 2.00

3. Drinking Water 3.0 1.25

4. Sanitation Facilities 5.0 0.25

5. Education 1.0 0.50

Total 21.0 5.50

11. Enterprise Social Commitment

(i) To address the public hearing,

issues, 2.5% of the total project

cost of (Rs. …….Crores),

amounting to Rs……..Crores shall

be earmarked by the project

proponent towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment

(ESC). Distinct ESC projects shall

be carried out based on Public

Corporate Environmental Responsibility based on Public

Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound

action plan is incorporated in Chapter VII of final EIA /EMP

report.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 92

Hearing issues. Project estimate

shall be prepared based on PWD

schedule of rates for each

distinct item and schedule for

time bound action plan shall be

prepared. These ESC projects as

indicated by the project

proponent shall be implemented

along with the main project.

Implementation of such

programme shall be ensured by

constituting a Committee

comprising of the project

proponent, representative of

village Panchayat & District

Administration. Action taken

report in this regard shall be

submitted to the Ministry’s

Regional Office. No free

distribution/ donation and or

free camps shall be included in

the above ESC budget.

12. Any litigation pending against

the project and/ or any

direction/ order passed by any

court of law against the project,

if so, details thereof shall also be

included. Has the unit received

any notice under the Section 5 of

Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant sections of Air

and Water Acts? If so, details

thereof and compliance/ ATR to

the notice(s) and present status

of the case.

No litigation is pending against the company and the project

in any court of law to the best of our knowledge.

Undertaking for the same is enclosed as Annexure-XX.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 93

13. A tabular chart with index for

point wise compliance of above

TORs.

The same has been complied.

14. The TORs prescribed shall be

valid for a period of three years

for submission of the EIA-EMP

reports along with Public

Hearing proceedings (wherever

stipulated).

The same has been noted.

15. The following general points

shall be noted:-

i. All documents shall be properly

indexed, page numbered.

All documents have been properly indexed and page

numbered.

ii. Period/ date of data collection

shall be clearly indicated.

Period: - Winter season (December’ 2017, January and

February’ 2018).

Date of data collection: - 01.12.2017 to 28.02.2018.

iii. Authenticated English

translation of all material in

Regional languages shall be

provided.

English translation of public hearing is incorporated in Final

EIA/EMP report and enclosed as Annexure- IV

iv. The letter/ application for

Environmental Clearance shall

quote the MoEF&CC file no. and

also attach a copy of the letter.

Terms of Reference have been issued from Ministry of

Environment, Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi vide

letter no. J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I) dated 19.12.2017.

Enclosed as Annexure – III

v. The copy of the letter received

from the Ministry shall be also

attached as an annexure to the

final EIA-EMP report.

Terms of Reference have been issued from Ministry of

Environment, Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi vide

letter no J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I) dated 19.12.2017.

Enclosed as Annexure – III.

vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP

report must indicate the specific

chapter and page no. of the EIA-

EMP report.

The same has been noted and complied.

vii. While preparing the EIA report,

the instructions for the

proponents and instructions for

The same has been noted and complied.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 94

the consultants issued by MoEF

vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-

IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009,

which are available on the

website of this Ministry should

also be followed.

viii. The Consultants involved in the

preparation of EIA-EMP report

after accreditation with Quality

Council of India (QCI)/ National

Accreditation Board of

Education and Training (NABET)

would need to include a

certificate in this regard in the

EIA-EMP reports prepared by

them and data provided by other

organization/ Laboratories

including their status of

approvals etc. Name of the

Consultant and Accreditation

details shall be posted on the

EIA- EMP Report as well as on

the cover of the hard copy of the

presentation material for EC

presentation.

Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd.

Accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, QCI,

New Delhi at S. No. 45 (MoEF&CC). List of Accredited EIA

Consultant Organizations (as on October 11, 2018).

Validity: -06.11.2018. Enclosed as Annexure – XVIII.

Monitoring Agency: En-Vision Environmental Services &

Testing Laboratory, Surat, Gujarat

NABL recognized laboratory

Recognized by NABL, NABET – QCI,

ISO: IEC 17025:2005: valid up to 22.02.2019.

Vendor Code: -

EES/ADM/LSUP/031/032

Date of Monitoring: - 01.12.2017to 28.02.2018.

ix. TORs’ prescribed by the Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry)

shall be considered for

preparation of EIA-EMP report

for the project in addition to all

the relevant information as per

the “Generic Structure of EIA”

given in Appendix – III and IIIA

in the EIA Notification’ 2006.

Where the documents provided

Public Hearing has been carried out as per EIA Notification

14th September 2006 on 31.07.2018 at 11.00AM.

1. Indian Express-28.06.2018.

2. Kutch Mitra (Kutch edition) - 28.06.2018.

3. Venue of Public Hearing –Gallant Plant premises

4. Public Hearing panel chaired by –Ms. Remya Mohan(IAS),

DM, Bhuj, District- Kutch and in the presence of Shri K.B

Choudhary of Regional Office, Kucth (East).

5. Member present –Around 194 people have attended

public hearing in the plant premises .



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 95

are in a language other than

English, an English translation

shall be provided. The Final EIA-

EMP report shall be submitted to

the State pollution Control Board

of the concerned State for

conduct of Public Hearing. The

SPCB shall conduct the Public

Hearing/ Public Consultation,

district-wise, as per the

provisions of EIA

Notiifcation’2006. The public

hearing shall be chaired by an

Officer not below the rank of

Additional district Magistrate.

The issues raised in the Public

Hearing and during the

consultation process and the

commitments made by the

Project Proponent on the same

shall be included separately in

EIA-EMP report in a separate

chapter and summarized in a

tabular chart with financial

budget (capital and revenue)

along with time schedule of

implementation for complying

with the commitments made.

The final EIA report shall be

submitted to the Ministry for

obtaining Environmental

Clearance.

Minutes of public hearing are enclosed as Annexure- IV.

The Public hearing action plan is financial budget (capital

and revenue) along with time schedule of implementation

for complying with the commitments made has been given

in Section VII, Sub Section-6.1 of Final EIA /EMP Report

x. Public Hearing

Public Hearing to be conducted

by the concerned State

Public Hearing is conducted by the Gujarat State Pollution

Control Board on 31.07.2018 at 11.00AM at Gallant Plant



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 96

Pollution Control Board. premises.

The issue raised during public

hearing and commitment of

the project proponent on the

same along with time bound

action plan to implement the

commitment and financial

allocation thereto should be

clearly provided.

The issued raised during Public hearing & commitments of

the project proponent on the same along with time bound

action plan to implement the commitment and financial

allocation has been given in Section VII, Sub Section-6.1 of

Final EIA /EMP Report

The project proponent should

carry put social impact

assessment of the project as

per Office Memorandum No.J-

11013/25/2014.IA.I dated

11.08.2014 issued by the

Ministry regarding guideline

on Environment Sustainability

and Enterprise Social

Commitment (ESC) related

issues. The social Impact

assessment study so carried

should part of EIA EMP report.

The social impact assessment has been carried out and the

details are given in Section III and IV of EIA/EMP Report.

Certified compliance of earlier

EC from the Regional office of

SPCB shall be submitted along

with EIA/EMP report

Certified compliance of earlier EC from the Regional office

of Bhopal has been certified. Enclosed as Annexure-VI.

The plantation shall inter alia

include plantation all along the

boundary of the plant.

The same has been noted. The plantation details with action

plan & budget are given in Section X in point no.-10.4.

16. Additional TORs Point

1. Complete process flow diagram

describing each unit, its process

and operation, along with

material and energy input &

outputs (material and Energy

Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its

process and operation, along with material and energy

input & outputs (material and Energy balance) is given in

Section- II, sub-section 2.6.1. in Final EIA/EMP Report.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 97

balance)

2. Emission from sulphuric acid

plant and sulphur muck

management.

Not Applicable.

3. Details on installation of

continuous Emission monitoring

System with recording with

proper calibration system.

Continuous Stack monitoring system for emission is being

done. Photographs are enclosed as Annexure-XLIII.

4. Details on toxic metals including

fluoride emission.

Not Applicable.

5. Details of stack height Details of stack heights are given in Section –IV, Sub section

-4.3.3 of Final EIA/ EMP Report.

6. Details on ash disposal and

management.

The ash management is given in Section – X.

7. Complete process flow diagram

describing process of

lead/zinc/copper/aluminum etc.

Not Applicable

8. Details on smelting, thermal

refining, melting, slag fuming

and Waelaz kiln operation.

Not applicable.

9. Details on holding and de-

gassing of molten metal from

primary and secondary

aluminum, materials

pretreatment and from melting

and smelting of secondary

aluminum.

Not applicable.

10. Details on toxic metal content in

the waste material and

composition and end use

(Particularly of slag)

Slag analysis report is attached as Annexure-XLIV.

11. Trace metals in waste material

especially slag.

Slag analysis report is attached as Annexure-XLIV.

12. Plan for trace metal recovery No trace metal recovery is envisaged.

13. Trace Metal in water Water analysis results are given in Section- III, Sub-Section



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 98

– 3.5.1, Table No. – 3.5 and 3.6 of Final EIA/ EMP report.

1.9 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES

A certificate has been obtained from Office of Collector, Kutch vide letter no.- A-3-Land-

N.A.-65(B)-C.No.44/2206-07 & N.A.-65(B)-C.No.44/2009-10 dated 27.04.2007 &

05.11.2009 stating the land is bonafide for industrial purpose. Enclosed as Annexure –

XIII.

Environmental Clearance was granted by MoEF&CC, New Delhi for the existing capacity

of manufacturing Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets, Coal based Captive

Power Plant and WHRB vide letter no.-J-11011/52/2013-IA II(I) dated 19.05.2016.

Enclosed as Annexure – V.

Consent to Operate for Manufacturing of existing products (i.e. Sponge Iron, M.S. Billets,

TMT Bars, MS Rolled Bar, Runner & Raiser) with 8 MW WHRB has been obtained from

GSPCB, Gujarat vide letter no. PC/ CCA-KUTCH-341(5)/GPCB ID 17845/349490 dated

21.03.2016. Order No. AWH/ 76789 dated 29.02.2016 which is valid up to 27.12.2020.

Enclosed as Annexure – VIII.

Consent to Operate for additional 8MW (Total Capacity- 17+8=25MW) Captive Power

Plant has been obtained from GSPCB, Gujarat vide letter no. PC/ CCA-KUTCH-

351(5)/GPCB ID 17845/412240 dated 11.05.2017 which is valid up to 27.12.2020.

Enclosed as Annexure – VIII.

The permission for water supply from GWIL to the tune of 1.755 MLD has been obtained

vide letter no. GWIL/Kutch/Ind. Connect./3000 dated 31.12.2010. Enclosed as

Annexure – X.

Used oil and Waste/ residues containing oil is being sent to Hindustan Oil Industries,

Gandhidham, Gujarat. Copy of Manifest form is enclosed as Annexure- XXI.

Ion Exchange resin (used) is being sent to Surasthtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. Bharuch.

Copy of Manifest form is enclosed as Annexure-XXII.

There is no National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger /

Elephant Reserves / (existing as well as proposed) within 10km radius from the study

area. A copy of submitted letter is enclosed as Annexure –XXIII.

Terms of Reference have been issued from Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate

Change, New Delhi vide letter no. J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I) dated 19.12.2017.

Enclosed as Annexure – III.



WHRB





OCTOBER' 2018 99

Public Hearing has been conducted successfully as per the EIA Notification 14th

September’ 2006 on dated 31.07.2018. Copy of same is enclosed as Annexure – IV.

There is no litigation pending against the Project/ Project Proponent in the court of law

as of date to the best of our knowledge. A undertaking stating the same is enclosed as

Annexure- XX.

1.10 POST- ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE MONITORING

The Company will submit a half yearly compliance report in respect of stipulated prior

Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar

year. The latest such compliance report will be displayed on the website of the concerned

regulatory authority.

1.11 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT DOCUMENT

In terms of EIA Notification of the MoE&F, New Delhi dated 14th September 2006 and its

subsequent amendments on dated 01.12.2009 and 04.04.2011, the generic structure of the EIA

document is as under:-

Table 1.3: Generic structure of EIA document

S. No. Chapters Page Nos.

1. Introduction 58-99

2. Project description 101-128

3. Description of the Environment 130-185

4. Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures 188-228

5. Analysis of Alternatives 230-231

6. Environmental Monitoring Programme 233-244

7. Additional Studies 246-297

8. Project Benefits 299-302

9. Environmental Cost Benefits Analysis 304

10. Environmental Management Plan 306-321

11. Summary & Conclusion 323-346

12. Disclosure of Consultant Engaged 348-350

*****************

PROJECT NAME : EXPANSION IN MANUFACTURING OF SPONGE IRON, TMT BARS, M.S. BILLET/

S.S. BILLETS , MS RLLED BARAND CAPTIVE POWER PLANT & WHRB

SECTION – II – PROJECT DESCRIPTION




OCTOBER’ 2018 100

INDEX

SECTION-II

2.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ..................................................................................................................... 101

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT EXPANSION ........................................................................................... 101

2.3 LOCATION ............................................................................................................................................... 102

2.4 POWER, WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS .................. 107

2.4.1 POWER ..................................................................................................................................................... 107

2.4.2 WATER DEMAND .................................................................................................................................. 107

2.4.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................... 110

2.4.4 LAND USE BREAK-UP .......................................................................................................................... 110

2.5 PROJECT DETAILS ................................................................................................................................ 111

2.5.1 RAW MATERIALS REQUIRED ALONG WITH ESTIMATED QUANTITY, LIKELY SOURCE

AND MODE OF TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS. ...................................................... 111

2.5.2 PRODUCTS .............................................................................................................................................. 112

2.6 EQUIPMENT DETAILS .......................................................................................................................... 112

2.7 PROCESS/ MANUFACTUIRNG DESCRIPTION .............................................................................. 114

2.7.1 Process Description of Sponge Iron Manufacturing Unit ..................................................... 114

2.7.2 Process Description of Captive Power Plant .............................................................................. 118

2.8 MATERIAL BALANCE .............................................................................................................................. 125

2.9 PLANT LAYOUT.......................................................................................................................................... 126

*************







OCTOBER’ 2018 101

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML) is a large scale existing industrial unit which is situated at

Survey No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. The

proposed expansion is for manufacturing-

S.

No.

Product Existing (TPA) Proposed

(TPA)

Total After

Expansion (TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346 1,497 6,843

5 Runner & Raiser 891 No change 891

Power Generation


7. Power Plant (WHRB) 8MW 8MW 16MW

The proposed expansion is coming up within existing plant area 116.0 Acres (4,

73,325Sq.m). No additional land is required for the proposed expansion. The expected

capital investment for the proposed expansion will be Rs. 216.0 Crore and the total project

cost will be 596.0 Crore.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT EXPANSION

The need for the expansion unit is due to the rising demand from the existing unit and to

keep its continuous supply, owing to the mega infrastructural growth in the region.

The need for the expansion unit for Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/S.S. Billet and

Captive power plant and WHRB. This is due to the rising infrastructural demand from the

existing unit and to keep its continuous supply, owing to the growth in the region. Captive

Power plant will be installed to meet the demand of electricity.

India is world's largest sponge iron producer with an annual production of about 26-28

MnT against installed capacity of 46-47 MnT. There are over 400 sponge iron units in India.

Indian sponge iron industry is highly fragmented. Top 20 producers contribute about 60-

65% of total production where as rest contribute 35-40% of the production. Sponge iron

contributes 25% of India's total crude steel production of 90 MT.

The production for sale of DRI or Sponge Iron has increased from 1.31 mt in 1991-92 to

14.83 mt in 2016-17 (prov). India was the largest producer of DRI in the world during the







OCTOBER’ 2018 102

period 2003 to 2015 and emerged as the 2nd largest global producer in 2016, based on

provisional ranking released by the World Steel Association.

In order to meet the in house demand of raw material for billets and TMT bars and also to

meet the market requirement in timely manner the proposed expansion project is

undertaken.

2.3 LOCATION

The proposed expansion project is coming up in same premises situated at Survey No.

175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. The project site falls

in Survey of India Toposheet No.- 41I/7,8, 11 & 12. The geographical location of the plant

is:-

Table 2.0: Geological coordinates of the project site

N E



S W



PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S. B

ILL

ET

/

S.S

. BIL

LE

TS

, MS

RL

LE

D B

AR

AN

D C

AP

TIV

E P

OW

ER

PL

AN

T &

WH

RB

SE

CT

ION

– II – P

RO

JEC

T D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

10

3

Fig

2.0

: To

po

she

et sh

ow

ing

10

Km

of th

e S

tud

y a

rea

Th

e map

sho

win

g locatio

n o

f the p

roject site o

n to

po

sheet is en

closed

as An

ne

xu

re-II.







OCTOBER’ 2018 104

Fig2.1: Google Image showing 10km radius of the project site







OCTOBER’ 2018 105

ENVIRONMENT SETTING:

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Name of the Project Proposed expansion in manufacturing of Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets,

MS Rolled Bars, Coal based Captive Power Plant and WHRB.

2. Applicant Gallantt Metal Limited

3. Location Survey No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, and District - Kutch, Gujarat.

4. Plot Area Total Area-116 Acre ( 45.22 Acre, for the expansion project)

5. Land Type The land is duly bonafide for industrial purpose by District Collector, Kachchh

6. Latitude & Longitude N E



S W



7. Toposheet No. 41I/7, 8, 11 & 12.

8. Elevation Highest –42MSL; Lowest 39MSL.

9. Nearest Habitation Samakhaiyali ~ 1.04 Km, SE

10. Nearest Major Town Gandhidham ~45 Km, SW

11. Nearest Highway S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) Direction


1. NH-8A 750 m S

2. NH-15 2.90 E

3. SH-42 13.62 W

Source: All distances are taken with respect to Google Earth.

12. Nearest Railway

Station

Samakhaiyali ~ 1.04 Km, SE

13. Nearest Airport Kandla – 45.72 Km, SW

14. Nearest Tourist

Places

None within 10 Km radius

15. Defense Installations None within 10 Km radius.

16. Archaeological Sites None within 10 Km radius.

17. Eco-sensitive Zones None within 10 Km radius.

18. Reserved/ Protected

Forest

S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) Direction


1. R.F. Near Gamdau Village 11.50 NNE

(Source: All distances are taken with respect to S.O.I. GT Sheet.)







OCTOBER’ 2018 106

19. Nearest Streams/

Rivers/ Water Bodies

(Source: All distances are taken with respect to S.O.I. GT Sheet).



Water Bodies



3. Amliyara Nadi 8.15 S







20. Public Building

Places


Social Structures Distance and Direction (From

Project Boundary)

Nearest organized marketplaces for the

locals

1.06 SE

Medical Facility

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Samakhiyali 1.68 SE

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Vondh 10.42 W

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Gharana 4.61 NE

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Aadhoi 8.43 NNE

Pvt. Hospital , Bachahu 16.54 W

Vagad Welfare Hospital, Bachau 16.36 W

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Amliyara 7.85 SSW

Schools

Shri Bodh Kumar Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 1.30 S

Shri Bodh Kanya Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 270 m N

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Samakhiyali 1.89 SE

Govt. Uchh Madhyamik Vidhyalya Lakhpat 5.30 NNW

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Laliyana 7.25 SE

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Gharana 4.45 NE

Others

Police Station Samakhiyali 1.64 SE







OCTOBER’ 2018 107

21. Other Industries/

Mines

The list of Industries in 10 km radius is as below:

Name Type Distance &

Direction

Electrotherm (India) Ltd. Steel & Power 835m, WSW

A.S.R Multimetals Pvt Ltd Steel & Power 1.6 Km, WSW

Source: All distance are taken in respect to Google Earth

22. Seismic Zone As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) seismic zone map of India,

categorized under “Severe” Zone-IV.

2.4 POWER, WATER SUPPLY AND OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS

2.4.1 POWER

The total power requirement for the proposed expansion is as given below:-

Table 2.1: Power Demand

Phase Demand (MW) Expected Source

Operational 33 MWH (Existing)

18 MWH (Proposed)

51 MWH (Total)

Existing & proposed CPP and remaining

will be met from State grid as and when

required.

2.4.2 WATER DEMAND

The total water requirement for the Existing – 1,318KLD; Proposed: - 537 (Fresh =343 +

194 Recycled) KLD; Total: - 1,855 KLD will be met through Gujarat Water Infrastructure

Limited (GWIL). The detailed breakup of the same is given below:-

Table 2.2: Water Demand

S. No. Particulars Water Demand (KLD)


1. Domestic 215 61 276

2. Industrial

a. Cooling 168 92 260

b. Boiler 237 122 359

c. Process 653 262 915

3. Plantation/Others 45 -- 45

Total 1318 537 (343 Fresh +

194 Recycled)

1855 (1661 fresh + 194

Recycled)

Source: - Water from GWIL water supply system. The copy of permission is enclosed as







OCTOBER’ 2018 108

Annexure-X.

EXISTING WATER BALANCE

Fig- 2.2: Flow chart showing the existing water demand

Evaporation 561

Make Up Water - 1318

Gardening/

sprinkling-45

Induction

furnace-485

Cooling Blow

Down-33

STP-105 Cooling-

168

DM Reject-23

Neutralization-66.5

Power Plant-428

Boiler-237

Process

water-145 Domestic water-215

Water Sprinkling Dust Suppression Green Belt Development

DM Water

260

Collection Pit-135.5

Neutralization -69

Boiler Blow Down-10.5

Consumption

110







OCTOBER’ 2018 109

Proposed Water Balance

Existing Daily Water Requirement:1318 + Proposed :343KLD Total Daily Water requirement after expansion=1661 KLD

Proposed Water Requirement in KLD One Time water demand.= 537

Fresh Water Demand=343

Recycled Water =194

Figure- 2.1: Flow chart for the proposed water demand

73 R

Use as Manure

for greenbelt

development

77 R

Evaporation 51

Evaporation 83

Sludge-5

Induction

Furnace – 147

(77R+70)

Cooling Blow

Down-09

STP-49 Cooling-

92

Recycle to cooling tower -44

DM Reject-13

Treated

Water-44

Neutralization-75

Power Plant-233 (189+44 R)

Boiler-122

Process

water-96

(73R+23)

Domestic water-61

Water Sprinkling Dust Suppression on non metalled area Green Belt Development General cleaning

DM Water

141

Collection Pit-75

Neutralization -42

Evaporation

117

Boiler Blow Down-5

DM Regeneration-6

Consumption

12







OCTOBER’ 2018 110

2.4.3 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

The proposed expansion project generates employment for around 290 people (after

expansion). Priority for employment is given to local persons. Following staff & workers are

proposed to be employed:-

Table 2.3: Manpower Details

S.

No.

Category No. of Persons


1. Permanent Staff 355 70 425


3. Semi-Skilled worker 130 50 180


Total 960 290 1250

2.4.4 LAND USE BREAK-UP

The expansion project is coming up within existing premises; no additional land is required

for the expansion. Area for existing and for the future expansion is earmarked given below:

Table 2.4: Land use breakup of project site



1. Plant Area Office Area,


covered area).

40.60 None 40.60 35

2. Paved Area (Road,


Drainage).

2.10 None 2.10 1.9

3. Green Belt Area 28.08 None 28.08 24.2

4. Open Area for future

expansion


Vacant Land)

18.10 15.6 15.60


c. Un-used vacant

land)

10.20 8.8 8.8

5. Open area 16.52 14.2 14.2

Total 116.00 - - 116.00 100







OCTOBER’ 2018 111

2.5 PROJECT DETAILS

2.5.1 RAW MATERIALS REQUIRED ALONG WITH ESTIMATED QUANTITY, LIKELY SOURCE

AND MODE OF TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIALS.

Following raw materials will be required for the manufacturing of Sponge Iron Plant.

Table 2.5: Details of Raw Material for Sponge iron plant

S.

No.

Raw Material Existing Propose

d

Total Source Mode of

transport

Consumption In TPA

1 Iron ore 3,60,000 2,37,600 5,97,600 Imported/ Indian Transported by

ships to nearest

port and later

transported via

dumper to site

2 Coal 2,41,200 1,59,192 4,00,392 Imported / Indian

Billets:

Following raw materials will be required for the manufacturing of Billets.

Table 2.6: Details of Raw Material for Billets

S.

No.


d

Total Source Mode of

transport

Consumption in TPA

1 Sponge 2,25,360 1,48,140 3,73,500 In-house

production

Internal

Transported by

Trucks

2 Scrap 1,56,660 - 1,56,660 Local Market/

Imported

Transported by

Trucks

TMT Bars

Table 2.7: Details of Raw Material for TMT Bars

S.

No.


d

Total Source

Consumption in TPA

1 MS Billets 3,41,976 87,024 4,29,000 In house production







OCTOBER’ 2018 112

AFBC/CFBC Power Plant

Coal and char will be mainly used as raw material for AFBC/CFBC power plant. The list of

raw material is as mentioned in:

Table 2.8: Raw material for Power Plant

Materials Existing

Consumption

Proposed

Consumption

Total

consumption

Source Transportation

Coal 1,87,618 TPA 75,047 TPA 2,62,665 TPA Imported

/Indian

coal

Transported by ships to

nearest port and later

transported via dumper to

site

Coal Char 66,795 TPA 26,718 TPA 9,3512 TPA In-house

production

Transported by Trucks

2.5.2 PRODUCTS

The products to be manufactured are as given below:-

Table 2.9: Details of Product

S. No. Product Existing (TPA) Proposed (TPA) Total (TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346 1,497 6,843


Power Generation

6 Power Plant

(AFBC/CFBC)

25 MW 10MW 35 MW


2.6 EQUIPMENT DETAILS

The list of equipment to be installed as a part of expansion project with the existing is

as mentioned below:

Table 2.10: Equipment details for existing & proposed plant

Particulars Nos of equipments with capacity Total no of equipment

after expansion with

cumulative capacity Existing Proposed

Sponge Iron Kiln 04

(175 TPD Each Kiln)

01

(450 TPD)

05

(1150TPD)







OCTOBER’ 2018 113

Induction Furnace 05

(20 TPH each furnace)

01

(30 TPH)

06

(130TPH)

Power Plant Boiler (AFBC/CFBC) 01

(25 MWH)

01

(10 MWH)

02

(35MWH)

Power Plant Boiler(WHRB) 01

(8 MWH)

01

(8 MWH)

02

(16MWH)

Rolling Mill (TMT Bars) 01

(1000 TPD)

01

(280 TPD)

02

(1280TPD)







OCTOBER’ 2018 114

2.7 PROCESS/ MANUFACTUIRNG DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 Process Description of Sponge Iron Manufacturing Unit

Rotary Kiln

The process of the production of sponge iron consists of the reduction of Pellets with solid

carbonaceous material (coal/coke/lignite) in a rotary kiln at high temperature, cooling to

room temperature in the rotary cooler with indirect water cooling system, screening and

magnetic separation of the product. Sponge iron, being magnetic, gets attracted and

separated from the non-magnetic char. In the process for the production of sponge iron, raw

materials (pellets, Sponge Iron, feed coal and lime stone /dolomite) are fed to the rotary kiln

through feed tube in a pre-determined ratio by electronic weighing equipment. It is

internally lined with refractory of 300 mm thick. It is rotated by an AC variable speed motor

at a steeples variable speed ranging from 0.2 to 1.0 rpm. Due to inclination and rotary

motion of the kiln, the material moves from the feed’s end of the kiln to the discharge end in

approximately 5.5 hrs (Tendency time).

Fine coal is blown counter currently from the discharge end of the kiln to maintain required

temperature and carbon concentration in the bed. Kiln has seven shells, air fans mounted on

the top which blow air in the respective zones to maintain the required temperature profile.

Material and hot gasses move in the counter current direction and as a result, pellets gets

pre-heated and gradually reduced by the time it reaches discharge end.

Kiln is divided into two zones namely pre-heating zone and reduction zone. The pre-heating

zone is normally 30 per cent of the total length of the kiln and rest is taken as reduction zone.

Material gets heated to the reduction temperature in pre-heating zone up to 200°C, iron ore,

coal and limestone gets dried and all the moisture is vapourised. Upto 800°C, pellets gets

roasted and any carbonates in it get calcinated.

In the coal, volatile matter starts getting released. Limestone also gets calcinated and

becomes active. Pellets, which are in the form of hematite, gets reduced to magnetite.

Afterwards, materials enter to the reduction zone where the magnetite is reduced to wustite

and then to metallic iron. Coal contains sulphur. During the decomposition of coal, sulphur is

released in the form of Iron sulphide. Iron sulphide (FeS) has deleterious effect in the steel

making and has to beremoved. Hence, limestone is used to prevent the sulphur pick up by

sponge iron. All the above reactions are possible only in the presence of CO.







OCTOBER’ 2018 115

Therefore, generation of CO is most important reaction, which is called as ‘Boundary

reaction’. This reaction is highly endothermic which is also reversible. Conditions favorable

for the forward reaction i.e. generation of CO, is higher temperature higher the production of

CO. Concentration of the reactants has to be high so that the forward reaction occurs. Low

pressure also favors CO generation.

Oxygen required for the burning of these combustibles is supplied from the air tubes placed

along the length of kiln. By controlled combustion, temperature in various zones is

maintained so that the reduction is proper and to required degree. Reduction of iron ore is

topo-chemical i.e. reduction proceeds from the surface to core. Iron ore on partial reduction

has all the different stages of reduction. Hot material, after reduction is complete, is

transferred to the rotary cooler via transfer chute. The rotary cooler is 1.8 Mts. in diameter

and 30 Mts. long made up of Mild Steel shell. It is also inclined at 2° approximately and

rotates at variable speed from 0.2- 1.2 rpm. It is driven by an AC variable speed motor. Water

is sprayed on the top of the shell, which cools the material inside the cooler indirectly.

Heat from the material is extracted by the shell. In order to increase the surface area for the

heat extraction fins are welded inside. Complete shell is covered by thin layer of water. Heat

is transferred from the shell to the water by convection. By this, the material gets cooled to

80oC and is discharged on the belt conveyor by double pendulum valve.

The double pendulum valve acts as the seal for the prevention of the atmospheric air into

kiln cooler system. The total kiln cooler system is kept under positive pressure about 0.3-0.5

mbar. This prevents the atmospheric air from getting into the system. The kiln has to be

always operated on positive pressure, as any leakage into the system will cause the re-

oxidation of the sponge iron thereby causing the drop in the quality of the product. The

material after the discharge from the cooler is dropped on to the cooler discharge conveyor.

A diversion chute is provided at head end of this conveyor for diversion of the material in

case of break down in the production separation. The material is then sent to product

separation system. In product separation system consisting of double deck screen, material

is screened to 0-15 mm size fractions. Oversize i.e. +20 mm obtained is small quantity so it is

taken on the floor or diverted to the sponge iron bin. The 0-3mm size fraction, called as fines,

are fed to a drum type magnetic separator where the magnetic sponge iron fines and the

non-magnetic dolochar separated and fed to the respective bins through the chutes and

conveyor.







OCTOBER’ 2018 116

The coarser fraction is similarly separated by another magnetic separator and fed so

respective bins. This magnetic fraction is called the sponge iron lumps and the non- magnetic

as char which is the unburned coal. This char can be recycled depending on the quality

obtained after processing. The gasses, which flow in the counter current direction of the

material, go to the dust-settling chamber where the heavier particles settle down. These

particles are continuously removed by the wet scrapper system. The gasses then pass to the

after burner chamber where the residual carbon or CO is burned by the excess air available.

The gasses are at high temperature and have lot of heat energy, which can be utilized for the

power generation through the waste heat recovery boiler. The hot gas after the heat

recovery boiler gets cooled to 200°C. The gases are then scrubbed and let-off to the

atmosphere through the chimney. Alternatively the hot gasses are quenched and scrubbed to

clean all the dust in it, and then let off to the atmosphere through the stack.

Chemical reactions taking place in reduction zone is represented by following equation:

Fex Oy + CO FexOy-1 + CO2

The carbon dioxide formed is converted to carbon monoxide by means of the carbon in the

reluctant in accordance with the boundary reaction:

C + CO2 2CO

Burning of small amount of carbon and excess carbon monoxide by means of outside air

supplied through tubes to provide heat for the process reactions can be shown by the

following equations:

CO + 1/2 O2 CO2

It is to be noted that a reducing and oxidizing atmosphere prevail side by side in the rotary

kiln. Within the material charge, it is reducing atmosphere accompanied with endothermic

reaction while in the free board above are the oxidizing conditions with the exothermic

reactions.

The separation of the two atmospheres is ensured by the pressure generated by CO

emerging from the charge into the kiln free board. This avoids re-oxidation of the reduced

particles at the charge surface.







OCTOBER’ 2018 117

Fig- 2.4: Flow chart showing the sponge iron manufacturing process

Sponge Iron

Lumps Bin

Sponge Iron Ore

Crushing

Screening

Iron Ore Bin

Coal

Crushing

Screening

Coal Bin

Raw Material Feeding At

Ground Hopper

(Coal, Ore)

Over Size Over Size

Limestone Bin

Setting up of Production of Mixed Raw Materials for Kiln Feed

Processed in Rotary Kiln at 1075o C with Air Control

Indirect Cooling in Rotary Cooler with Water Spray

Screening of Mixed end Products (Sponge Iron and un burnt Coal)

Sponge Iron Lumps + Char

Drum Type Magnetic

Separator

Char Bin

Sponge Iron Fines + Dolo Char

Drum Type Magnetic

Separator

Fines Bin Dolo Char Bin







OCTOBER’ 2018 118

2.7.2 Process Description of Captive Power Plant

Operation of the Plant

The waste heat recovery boilers will generate around 35 TPH of steam with the outlet

parameters of 105 Ksc (a) and 535 Deg. C., while taking in the feed water at 165 Deg.C from

the HP heater. The entire waste gas from the sponge iron kiln will be utilized in the waste

heat boiler for the steam generation.

Circulating Fluidized Bed Combustion (CFBC) / Atmospheric Fluidized Bed

Combustion (AFBC) Boiler

Fluidized bed combustion is a "Clean Technology for a better tomorrow" where technology

and economy have been interwoven harmoniously in quest of a better environment. The

environmentally friendly perspective of this technology are as follows:

At the low combustion temperature of 850°C / 900°C, no Nitrogen Oxides result from the

Nitrogen in the combustion air, with the end result of extremely low NOx emissions even

with fuels rich in Nitrogen.

Formation of SOX is essentially prevented by the addition of limestone. This is both mixed

into the fuel and blown into the combustion chamber. Due to the favourable conditions in the

fluidised bed, about 90 per cent of the resulting Sulphur Oxides can be removed.

A broad selection of fuels thereby enabling use of Char produced in the DRI Plant replacing

about 40% of coal.

Better Plant flexibility at partial loads of about 25 per cent and quick load changes.Low

Auxiliary Power consumption compared to other coal fired Boiler versions.

The Steam Generator would be semi-outdoor type, natural circulation, balanced draft, Single-

drum, designed for firing different grades of coal. Boiler is of bubbling fluidized bed type to

handle even high ash coal. Capacity of AFBC coupled with adjacent WHRB has been selected

to ensure adequate margin over the requirement of turbine at 100% MCR. AFBC would be

designed to operate with "The HP heaters out of service" condition (resulting in lower feed

water temperature at Economiser inlet) and deliver Steam to meet the Turbo-Generator

requirement at 100% MCR. Economiser section of the Boiler would be non-Steaming type.

Super heater sections would be convection type and also bed super heater and designed so

as to maintain rated Steam temperature of 535°C (:i: 5°C) at super heater outlet over the

control range of 60% to 100%, MCR. Attemperator is provided at the outlet of convection

super heater for temperature control at Steam Generator outlet. The Boiler furnace and flue

gas passages would be designed for appropriate low velocities in order to minimise erosion.







OCTOBER’ 2018 119

Suitable balanced draft System would be provided for the Steam Generator with two (2)

forced draft and two (2) induced draft fans. Each of these fans would be capable of meeting

the air requirement at 60% Boiler MCR load. The forced draft fans would be radial type with

inlet vane control for regulation of airflow. The induced draft fans would be radial type with

multi louver damper control the regulation. The forced draft fans would control total airflow

to Boiler and the induced draft fan would control furnace draft of the Boiler through

automatic control loops. In addition to the FD fan, two (2) primary air fan of 60% capacity

each shall be provided for transportation of fuel with one working and one standby.

The Boiler would be top supported type and would be provided with all supporting Steel

platforms, galleries and stairways for easy approach and Maintenance of the Unit. Adequate

weather protection would be provided for instruments and operating personnel. Necessary

insulation along with skin casing to limit outside surface temperature to the safe level would

be provided.

Capacity MW 18

No of Steam Generator No. 1

Superheated Steam pressure kg/cm2 (a) 105

Superheated Steam, temperature °C 535+/-5

Feed water temperature at economizer °C 165

Flue gas temperature at AH outlet °C 140

Fuel used:

Main fuel Char & Coal

Performance fuel Char & Coal

Startup fuel Light Diesel Oil

Char produced by DRI Kilns will have an outlet as fuel to FBC Boiler. Coal and Char will be

fired as a base fuel to FBC Boiler for Steam Generation with consequent proportionate

reduction in fuel cost.

Analysis Report of Char

Characteristics Char

Carbon 40.00%

Hydrogen 0.75%

Oxygen 3.00%

Sulphur 0.30%

N2 0.74%







OCTOBER’ 2018 120

Ash 55%

Moisture Negligible

GCV 3500 Kcal /kg

Steam Turbine Generators and Auxiliaries

Steam Turbine

The Steam Turbine will be of condensing type. The set will be complete with Condenser, Air

Evacuation System, 2 x 100% Condensate Extraction Pumps, Generator Cooling, System,

Gland Sealing with Gland Vent Condenser, Lube Oil System, LP & HP Re-generative Feed

Heaters, etc.

Generators

Generator will be rated for 18 MW with 0.8 lagging Power Factor, delivering Power at 12 KV,

3 Phase, 50 Hz Star connected in IP55 enclosure.

The Generator will be provided with brush less excitation. It shall be capable of operating in

Isolation or in parallel with the Power grid, with Voltage Variation of (+) 5% to (-) 5% and

Frequency Variation of (+) 3% to (-) 5% with Short Circuit ratio of around 0.8.

The Generator shall have class F insulation with Temperature rise limited to Class "B"

insulation and shall be designed for CACW Cooling.

All Six Terminals of the Generator shall be brought out and shorted, neutral point will be

grounded through a Resistor. Generator shall be connected through Isolated Phase Bus duct

to the 24 MVA Generator Transformer which will be provided with an "On-Load" Tap

Changing Gear of :I: 10% range.

Excitation System

The Excitation System envisaged will be brush-less type. The Excitation System shall be

capable of supplying the Excitation Current of the Generator under all condition of Operation

of Load, Voltage and Power. Rated current and Voltage of the Exciter shall be atleast 120% of

normal Excitation Current and atleast 110% of no Load Excitation. Voltage with maximum of

140% ceiling. The Exciter response ratio shall be greater than 1.5. The Field Breaker and

Field Suppression System will also be part of Exciter System. Automatic high speed

Thyristorised, Auto Manual AVR capable of maintaining Steady State Terminal Voltage

within :I: 0.5% of the preset Value under all Operating Conditions and capable of smooth and

continuous running over the Operating Range. The Generators shall be provided with

Temperature Detector embedded at different location, i.e. Stampings, Stator Windings, etc.







OCTOBER’ 2018 121

BOILER

WHRB / CFBC/AFBC

TURBINE ALTERNATOR

18 MW POWER

AIR COOLED CONDENSER FEED WATER PUMP

MAKE UP WATER

3 %

10 MW 8 MW

Process flow chart of Captive Power plant

Figure: Typical Flow Diagram of Steam Based Turbo Generator Set

Figure- 2.5: Process flow chart of Captive Power plant

The induction melting technology and Arc furnace technology in the Global Steel Scenario has

brought a significant change in technological and revolution where it has been proved that the

steel produced out of sponge iron mixed with Cast Iron and M.S. Melting Scrap/Pig iron coupled

with electric induction furnace, medium frequency, constant power track and arc furnace rouge

has become formidable process and can offer better economics at a relatively smaller scale

operations. The process involves the charge mix of Raw material mainly Sponge Iron 70% to

90% and C.I.Scrap/ M.S.Scrap 15% to 30%, into molten bath with

constant power track through Solid State generator converting A.C. Power into D.C. Power and

again to convert the same into A.C. Power after changing the frequency of

cycle in between 250 to 500 HZ through thyesisters (an electronic device). This converted

A.C. power with a frequency of 250 to 500 HZ is passed through capacitor Rack after achieving

the de-sired voltage and the same is passed through copper Bus Bar into Molten bath having

copper coil, cooled through water circulation, transparent the heat energy into molten bath at

constant voltage to melt the Iron and Steel at a temperature of 1550°C.

The continuous efforts made by technologists in established mini steel plants all over India,

sponge iron manufacturers and Medium Frequency Melting Induction furnace equipment







OCTOBER’ 2018 122

manufacturer/arc furnace manufacturers have developed the process parameters by which

considerable quantity of sponge iron are used in steel making. This has brought a new era in

steel melting technology in the country where scrap scarcity can no more be a threat to the

mini steel plants. The economy of steel making rather introduced Induction Furnace/arc

furnace to convert sponge iron and scrap into steel where better productivity could be

attained with proportionately lower scale.

Continuous Casting Machine: Liquid Metal from Induction Furnace is carried in a ladle over

the Concast Machine. The liquid metal flows from the ladle through a slide gate system

underneath it into water cooled copper mould tubes which solidifies the liquid metal into a

square shaped mould which we call as M.S. Billets. From the considered casting cycle time, the

number of strands required to cast 100 mm sq. and 110 mm sq. billets is worked out to be two

(2). Based on the above, 2 strand billet casting machine suitable for casting up to 160 mm sq.

Billets have been selected. Space provision will be made in the shop for installation of a second

billet caster in future.

Figure-2.6: Flow chart showing Process Flow for Manufacturing M.S. Billet

BILLETS

MELTING IN INDUCTION FURNACE

BLENDING IN PREDETERMINED RATIO

CASTING IN CONCAST MACHINE

TAPPING OF MOLTEN METAL

RAW MATERIAL PREPARATION SPONGE

IRON SCRAPS (SIZING & PROCESSING)







OCTOBER’ 2018 123

Rolling Mill

The process involves converting the shape stock viz. Ingots/billets to desired finished

section in hot condition by way of passing the material between a pair of grooved rolls and

providing suitable reduction at various stages. Whole operation is conducted at a particular

temperature range and within a limited time span.

Stages of rolling operation are comprised of heating of feed stock to rollable temperature,

rolling the feed stock in different mill stands, cropping the hot bar during process of rolling

between stands as applicable and subsequently finishing in the form of hot rolled deformed

bar in straight length. The hot bar coming out of last pass is then conveyed through TMT line

and collecting in a cooling bed after shearing.

The bars at almost ambient temperature are sheared to commercial length stored and kept

ready for dispatch. In TMT process hot bars are subjected to quenching by means of an

intense cooling installation (cooling installation specially designed water spray system). This

step hardens the surface layer to martensite while the core structure remains austenite.

When the bar is free of water chamber heat flows from core to surface and surface gets

tempered to structure called tempered marten site.

In the cooling bed due to atmosphere cooling, the hardened zone is tempered by

temperature homogenization in the cross section and the austenite core is transferred to

ducktile-ferrite-pearlite core.







OCTOBER’ 2018 124

Figure-2.7 Flow chart showing Process flow chart of Rolling Mill

COOLING OF THE

BARS ON COOLING BED

ROLLING OF PREHEATED SOAKED STOCKS THROUGH

NUMBER OF PASSES TILL THE REQUIRED NOMINAL

DIAMETER OF BAR IS ATTAINED

PREHEATING THE BILLETS IN DOUBLE ROW

REHEATING FURNACE/ DIRECT HOT CHRGING

SHEARING OF THE BARS WITH

FLYING SHARES

CONTROLLED SURFACE QUENCHING OF THE

BAR IN THE TMT QUENCHING LINE

SHEARING OF BARS TO

MARKETABLE LENGTH

SIZE WISE STACKING OF

ROLLED TMT BARS

DISPATCH

CUTTING OF BILLET TO DEFINITE LENGTH







OCTOBER’ 2018 125

2.8 MATERIAL BALANCE

The material balance for different products is mentioned below:

Sponge Iron

Table 2.11: Material Balance for Sponge Iron Plant

IN PUT OUT PUT

Qty / MT of Sponge Iron 100 M T/ day Qty / MT of Sponge Iron Qty /day,

1 : 100 M T /day

Iron ore Pellet: 1.6 T 160 Sponge Iron. 100% 100

Coal : 1.0 T 100 Coal Char 20% 33

Ash 12

Dolomite : 0.08 8 Waste solids 3

Air : 5. 5 550 Air : 6.7 Tons 670

(as waste gas for power generation )

Total In put 818 MT Total out put 818 M T

Billets Table 2.12: Material Balance for Billets (Per 100 Tons)

INPUT TONS OUTPUT TONS

Sponge Iron 93 Billets 100

Scrap 23 Slag 15

CPC, Petcoke, Silicon Mn, Ferro Al, Ferro

Si DDHR Sheet

3.5 Burning Loss 1.5

Sodium Silicate, Casting Powder And

Other Additives

0.50 Other Miscellaneous Losses 3.5

Total 120 Total 120

TMT Bars Table 2.13: Material Balance for TMT Bars IN PUT OUT PUT

Qty / 100 MT of billets, Qty Qty / 100 MT of TMT Qty

M.S Billets : 1.03 103 TMT 100% 97

Waste fines & gases 6

Total Input 103 M T Total Output 103 M T







OCTOBER’ 2018 126

2.9 PLANT LAYOUT

The plant layout showing all facilities like raw material storage, finished storage area,

plant shed, green belt area, rain water harvesting system etc is given below and the same

is enclosed as Annexure-XV.

Fig 2.8: Showing the existing and proposed plant layout







OCTOBER’ 2018 127

Fig 2.9: Existing photograph of the plant site







OCTOBER’ 2018 128

Fig 2.10: Proposed photograph of the plant site



PLANT & WHRB

SECTION – III– DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONEMNT




OCTO OCTOBER’ 2018 129

SECTION – III

INDEX

3.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 130

3.2 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA ................................................................................................. 131

3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 131

3.3.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION ............................................................................................................. 131

3.3.2 DATA BASE ............................................................................................................................................ 131

3.3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER AREA .................................................................................................... 132

3.3.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................... 134

3.3.5 Soil quality of study area .................................................................................................................... 134

3.3.6 Results & Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 136

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 136

3.4.1 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS............................................................................................................. 136

3.4.2 RESULT .................................................................................................................................................... 140

3.4.2.1 Surface Water .............................. …………………………………………………………………………………….140

3.4.2.2 Ground Water .................................................................................................................................................. 140

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................................................................... 141

3.5.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA ................................................................................................ 141

3.5.2 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM ...................................................................................................................... 141

3.5.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING DATA .......................................................................... 142

3.5.4 RESULTS.................................................................................................................................................. 145

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................................................................................... 146

3.6.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA ....................................................................................................... 146

3.6.2 RESULT .................................................................................................................................................... 148

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT............................................................................................................................ 149

3.7.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR BIODIVERSITY STUDY ................................................... 149

3.7.2 DELINEATION OF THE STUDY AREA ........................................................................................... 149

3.7.3 SAMPLING METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................................ 150

3.7.4 Status of Flora ...................................................................................................................................... 151

3.7.5 Status of Fauna ....................................................................................................................................... 158

3.7.6 BIODIVERSITY PROFILE THE CORE ZONE ................................................................................. 160

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................. 168

*************



PLANT & WHRB






3.0 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONEMNT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

EIA process requires the primary baseline data collection to know the information on the

biophysical, social and economic settings of the project site. The criteria of the baseline data

collection was based on the impact zone which was expected to be around 4-5 km. The

stations were considered based on their sensitivity by considering the close proximity with

the sensitive zones like expected high pollutant areas, residential colony, habitation and

transportation route etc.

The baseline data generation for Gallantt Metal Ltd. was collected for Winter period (i.e.

December-2017 to January- Febrauary’2018) and interpreted in this chapter.

The following criteria were adopted while selecting the monitoring locations:-

One location on the upwind depending upon the wind profile/ pattern.

Two locations on the downwind side depending upon wind pattern (predominant

directions).

One location covering the sensitive areas within the vicinity.

One location covering the transportation convergences route.

One location covering the major habitation.

One location on the downwind direction where the max GLC’s are falling.

The monitoring station selected is as described under:

Table 3.0: List of Monitoring Stations

S. No. Name of Location Distance (Km) Direction Remarks

1. Project Site - - -

2. Samakhiali 2.24 km SE Nearest habitation

towards Downwind

3. Near to gorasar talav 4.96 Km SSE Downwind

4. Ramapar 5.06 Km SW Upwind & Crosswind

5. Gharana 4.74 Km NE Downwind

6. Vipasar 6.52 Km WNW Upwind

7. Vondh R.S. 5.09 Km WSW upwind

8. Lakhpat 5.04km NNE downwind



PLANT & WHRB






Baseline data generation was carried out by M/s En-Vision Environmental Services & Testing

Laboraties, Surat(NABL Approved), Recognized by NABL, ISO 17025:2005. Environmental

Monitoring Report is enclosed as Annexure –XXXIII.

3.2 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA

Environmental data has been collected in relation to existing project for:-

1. Land Environment

2. Water Environment

3. Air Environment

4. Noise Environment

5. Biological Environment

6. Socio-Economic Environment

The topographical map showing monitoring locations for collection of primary data of soil,

air, water &noise is enclosed as Annexure –II.

3.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Object of the study is to provide a baseline status of the study area covering 10Km radius

around the existing project site so that temporal changes due to the expansion activities on

the surroundings can be assessed in future.

3.3.1 SOURCE OF INFORMATION

The data in this work is collected from the following sources:-

Topographic data - From Survey of India Toposheet.

Remotely Sensed Data - From IRS P6 – LISS IV Data.

Ground Truthing of the area

All the data used in this work have been supplied by National Remote Sensing Centre,

Hyderabad, India.

3.3.2 DATA BASE

The detail of the primary data in the form of digital data on LISS-IV for interpretation and

analysis is given below in Table 3.2. The mask of the entire project area including the

influence zone was generated from the IRS-P6 LISS-IV.



PLANT & WHRB






Table 3.1: Database used for LULC Mapping

S. No. Satellite Sensor Date type & Bands

1. IRS-P6 LISS-IV Digital (1,2,3)

3.3.3 LAND USE/ LAND COVER AREA

Classification scheme adopted for the preparation of land use/ land cover maps on 1:25,000

scales. Land use/ Land cover classification standardized by NRSC/ ISRO. The land use/ land

cover area of the study area. Map showing land use of the study area is enclosed as

Annexure– XXX. The following land use classes have been observed in the study area:-

Table No. 3.2: LULC category with area and percentage

S. No. Class Area (Sq.m.) Area (%)

1. Project Area 469957 0.149592

2. Habitation 5155639 1.641091

3. Railway 28546 0.009086

4. Road 200098 0.063693

5. Agriculture Land 14130134 4.497761

6. Fallow Land 275326769 87.63923

7. Scrub Land 9186628 2.924195

8. Baren Land 5939792 1.890695

9. Industrial Area 1372784 0.436971

10. River/Water Body 2348918 0.747684

Total 34159265 100.00

Agriculture: - It is spreads over 4.49% (14130134Sq.m.) of the geographical area.

However, the agriculture in this area is primarily rain fed and also irrigation-based

agriculture is practiced in this region.

Water Bodies: - For the present study, this land class is found to occupy nearly 0.74%

(2348918Sq.m.)

Builtup - Industry - For the present study, this land class is found to occupy nearly 0.43%

(1372784 Sq.m.)



PLANT & WHRB






Figure No. 3.0: Land Use/Land Cover Map

Land Use Analysis

LULC classification shows a healthy relation among the classes. The area is dominated by

Agriculture, residential and industrial land. Impact of the project will be minimal. A well

connected road network exists.

GEOLOGY

The Kutch landscape comprises an array of tectonogenic geomorphic elements in the form of

uplifts and residual depressions. Elevated landforms are occupied by Mesozoic and Tertiary

rocks, whereas the residual depressions or low-lying regions between the uplifts consist of

Quaternary sediment successions marked alluvial river terraces in the rocky mainland and the

mud-flats and salt pans in the Great and Little Ranns and Banni Plains.

The general forms of the uplifts are marked by domes and asymmetric anticlines. All major

uplifts are bounded, at least on one side, by a fault or a sharp monoclinal flexure, and on the

other side by gently dipping peripheral plains, the strata (Tertiary) in which dip gently into the

surrounding residual depression (Biswas, 1980).

Sedimentary rocks ranging in age from Jurassic to Eocene age cover Kutch region. These

sediments have a zone of Deccan trap volcanics sandwiched between Jurassic rocks of the

northern part and Eocene sedimentaries in the south towards the coast. Limestones, shales

and sandstones are the most common rocks (Krishnan, 1982).



PLANT & WHRB






Bhuj Formation comprises of sandstone and shale and is characterized by presence of plant

fossils.

Fig3.1: Showing Geology of Kutch Region

*Source: Geology of Kutch Region (after Biswas 1970, 1980 & 1987)

3.3.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The objectives of the soil sampling are:-

To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact of existing as well as proposed activity on soil characteristics

and;

To determine the impact on soil more importantly with agriculture production point of

view.

The soil analysis results are given below:-

3.3.5 Soil quality of study area

The soil study was carried out to analyze the soil characteristics of the study area. For

studying soil quality of the region 5 samples (including site) were collected, description of the

same as follows:



PLANT & WHRB






Table 3.3: Monitoring Locations for soil quality testing

Location Location Name Sample Collection Details Co-ordinates

S – 1 Project site Proposed Site N 23018’56.42” E70028’29.26”

S – 2 Samakhiali Near Village N 23018’11.77” E 70030’21.27”

S – 3 Gorasar Near Village N 23014’45.71” E 70029’31.0”

S – 4 Ramapar Near Village N 23022’23.46” E 70026’57.83”

S – 5 Gharana Near Village N 23020’21.40” E 70030’41.77”

S – 6 Lakhpat Near Village N 23021’05.65” E 70027’13.31”

S– 7 Vipasar Near Village N 23013’20.55” E 70026’12.47”

S – 8 Vondh R.S. Near Lake N 23021’19.10” E 70024’4.85”

Table No. 3.4: Results of Soil Analysis

S.NO. Parameter Unit (S1)

(S2)

(S3)

(S4)

(S5)

Date of sampling 19/01/2018

1. pH - 7.10 7.20 6.92 8.08 7.80

2. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.40 1.42 1.44 1.39 1.41

3. Water Holding

Capacity

% 29.4 30.2 31.6 32.6 34.0

4. Porosity % 42.6 43.4 46.0 45.4 44.4

5. Conductivity µmhos/cm 4810 5010 4510 5240 5140

6. Moisture content % 4.20 3.80 4.80 5.00 4.60

7. Total Alkalinity mg/kg 785 830 772 910 880

8. Chlorides

(as Cl –)

mg/kg 1180 1240 1080 1330 1250

9. Iron as Fe % 1.10 0.60 0.45 0.55 0.72

10. Lead as Pb mg/kg 23.88 27.89 28.48 9.86 15.91

11. Mercury as Hg mg/kg Not

Detected

Not Detected Not

Detected

Not

Detected

Not

Detected

12. Zinc as Zn mg/kg 25.60 38.79 27.61 38.42 20.31

13. Copper as Cu mg/kg 8.01 15.16 5.55 19.86 6.22

14. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg 2.48 1.22 Not

Detected

Not

Detected

2.55

15. Arsenic as As mg/kg Not

Detected

Not Detected Not

Detected

Not

Detected

Not

Detected



PLANT & WHRB






16. Nitrogen mg/kg 58.0 42.0 34.0 38.0 30.0

17. Phosphorous mg/kg 120 60.0 55.0 65.0 70.0

18. Potassium mg/kg 1.20 0.15 0.14 0.15 0.10

3.3.6 Results & Conclusions

The soil analysis results are presented in Table No. 3.5. The result obtained is compared

with the standard soil classification given Agriculture Soil Limits. It has been observed that

the soils are clay in texture and neutral in nature. The nutrient and organic matter contents

are medium and the soil is normally fertile.

3.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The purpose of the study is to:-

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters;

Evaluate the impacts on agriculture productivity, habitat conditions, recreational

resources and aesthetics of the vicinity; and

Predict the likely impacts on water quality due to the project and other related

activities.

3.4.1 WATER SAMPLE ANALYSIS

Seven surface water samples and eight groundwater samples were collected as grab

samples and were analyzed for various parameters as per the procedures specified in

“Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater” published by American

Public Health Association (APHA). Different physico-chemical parameters of surface and

ground water during study period were compared with standard at each monitoring

stations and shown in the Table 3.7 and 3.8.

Table 3.5: Results of Surface Water Analysis

S. No. Parameter Unit SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6

Date of Sampling 17.01.2018 19.01.2018

1. pH pH Unit 6.95

7.17 6.60 6.44 6.93

2. Temperature 0C 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0

3. Odour -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4. Color Pt/Co

method

<5 <5 40.0 40.0 <5

5. Turbidity NTU 2.00 1.80 14.2 12.2 2.80

6. Total Dissolved mg/l 1072 1610 706 674 284



PLANT & WHRB






Solids

Sample

Was Not

Available (Dry River)

7. Chemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/l 32.0 208 56.0 24.0

8. BOD 3 days at 27

0C

mg/l 10.0 21 15.0 8.0

9. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.40 6.6 5.80 5.80 6.80

10. Nitrate mg/l 22 20 28 10.0 10.0

11. Calcium as Ca+2 mg/l 52 96 64 64.0 32.0

12. Magnesium as mg+2 mg/l 36.45 48.60 31.59 29.16 14.58

13. Chlorides (as Cl –) mg/l 510 730 170 140 40.0

14. Sulphate (as SO4 -) mg/l 180 220 80 72.0 24.0

15. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.15 0.08

16. Phinolic compound mg/l N.D N.D N.D ND ND

17. Conductivity mg/l 1780 2680 1175 1120 470

18. Total Hardness mg/l 280 440 290 280 140

19. Residual Free

Chlorine

mg/l NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL

20. Total alkalinity mg/l 100 90.0 130 130 110

21. Calcium Hardness mg/l 130 240 160 160 80.0

22. Magnesium

Hardness

mg/l 150 200 130 120 60.0

23. Cadmium as Cd mg/l < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001 < 0.001

24. Copper as Cu mg/l < 0.013 < 0.013 < 0.013 < 0.013 < 0.013

25. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.022 < 0.022 < 0.022 < 0.022 < 0.022

26. Lead as Pb mg/l < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005

27. Mercury as Hg mg/l < 0.00025 < 0.00025 < 0.00025 < 0.00025 < 0.00025

28. Arsenic as As mg/l < 0.00015 < 0.00015 < 0.00015 < 0.00015 < 0.00015

29. Coliform MPN/100 ml 110 240 350 220 110

30. E.coli /100 ml Absent Present Present Present Present

*Sample of SW2 was not found as river was dried . This is seasonal river.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S,

M.S

. BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R

PL

AN

T &

WH

RB

SE

CT

ION

– III– D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

OF

EN

VIR

ON

EM

NT

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

E

NK

AY

EN

VIR

O S

ER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

13

8

Ta

ble

3.6

: Re

sults o

f Gro

un

d W

ate

r An

aly

sis

S.No

P

ara

me

ter

Un

it P

roje

ct Site

GW

-1

Sa

ma

kh

iali

GW

-2

La

kh

pa

t

GW

-6

Vip

asa

r

GW

-7

1.

pH

-

6.7

8

7.1

4

6.6

0

6.5

6

2.

Tem

peratu

re 0C

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

2

8.0

3.

Od

ou

r --

Agreeab

le A

greeable

Agreeab

le

Agreeab

le

4.

Co

lou

r P

t/Co

meth

od

<

5

<5

<

5

<5

5.

Tu

rbid

ity

NT

U

2.1

0

2.0

0

2.4

0

2.8

0

6.

To

tal Disso

lved

Solid

s m

g/l 3

86

0

21

0

22

18

9

22

7.

Ch

emical O

xyg

en D

eman

d

mg/l

12

.0

8.0

1

2.0

8

.0

8.

BO

D 3

day

s at 27

0C

mg/l

3.0

2

.0

3.0

2

.0

9.

Disso

lved

Oxy

gen

m

g/l 5

.60

5

.80

5

.40

5

.60

10

. N

itrate m

g/l 1

2.0

8

.0

10

.0

15

.0

11

. C

alcium

as Ca

+2

mg/l

20

0

16

.0

12

8

92

.0

12

. M

agnesiu

m as m

g+

2 m

g/l 1

09

.35

7

.29

6

8.0

4

51

.03

13

. C

hlo

rides (as C

l –) m

g/l 1

61

0

40

.0

77

0

29

0

14

. Su

lph

ate (as SO

4 -)

mg/l

26

0

12

.0

20

0

40

.0

15

. Iro

n as F

e m

g/l 0

.14

0

.04

0

.08

0

.10

16

. P

hin

olic co

mp

ou

nd

m

g/l N

D

ND

N

D

ND

17

. C

on

du

ctivity

m

g/l 6

40

0

32

0

36

90

1

53

0

18

. T

otal H

ardn

ess m

g/l 9

50

7

0.0

6

00

4

40

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S,

M.S

. BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R

PL

AN

T &

WH

RB

SE

CT

ION

– III– D

ES

CR

IPT

ION

OF

EN

VIR

ON

EM

NT

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

E

NK

AY

EN

VIR

O S

ER

VIC

ES

PV

T. L

TD

., JAIP

UR

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

13

9

19

. R

esidu

al Free C

hlo

rine

m

g/l N

IL

NIL

N

IL

NIL

20

. T

otal alk

alinity

m

g/l 2

40

1

10

2

20

1

70

21

. C

alcium

Hard

ness

mg/l

50

0

40

.0

32

0

23

0

22

. M

agnesiu

m H

ardn

ess m

g/l 4

50

3

0.0

2

80

2

10

23

. C

adm

ium

as Cd

m

g/l <

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

<

0.0

01

24

. C

op

per as C

u

mg/l

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

< 0

.01

3

25

. Z

inc as Z

n

mg/l

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

< 0

.02

2

26

. L

ead as P

b

mg/l

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

< 0

.00

5

27

. M

ercury

as Hg

m

g/l <

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

<

0.0

00

25

28

. A

rsenic as A

s m

g/l <

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

<

0.0

00

15

29

. C

olifo

rm

MP

N/1

00

ml

17

3

8

40

4

6

30

. E

.coli

/10

0 m

l A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t A

bsen

t

NO

TE

:- GW

-3, G

W-4

, GW

-5 &

GW

-8 sa

mp

les w

ere

no

t fou

nd

du

e to

no

t av

aila

bility

of so

urce

.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 140

3.4.2 RESULT

3.4.2.1 Surface Water

It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those

mentioned under :acceptable” render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in

the absence of an alternative source but up to the limit indicated under ‘permissible limit in

the absence of alternate source’ in Colum permissible, above which the source will have to

be rejected. If E.coli or Total Coliform are detected immediate treatment is require as per IS:

10500-1991 (Reaffirmed 2012).

3.4.2.2 Ground Water

The analysis results indicate that pH of the groundwater was found to be in range of 6.56 –

7.14. The TDS were found to be in the range of 210 – 3860mg/l. Other parameters like

Calcium, Magnesium, Chlorides, Sulphates and Nitrates were found higher the prescribed

limits. The physico – chemical analysis for the other parameters were also within the

permissible limits as per the standards as per IS: 10500.

S. No. Parameters Units IS: 10500 Desirable IS: 10500 Permissible Kutcch

2013

1. pH -- 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 8.29

2. EC at 25°C µmhos/ Cm NA NA 20200

3. CO3 mg/ l NA NA -

4. HCO3 mg/ l NA NA 793

5. Cl mg/ l 250 1000 7055

6. SO4 mg/ l 200 400 787

7. NO3 mg/ l 45 No Relaxation 60

8. PO4 mg/ l NA NA -

9. Total Hardness mg/ l 300 600 3500

10. Ca mg/ l 75 200 880

11. Mg mg/ l 30 100 360

12. Na mg/ l NA NA 3500

13. K mg/ l NA NA 51.0

14. F mg/ l 1.0 1.5 7.50

15. Fe mg/ l 0.3 1.0 3.241

16. Alkalinity mg/ l 200 600 650

17. TDS mg/ l 500 2000 -

*Source: Ground Water Broucher-2013



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 141

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The prime objective of the baseline air monitoring was to evaluate the existing air quality of

the area. This will also be useful for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air

quality during the operation of the plant.

The baseline status of the air quality has been assessed though a scientifically designed

ambient air quality monitoring network based on the following considerations:-

Meteorological conditions on synoptic scale;

Topography of the study area;

Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status; and

Representatives of likely impact areas.

3.5.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA

An auto weather monitoring station was installed at Project Site during the study period to

record various meteorological parameters on hourly basis to understand the wind pattern,

temperature variation and relative humidity variation. The hourly meteorological data

recorded is enclosed as Annexure – XXXIII.

Table 3.7: Micro-Meteorological Data

Month Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall (mm) Wind Speed (mile/h)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

December’ 17 36.6 12.7 86 12 0.1 0 3.7 <1.0

January’18 36.5 12.7 84 14 0 0 3.7 <1.0

February’18 38.7 15.1 71 15 0 0 3.5 < 1.0

3.5.2 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM

Wind rose is the diagrammatic representation of wind speed in a specified direction with its

arms representing sixteen directions. Each arm gives a clear frequency distribution of wind

speed in a particular direction for a given period of time. The wind rose diagram for the

study period was developed & presented in Figure 3.2.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 142

Figure No. 3.2: Wind rose 24hrs

The overall predominant wind direction on 24 hour basis was observed to be blowing from

NE to SW . Wind speed during this period is 1.01 m/s. Calm wind during this period 51 %.

The wind speed during this period was observed to be in the range of 4.2 to 30.6 mps.

3.5.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING DATA

Ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected on the basis of surface influence,

demographic influence and meteorological influence. The sites were chosen at Project Site,

Samakhiali . Gorasar, Ramapar, Gharana, Lakhpat, Vipasar, Vondh R.S.

The ambient air monitoring has been carried out with a frequency of two days in a week at

seven locations covering one complete season.

Table 3.8: Sampling Frequency

Parameters Sampling Frequency

PM10 24 hourly sample twice a week

PM2.5 24 hourly sample twice a week



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 143

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Carbon Monoxide 8 hourly for 24 hrs sample twice a week

Table 3.9: Instruments used for Sampling & Analysis

Table 3.10: Sampling and Analytical Techniques

S. No. Parameter Method

1 PM10 IS-5182 (Part – 23) 2006

2 PM2.5 RTI (Research Triangle Institute) (Gravimetric Ana Revision-07 Aug14-2003)

3 Sulphur Dioxide IS 5182 (Part – II) 2001, with Improved West &Gaeke Method

4 Nitrogen Oxide Modified Jacob – Hochheiser/ Arsenite Method(IS 5182 Part 6) 2011

5 Carbon Monoxide NDIR Spectroscopy method

Table 3.11: Statistical Summary of Concentration Levels of Criteria Pollutants

(Unit: -µg/m3)

S.

No.

Criteria

Pollutant

Locations Maximum Minimum Standard

Deviation

98thPercentile CPCB

Standards

1 PM10 Project Site 76.80 71.20 1.36 76.57 100

Samyakhali 80.40 72.20 2.16 79.85

Pollutants Instrument Make Model No. Range and Sensitivity

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler

(RDS)

M/s ENVIRO- TECH

Instruments Pvt. Ltd/

Respirable dust

Sampler Envirotech

make

APM-460

APM-411

0.8 – 1.3 (m3/min)

0-2.0 (lpm)

PM2.5 1.0 m3/hr

± 0.03 m3/min

± 0.2 LPM (gases)

SO2 RDS with thermoelectrically

cooled gaseous sampling

attachment

0 – 3 LPM

± 0.2 LPM NOX

CO CO Analyzer Testo Analyzer -- 1-1999 PPM

GC – Bruker

(Gas Chromatography)

-- < 1.0 PPM

Trace Elements AAS Thermo Fisheries -- --



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 144

Gorasar 71.70 67.90 0.89 71.52

Ramapar 67.70 63.20 1.03 67.29

Gharana 79.80 73.40 1.82 79.80

Lakhpat 68.40 65.40 0.84 68.31

Vipasar 78.10 74.60 0.98 77.92

Vondh R.S. 70.40 68.00 0.63 70.31

2 PM2.5 Project Site 43.20 35.70 2.26 42.79 60

Samyakhali 43.70 34.80 2.00 43.61

Gorasar 37.30 35.20 0.62 0.62

Ramapar 36.70 32.70 1.00 36.52

Gharana 41.70 37.20 1.36 41.65

Lakhpat 36.40 32.20 0.90 35.94

Vipasar 41.50 37.90 1.27 41.45

Vondh R.S. 39.60 37.00 0.76 39.42

3 SO2 Project Site 15.60 12.50 0.80 15.55 80

Samyakhali 13.90 11.10 0.77 13.76

Gorasar 10.10 7.20 0.78 9.92

Ramapar 13.80 10.60 0.76 13.52

Gharana 10.40 13.40 0.70 13.31

Lakhpat 15.20 11.20 1.18 15.15

Vipasar 15.70 13.20 0.66 15.65

Vondh R.S. 14.10 12.20 0.55 14.05

4 NOX Project Site 23.40 19.20 1.06 23.26 80

Samyakhali 19.40 17.20 0.68 19.35

Gorasar 17.90 15.10 0.75 17.81

Ramapar 17.90 15.20 0.73 17.85

Gharana 18.40 16.10 0.67 18.31

Lakhpat 17.60 15.10 0.65 17.60

Vipasar 17.80 16.10 0.55 17.75

Vondh R.S. 15.70 14.00 0.46 15.70

5 CO Project Site 430.00 400.00 7.59 427.70 2000

Samyakhali 295.00 255.00 11.16 295.00

Gorasar 250.00 200.00 13.31 247.70

Ramapar 250.00 220.00 8.56 250.00

Gharana 180.00 205.00 6.75 202.70



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 145

Lakhpat 282.00 138.00 0.65 49.24

Vipasar 152.00 138.00 4.30 152.00

Vondh R.S. 152.00 132.00 5.59 150.16

3.5.4 RESULTS

The analysis results for the study period are presented in above monitoring tables. Various

statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values have

been computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. These are

compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for

rural and residential zone.

The observation based on the perusal of the results is summarized below:-

PM10: The maximum value for PM10 observed at Samyakhli Village - 80.40 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM10 observed at Ramapar Village- 63.20µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable

limit for industrial, Residential Rural and Other Areas is 100 µg/m3.

PM2.5: The maximum value for PM2.5 observed at Samyakhli Village -43.70 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM2.5 observed at Lakhpat Village – 32.20 µg/m3. The 24 hours

applicable limit for industrial, Residential Rural and Other Areas is 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The maximum value for SO2 observed at Viapsar Village- 15.70 µg/m3 and minimum

value for SO2 observed at Gorasar Village – 7.20 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for

industrial, Residential Rural and Other Areas is 80 µg/m3.

NO2: The maximum value for NO2 observed at Project site- 23.40µg/m3 and minimum value

for NO2 observed at Vondh R.S.- 14.0 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for industrial,

Residential Rural and Other Areas is 80 µg/m3.

CO: The maximum value for CO observed at Project Site - 430 µg/m3 and minimum value for

CO observed at Vondh R.S. 132 µg/m3. The 8 hours applicable limit for Industrial,

Residential Rural and other areas is 2000 µg/m3.

Conclusion

The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in

general is in conformity with respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards of

CPCB, at all locations monitored.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 146

3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish the baseline noise

level and assess the impact of the total noise expected to be generated during the project

operations around the project site.

Table 3.12: Noise (Sound) Measuring Instrument

Instrument Make Model No. Instrument

Identification

Detection Limit

Integrated Sound Level

Measurement Instrument

Standard Accessories.

Envirotech

Instrument

s Pvt. Ltd.

Model-

SLM- 100

178DTE2012 Lo 30-80dB

Hi 80-130dB

Table 3.13: Testing Method to be followed

Particular Testing Method to be Followed

Noise Level Measurement

A Noise Level in dB (A) for continuous 24

hours at 1 hour interval.

Operational Manual of Noise Level Meter,

IS:9876 2001, IS:4758,1968,IS:4954 1968

3.6.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL DATA

The statistical analysis is done for measured noise level at eight locations. The parameters

are analyzed for Leq(day), Leq (night) andLeq (day-night). The statistical analysis results are

given in below:-

Table 3.14: Ambient Noise Level Data

Time Project Site Samakhiali Gorasar Ramapar

Date of Sampling 11/12/2017 18/12/2017 25/12/2017 3/1/2018

Day time

6.00 68.3 65.3 59.7 58.4

7.00 69.4 66.8 60.2 57.9

8.00 71.6 66.0 64.3 60.1

9.00 70.9 67.2 61.7 61.1

10.00 72.6 69.7 63.1 60.4

11.00 72.7 71.2 63.6 62.7

12 Noon 72.4 70.4 64.3 63.0

13.00 71.8 69.7 62.7 62.5

14.00 72.3 68.6 63.2 61.4



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 147

Table 3.14(a): Ambient Noise Level Data

15.00 70.9 69.2 63.3 62.8

16.00 69.7 69.7 64.3 61.7

17.00 68.7 67.8 62.5 62.5

18.00 69.6 62.6 63.4 61.6

19.00 70.5 70.4 61.7 61.7

20.00 70.6 69.4 62.9 60.8

21.00 68.7 67.7 65.2 61.5

Night time

22.00 69.4 68.4 60.4 60.4

23.00 68.2 69.8 60.7 61.0

24.00 69.9 65.1 61.2 58.4

1.00 68.8 64.1 62.4 59.6

2.00 67.7 64 63.1 60.2

3.00 68.5 63.4 62.4 60.7

4.00 69.2 63.1 61.6 60.1

5.00 70.4 64.2 60.9 59.8

Leq day dB(A) 71 68.8 62.9 61.5

Leq Night dB(A) 69.0 66.2 62.2 60.3

Leq day & Night 75.8 73.1 68.8 66.9

Time GHARANA LAKHPAT VIPASAR VONDH R.S.

Date of Sampling 17/12/2017 24/12/2017 02/12/2017 16/2/2018

Day time

6.00 59.7 56.3 60.2 60.4

7.00 60.2 58.4 61.7 61.2

8.00 61.2 60.1 62.4 61.4

9.00 60.7 60.4 61.8 62.5

10.00 61.3 59.8 62.4 66.3

11.00 58.9 61.2 62.7 66.5

12 Noon 60.7 60.0 61.2 67.6

13.00 61.4 61.3 61.4 66.7

14.00 62.4 60.5 62.1 68.4

15.00 63.7 59.7 65.8 67.3

16.00 62.8 60.2 64.7 68.2



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 148

3.6.2 RESULT

A) Day time Noise Levels Leq(day)

The day time Leq(day) noise levels at all the residential locations were observed to be in

the range of 60.2 – 66.7 dB(A). The maximum noise level of 71.2 dB (A) was observed

at Samyakhali village and the minimum noise level of 56.3dB (A) was observed at

Village Lakhpat during the study period. It is observed that the day time noise levels

are in accordance to exceed the prescribed limit of 55 dB (A) in the study area.

B) Night time Noise Levels Leq(night)

The night time Leq(night) noise levels at all the residential locations was observed to be

in the range of 57.3-66.2dB(A). The Maximum & maximum noise level of 69.8 dB (A) &

56.2 dB(A) was observed at Village Samyakhali during the study period. It has been

found that the night time noise levels were found to high due to vehicular movement,

within the prescribed standard of 45 dB(A).

17.00 62.9 61.2 63.5 69.7

18.00 61.7 60.8 64.3 68.6

19.00 62.6 60.6 62.7 66.7

20.00 63.4 59.8 60.8 67.3

21.00 61.9 60.0 61.5 61.2

Night time

22.00 60.4 56.7 60.5 60.7

23.00 61.2 57.1 59.7 61.1

24.00 60.4 58.4 60.1 60.8

1.00 60.7 57.6 59.4 60.2

2.00 59.7 56.2 59.8 60.5

3.00 59 55.7 59.7 60.8

4.00 58.7 56.4 60.0 60.9

5.00 60.4 55.9 60.2 61.2

Leq day dB(A) 61.8 60.2 62.8 66.7

Leq Night dB(A) 60.4 57.3 60.1 60.8

Leq day & Night 67 64.3 67 68.7



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 149

3.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.7.1 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR BIODIVERSITY STUDY

Development projects in any given region must learn to respect the ecological integrity and

biodiversity values of the region as these are going to be the determinants of environment

quality as well as the sustainability of the development interventions. With determination

and effort these unwanted consequences of development can be reduced substantially as

we progressively improve our technical and managerial skills for preventing and/or

mitigating them. This clearly vouches for a well-planned Environmental Impact Assessment.

Prioritization of the conservation issues, in terms of flora and fauna, in addition to other

base-line parameters is necessary for inferring the impact of a proposed expansion project.

The survey of on the flora and fauna in the existing plant and surrounding area was carried

out by conducting field sampling of core and buffer zone. The occurrence of rare,

threatened, or endangered species within the project site 10 km radius need to be noted. An

attempt is made to describe floral and faunal elements of the project study area. In order to

understand the status of biodiversity (flora and fauna) in different habitats of the existing

plant and surrounding area, the field work and report preparation was carried out from

December 2016, January, February 2018(Winter Season).

Table 3.15: Methods used for study of flora & fauna

Taxa Sampling Methods

Plants Inventorization and quadrate sampling

Visual encounter survey (search)

Visual encounter survey (search)

Point count, opportunistic observation

Tracks and signs, and visual encounter survey

Butterflies

Amphibians

Reptiles

Birds

Mammals

3.7.2 DELINEATION OF THE STUDY AREA

The project study area was delineated into two zones for biodiversity inventory. The existing

project site boundary was considered as Core Zone, while, the area encompassing 10 km

radius from the periphery of the project boundary was designated as Buffer Zone. A

biological assessment survey was conducted in 10 km radius of village Samakhiyali of Taluka

Bhachau of District Kutch; the largest district in the state of Gujarat as well as in India. Kutch

falls under the Biogeographic Zone No. 3, ‘Desert Zone’ and is covered under the Biotic

Province 3B – ‘The Kutch Desert Province’. The major part of the land was agricultural land



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 150

and the remaining part was observed to be a scrubland interspersed with grassland. Few

wetlands in the form of village ponds and lakes were also observed during the survey. The

present survey was conducted with an objective to document the local flora and fauna in the

10 km radius of the project.

3.7.3 SAMPLING METHODOLOGY

I. Flora

Floral status was assessed in different habitat types and project site of the study area.

Quantitative data was collected using standard quadrate method followed by Mueller-

Dombois and Ellenberg 1967, Kershaw, 1973.

Floral enumeration was done following standard sampling techniques. Random quadrates

were laid in order to quantify the vegetation of the study area. Quadrate size for trees was

10 x 10 m, for shrubs it was 5 x 5 m and for herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 1 x 1 m were laid

within the tree quadrate at each corner to record grasses. In each of the quadrates, species

and their number were recorded. For ecological survey for proposed project of proposed

project we need following equipments:-

(I) Rope 100 mts. Length size & Nails (V) Measuring tape

(II) Vernier Calliper (VI) Knife

(III) Camera (VII) Data collection Sheets

(IV) Scale (VIII) Stationary

II. Fauna

Avifauna

Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna. The point count method was

followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic surveys were also carried out with respect to

avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was also made for species which were not directly

encountered or were hidden in the vegetation or canopy (Sridharan 1989, Bhupathy 1991,

Bibby et al., 1992 and Hutto et al., 1986).

Herpetofauna

Area searches were done in the circular plots of 10 m radius to inventory all terrestrial

habitats for reptiles and amphibians. Area searches consisted of turning cover objects like

logs, boulders etc (Welsh, 1987).Sampling for these species involved capturing individuals

by hand or observation through binoculars and aural surveys.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 151

Mammals

Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirect evidences.

Opportunistic sightings were also included. Circular Plots were used to search indirect

evidence i.e. animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets, feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic

(colored pictorial guide) field guide were used for interviews with local residents (Burnham

et al. 1980, Rodgers 1991, Sale and Berkmuller, 1988, Daniel, 1992)

The data collected in the field was analyzed for secondary parameters such as density,

frequency and abundance following standard phyto-sociological methods. Shannon-Wiener

diversity index (Shannon and Wiener, 1963) was calculated for all life forms as following

Table 3.16: Estimation of phyto-sociological parameters

S.No. Particulars

1. Frequency (%) = (No. of quadrates of occurrence of the species X 100) / Total No. of quadrates sampled

2. Abundance = Total No. of individuals of the species / No. of quadrates of Occurrence

3. *Density = Total No. of individuals of the species / Total No. of quadrates sampled

4. Relative Frequency = (Frequency of the given species X 100) / Sum of all frequencies

5. Relative Density = (Density of the given species X 100) / Sum of all densities

6. Relative Abundance = (Abundance of species X 100) / Sum of all abundances

7. Basal Area = (GBH)2 / 4Π

8. Dominance = Total Basal Area / Total area sampled

9. Relative Dominance = (Dominance of given species X 100) / Dominance of all species

10. Important Value Index (I.V.I.) = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance

Note: *Density refers to the number of individuals per unit area of a site.

III. Statistical analysis

Shannon-Wiener diversity index (Shannon and Wiener, 1963) was calculated for all life

forms following:

Shannon- Wiener Information Function: D = -Σ pi ln pi

Where: i = an index for the number of species sampled, pi = ni/N =percentage of species i in

the entire sample (N) of individuals, and ln = natural log. Multiply the percentage (or

proportion) of each species in the sample times the natural log of that same value, sum the

products across all species, and then multiply by minus 1.

3.7.4 Status of Flora

I. Existing project Site (Core Zone):



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 152

Green belt/Plantation

In the existing plant green belt is dominated by trees like Neem (Azadirachta indica),

Shisham (Delbergia sissoo), Palash (Bueta monosperma), Amaltash (Casia fistula), Karanj

(Pongamia pinnata), Ashok (Polyalthia longifolia), Babool (Acacia nilotica), and fruit plants

like Mango (Mangifera indica), Lemon (Citrus limon), Jamun (Syzygium cumini), &Aamla

(Phyllanthus emblica) Flowering shrubs and herbs which are recorded in the existing plant

site are as follows:

Rose (Rosa sp), Kaner (Nerium indicum), Bottle brush (Callistemon viminalis), Pot marigold

(Calendula officinalis), Gudhal (Hibiscus rosa sinensis).



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 153

Plantation developed in the plant (Administration Block)

Plantation developed in periphery at the plant

Plantation developed in residential colony

Fig 3.3: Photographs showing plantation in core zone



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 154

Fig 3.4: Plantation in and around at Canteen Area, STP plant area



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 155

Fig3.5: Photofraphs showing Neem Plantation at Open Area near the Resitantial Colony

(Open Area)



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 156

Environmental Sensitivity: The details of forest (reserve and protected), dam, river, and

Railway lines are given in the table below:

Table3.17: Environmental Sensitivity in the study area



Water Bodies

1. Kara Vokra 7.60 WSW 2. Gupt Nadi 4.50 SW 3. Amliyara Nadi 8.15 S 4. Vango Nadi 10.45 SE 5. Khari River 9.82 E 6. Pipla Talav 6.06 E 7. Babudi Nadi 13.50 E 8. Adhoi Nadi 2.80 N 9. Gorasar Talav 4.50 SSE

Forests 1. R.F. Near Gamdau Village 11.50 NNE

National/ State Highway 1. NH-8A 750 m S 2. NH-15 2.90 E 3. SH-42 13.62 W

Threat status assessment/evaluation criteria

Standard literature sources including such as IUCN, ZSI, BSI and Indian wild Life Protection act,

1972.

Biodiversity Assessment: (Details of sampling units)

Number of sample locations and plots used to assess the floral and faunal status in the core

and buffer zone as follows:

Table 3.18: Details of Sampling Numbers in Core and Buffer Zone

Components Core Zone Buffer Zone

PS FH RH AH

Plants 10 15 10 10

Herpetofauna 03 10 10 15

Birds 07 10 10 12

Mammals 03 10 10 20

PS - Project Site, FH- Forest habitat, RH - Riverine Habitat, AH – Agriculture habitat



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 157

Fig3.6: Showing plants species recorded in the buffer zone of the study area



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 158

II. Buffer Zone

Buffer zone includes the areas fall within 10 km radius from the project site. Since it covers

larger area with different habitat types, the buffer zone reported high taxonomical diversity

compare to core zone, which included 37 no of species of plants (Table 2). Detailed species

status has been tabulated below:

Table 3.19: Flora & Fauna Species Distribution in the Core and Buffer Zones

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Flora

Grass - 03 Species Grass - 04 Species

Climber – 0 Species Climber – 04 Specie

Herb – 04 Species Herbs - 21 Species

Shrubs – 08 Species Shrubs - 11 Species

Tree – 11 Species Tree - 18 Species

Fauna

Amphibian - 0 Species Amphibian - 01 Species

Reptiles - 02 Species Reptiles - 05 Species

Avifauna - 10 Species Avifauna - 20 Species

Mammals – 02 Species Mammals - 06 Species

Butterfly – 02 Species Butterfly – 05 Species

One Schedule I specie is reported i.e. Indian peafowl is reported in the buffer zone. Conservation

Plan is Enclosed As Annexure-XIV.

3.7.5 Status of Fauna

Avifauna

Core zone: Overall 10 species of terrestrial bird species were observed in the core zone

and in the vicinity. Many birds observed while crossing across the core zone. Bird Species

commonly seen in the study and some are also verified by staff and residential people in

the plan



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 159

1.

2.

Fig 3.7: Avi fauna recorded in study area

Buffer zone: Buffer zone reported high species richness and the species number estimated to

be 36 species. Buffer zone covers larger area with different habitat types resulted high species

richness and diversity

Butterflies

1. Core Zone: A total of 02 species of butterflies were recorded during the field survey.

2. Buffer zone: A total of 05 species of butterflies were recorded during the field survey.

Mammals

1. Core Zone: three species i.e. five striped Palm Squirrel, Common House rat, Indian field

mouse were recorded in core zone.

2. Buffer zone: Overall 06 species of mammalian fauna reported from the buffer zone.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 160

Threatened Flora and Fauna

I. Avifauna

Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) was reported from the buffer zone of the study area. As per

the Indian Wildlife protection Act (1972) this species fall under Schedule-I category. This

species found very common (as per local people opinion) in the study area and mainly

associated with nearby areas of human habitation. Conservation plan for Pavo cristatus &

Painted Strok with fund allocation also furnished as an Annexure –XIV.

3.7.6 BIODIVERSITY PROFILE THE CORE ZONE

I. Flora

Table 3.20: Plants Reported From Core Zone (Existing Project Site)

Trees

S.No. Common Name Species Name Family

1. Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

2. Gulmohar Delonix regia Fabaceae

3. Pepal Ficus religiosa Moraceae

4. Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

5. Amaltash Casia fistula Fabaceae

6. Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

7. Ashok Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

8. Jhal Salvadora persica Salvadoraceae

9. Ardu Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

10. Shisham Delbergia sissoo Fabaceae

11. Papita Carica papaya Caricaceae

Shrubs

1 Gudhal Hibiscus rosa sinensis Malvaceae

2 Kaner Nerium indicum Apocynaceae

3 Rose Rosa sp Rosaceae

4 Vilayati Babool Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae

5 Aak Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

6 Jharberi Ziziphus nummularia Rhamnaceae

7 Bougainvillea Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae

8 Tulsi Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae

Herbs

1 Sarphonka Tephrosia hamiltonii Fabaceae

2 Satyanasi Argemone maxicana Papaveraceae

3 Gokhru Echinops echinatus Asteraceae



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 161

4 Tumba/ Chitraa Citrullus colocynthis Cucurbitaceae

Grass

1 Doob Cynodon dactylon Poaceae (Gramineae)

2 Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae (Gramineae)

3 Latjira Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

II. Fauna

Table 3.21: Birds reported from Core Zone

S.No. Common Name Species Name Status

Charadriidae

1. Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus B

2. Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptopelia decaocto B

Dacelonidae

3. White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis B

Corvidae

4. House Crow Corvus splendens B

Muscicapidae

5. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata B

Passeridae

6. House Sparrow Passer domesticus B

Pycnonotidae

8. Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer B

Sturnidae

9. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis B

Sylviidae

10 Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus B

Status: B = Breeding birds or Residents, WV = Winter Visitor, LM = Local Migrant, PM =

Passage Migrant, SV = Summer Visitor.

Table 3.22: List of mammalian species recorded in Core Zone

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family Status (IWPA)

1. Five stripped palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae IV

2. Common House rat Rattus rattus Muridae V

Table 3.23: List of reptiles recorded in Core Zone


1. Common House Gecko Hemidactylus frenatus Gekkonidae No mention



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 162

2. Oriental Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Agamidae No mention

Table 3.24: Butterflies recorded in Core Zone

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family

1. Crimson Rose Pachliopta hector Papilionidae

2. Lime Butterfly Papilio polymnestor Papilionidae

A total of 2 species of butterflies were recorded in the core zone during the field survey.

Biodiversity Profile The Buffer Zone

Flora

Table 3.25: List of floral species recorded in the Buffer Zone

Trees

S.No. Vernacular Name Scientific name Family

1. Amaltash/kassod Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae

2. Shesham Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

3. Ardu Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

4. Siris Albizia lebbeck Mimosaceae

5. Neem Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

6. Dhak Butea monosperma Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

7. Babool Acacia nilotica Fabaceae (Mimosoideae)

8. Ber Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae

9. Aamla Phyllanthus 162anacea Euphorbiaceae

10. Gulmohar Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae

11. Bargad Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

12. Pipal Ficus religiosa Moraceae

13. Ashok Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

14. Karanj Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

15. Khejari Prosopis cineraria Mimosaceae

16. Imli Tamarindus indica Fabaceae (Leguminosae)

17. Guava Psidium sp Myrtaceae

18. Rohida Tecomella undulata Bignoniaceae

Shrubs

1 Vilayati babool Prosopis juliflora Mimosaceae

2 Arandi Ricinus communis Euphorbiaceae



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 163

3 Aakra Calotropis gigantea Asclepiadaceae

4 Aak Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae

5 Kair Capparis decidua Capparaceae (Capparidaceae)

6 Kaner Nerium oleander Apocynaceae

7 Dandathor Euphorbia caducifolia Euphorbiaceae

8 Behaya Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae

9 Jharberi Ziziphus nummularia Rhamnaceae

10 Gudhal Hibiscus rosa sinensis Malvaceae

11 Bougainvillea Bougainvillea Nyctaginaceae

Herbs

1 Pili Kantili Argemone mexicana Papaveraceae

2 Raimuniya Lantana camera Verbenaceae

3 Motha Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae

4 Ban Tulsi Croton bonplandianum Euphorbiaceae

5 Gokhru Indigofera cordifolia Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

6 Kala bhangra Anisomeles indica Lamiaceae

7 Jangli chaulai Amaranthus spinosus Amaranthaceae

8 Latjira Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae

9 Punarnava Boerhavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae

10 Laptuna Setaria verticillata Poaceae (Gramineae)

11 Bui Aerva tomentosa Amaranthaceae

12 Khareti Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae

13 Yellow Bell Tecoma gaudichaudi Bignoniaceae

14 Sarphonk Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

15 Sarapunkha Tephrosia villosa Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

16 Nili Indigofera linnaei Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

17 Jharasi Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae

18 Unthkanta Echinops echinatus Asteraceae

19 Dhatura Datura metel Solanaceae

20 Asiatic witchweed Striga asiatica Scrophulariaceae

21 Marigold Tagetes minuta Asteraceae

Grass

1 Doob ghas Cynodondactylon Poaceae (Gramineae)

2 Makra Dactyloctenium aegyptium Poaceae (Gramineae)

3 jangli-jowar Sorghum halepense Poaceae (Gramineae)



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 164

4 Jhuhi ghas Alysicarpus monilifer Fabaceae (Papilionaceae)

Climbers

1 Badi Dudhi Euphorbia hirta Euphorbiaceae

2 Dudhi Sonchus oleraceus Asteraceae

3 Amarbel Cuscuta reflexa Liliaceae

4 Satavari Asparagus racemosa Vitaceae

Fauna

Table 3.26: List of Avifauna Recorded in Buffer Zone

S.No. Common Name Scientific name Family Status

(IWPA 1972)

1. Rock Pigeon Columba livia Columbidae Schedule IV

2. Laughing dove Streptopelia senegalensis Columbidae Schedule IV

3. Red Collared dove Streptopelia tranquebarica Columbidae Schedule IV

4. Common myna Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae Schedule IV

5. House sparrow Passer domesticus Passerinae Schedule IV

6. Large grey babbler Turdoides malcolmi Timaliinae Schedule IV

7. Jungle babbler Turdoides striatus Timaliinae Schedule IV

8. Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis Coraciidae Schedule IV

9. Green bee-eater Merops orientalis Meropidae No mention

10. Rose-ringed parakeet Psittacula krameri Psittacidae Schedule IV

11. House swift Apus affinis sub sp. Affinis Apodidae No mention

12. Indian peafowl Pavo cristatus Phasianidae Schedule I

13. Little egret Egretta garzetta Ardeidae Schedule IV

14. House crow Corvus splendens Corvidae Schedule V

15. White-eared bulbul Pycnonotus leucotis Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

16. Red-vented bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Pycnonotidae Schedule IV

17. Indian robin Saxicoloided fulicata Turdinae No mention

18. Red-wattled lapwing Vanellus cinereus Charadriidae No mention

19. Baya weaver Ploceus philippinus Ploceidae Schedule IV

20. Painted strock Mycteria leucocephala Ciconiidae Schedule IV

Table 3.27: List of mammalian species recorded in Buffer Zone


1. Five stripped palm squirrel Funambulus pennantii Sciuridae IV



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 165

2. Common House rat Rattus rattus Muridae V

3. Grey Musk Shrew Suncus murinus Soricidae --

4. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Leporidae IV

5. Indian field mouse Mus booduga Muridae V

6. Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus Bovidae III

Table 3.28: List of amphibian species recorded in Buffer Zone

S. No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family Status (IWPA)

1 Indian Bullfrog Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Ranidae No mention

Table 3.29: List of reptiles recorded in Buffer Zone

.No. Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family Status (IWPA)

1 Common House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis Gekkonidae No mention

2 Oriental Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Agamidae No mention

3 Yellow-Bellied House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis Agamidae No mention

4 Indian sand boa Eryx johnii Boidae Schedule IV

5 Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus Colubridae Schedule II

Table 3.30: Butterflies recorded in Buffer Zone

S.No. Species Scientific Name Family

1 Yellow Pansy Junonia hierta Nymphalidae

2 Leamon Pansy Junonia lemonias Nymphalidae

3 Plain Tiger Danaus chrysippus Nymphalidae

4 Striped Tiger Danaus genutia Nymphalidae

5 Common Rose Atrophaneura aristolochiae Papilionidae

A total of 5 species of butterflies were recorded during the field survey. The dominant family

was Nymphalidae with 4 species with plain tiger as the dominant species in buffer zone



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 166

Fig 3.8: Water Bodies in Study Area (Buffer Zone)



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 167

Fig 3.9:Fauna recoreded in buffer zone of the study area



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 168

3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

OBJECTIVES: The broad objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are:

1. Describing / Assessing Baseline Environmental and Socio-Economic conditions of the

people living in the study area and their interactions with the existing Project

2. To assess the impact on socio-economic environment due to the project concerned.

3. To evaluate the community development measures proposed to be taken up by the

Project Proponent, if any, voluntary or complied.

4. To suggest community development measures that needs to be taken for the study

area with stakeholder engagement.

The studies carried out are descriptive and exploratory in nature and are done by FAE,

Socio-Economic.

METHODOLOGY S.No. Collection of data: With Effect From :

Secondary Sources

I Census of India , 2011 Latest Update available from 2012

II Minimum Wages Act , 1948 Latest Update available dated w.e.f April 1, 2018 to September 30, 2018

III RFCTLARR Act 2013 Not applicable

Primary Sources Method / Technique

Field observations Transect walk

Extensive site specific survey :

Manner and the order of Questions :

Survey period : Type :

Non-Probability Random Sampling

Target sample of people interviewed

Open Questions

1 Sub-round / per monitoring season

Rural frame Survey

Demographic Structure of the study area:

Population in Core Zone

There is no habitation in the Core Zone.

Population in Buffer Zone

The study area comprises of 16 villages, of Bhachau Tehsil in the (10.0 k.m.) of the study area. The

total population of the study area is 58,734 accommodating in 13,147 households with an average

households size of approx. 4 to 5 members per family.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 169

Table3.31: Demographic profile of the 10km study area

S.No. Name Habitation

Total Population below 06 years

Type Households Population Males Fem Total Males Females

1 Adhoi (Pasakayara) Rural 2401 10794 5453 5341 1794 910 884

2 Amaliyara Rural 482 2262 1138 1124 389 204 185

3 Chhadavada Rural 410 1953 999 954 280 147 133

4 Dayapar Rural 856 4398 2269 2129 670 373 297

5 Gharana Rural 705 3469 1757 1712 596 299 297

6 Katariya Nava Rural 90 543 293 250 84 51 33

7 Lakadiya Rural 1915 8651 4427 4224 1656 904 752

8 Lakhpat Rural 216 807 371 436 81 41 40

9 Laliana Rural 525 2488 1300 1188 368 201 167

10 Rajansar Rural 122 680 340 340 177 94 83

11 Rampar (Roha) Rural 173 861 432 429 114 62 52

12 Rampar (Sarva) Rural 215 1124 582 542 209 114 95

13 Samakhiari Rural 2482 10402 5748 4654 1577 847 730

14 Vijpasar Rural 475 2417 1236 1181 382 187 195

15 Vondh Rural 1877 6972 3462 3510 1126 545 581

16 Vondhada Rural 203 913 457 456 135 65 70

Total 13147 58734 30264 28470 9638 5044 4594 *Census of India, 2011

Gender Distribution

The males in the study area constitute 51.52% and females constitute 48.47%. The gender ratio is

940 in the study area, much below as compared to the district Kutch 908 as per the Census of

India, 2011.

Child Sex Ratio

The below 06 years indicate the population growth rate in the region and is 16.40% of the total

population. The boys under 06 years are 52.33% and the girls below 06 years are 47.66% of the

total population below 06 Years with a gender ratio of 910. The gender ratio of Children is 910 in

the study area, lower as compared to the Child Sex Ratio (CSR) of 921 in the District Kutch.

Literacy Profile

The average literacy rate of the study area is 52.80% much lower than the 70.59% of district

Kutch as per Census of India, 2011. The male literacy is 62.61% with respect to male population



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 170

and the female literacy is 42.35% with respect to female population. There is a high literacy gap is

approx. 20.26%.

In the buffer zone of the project the literacy is as reflected Table given below:-

Table3.32: Literacy of the study area

Name

Literate Population

Total Males Females

Adhoi (Pasakayara) 5506 3356 2150

Amaliyara 923 561 362

Chhadavada 821 546 275

Dayapar 2787 1584 1203

Gharana 1616 998 618

Katariya Nava 305 197 108

Lakadiya 4367 2647 1720

Lakhpat 413 232 181

Laliana 1267 783 484

Rajansar 277 178 99

Rampar (Roha) 581 317 264

Rampar (Sarva) 656 385 271

Samakhiari 6463 4133 2330

Vijpasar 1150 728 422

Vondh 3394 2013 1381

Vondhada 482 292 190

Total 31008 18950 12058

*Census of India, 2011

Occupation Profile

Occupational structure of the workforce indicates the economic activity. The occupational

patterns include cultivators, agricultural labour, and household industry workers. The work

participation rate is 33.56%. The employment rate in the 10.0 k.m. periphery for main workers,

marginal workers and non workers are as follows:

The Main workers constitute 29.72%; the male worker population is (26.47%) almost double of

the female worker (03.25%) population.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 171

The Marginal workers constitute 3.84% with the male workers of 1.90% and female workers of

1.93%. The Non Workers constitute 66.44% and distribution of men (24.15%) and women

(43.29%) workers.

Table3.33: The Occupational structure in buffer zone

Habitations

Main Workers Marginal Workers Non Workers

Total Males Fem Total Males Fem Total Males Fem

Adhoi (Pasakayara) 2839 2584 255 548 180 368 7407 2689 4718

Amaliyara 474 428 46 246 191 55 1542 519 1023

Chhadavada 643 562 81 23 5 18 1287 432 855

Dayapar 1293 1187 106 142 81 61 2963 1001 1962

Gharana 1024 900 124 99 47 52 2346 810 1536

Katariya Nava 195 183 12 0 0 0 348 110 238

Lakadiya 2201 2000 201 415 166 249 6035 2261 3774

Lakhpat 262 222 40 2 1 1 543 148 395

Laliana 752 695 57 46 28 18 1690 577 1113

Rajansar 163 154 9 27 19 8 490 167 323

Rampar (Roha) 174 167 7 119 107 12 568 158 410

Rampar (Sarva) 251 244 7 212 59 153 661 279 382

Samakhiari 3511 3323 188 106 29 77 6785 2396 4389

Vijpasar 609 558 51 213 195 18 1595 483 1112

Vondh 2784 2079 705 56 13 43 4132 1370 2762

Vondhada 284 261 23 2 0 2 627 196 431

Total 17459 15547 1912 2256 1121 1135 39019 13596 25423

*Census of India, 2011

Scheduled Tribe Population

There is negligible tribal population found in the study area. The total tribal population of the

study area is 0.91% of the total population as per the Census of India, 2018. Amongst the tribal

population the (Males: 52.79% and Females are 47.20%), gender ratio is 893 , hence The male –

female distribution amongst tribal’s in the buffer zone study area is lower as compared to the

total gender ratio 911 in the study area and much lower than the District Kutch’s gender ratio of

921.

Table3.34: Scheduled Tribe population

Habitations Scheduled Tribal Population

Total Male Females

Adhoi (Pasakayara) 182 95 87



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 172

Amaliyara 3 1 2

Chhadavada 82 39 43

Dayapar 36 18 18

Gharana 5 4 1

Katariya Nava 0 0 0

Lakadiya 93 51 42

Lakhpat 0 0 0

Laliana 0 0 0

Rajansar 0 0 0

Rampar (Roha) 0 0 0

Rampar (Sarva) 25 14 11

Samakhiari 92 49 43

Vijpasar 0 0 0

Vondh 18 12 6

Vondhada 0 0 0

Total 536 283 253

Social Infrastructure:

Nearest Habitation: The project is at village-Samakhiyali 1.04 km SE, Gharana 4.31 km NE;

Lakhpat , 5.6 km NNW; Laliyana 7.11 km SE; Amliyara 7.53 km SSW; Vondh 10.31 km W.

Basic Amenities in the Core Zone:

Within the Gallant residential Colony area there are play grounds etc, Canteen, Work Staff

Canteen, and few shops.

The nearest organized marketplaces for the locals is in Samakhiyali:

Particulars Distance and Direction (From Project Boundary)

Nearest organized marketplaces for the locals 1.06 SE Medical Facility






Vagad Welfare Hospital, Bachau 16.36 W Govt. Primary Health Centre , Amliyara 7.85 SSW

Schools Shri Vondh Kumar Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 1.30 S Shri Vondh Kanya Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 270 m N Shri Samakhiyali Prathmik kumar shala, Samakhiyali 1.89 SE



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 173

Govt. Uchh Madhyamik Vidhyalya Lakhpat 5.30 NNW Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Laliyana 7.25 SE Shri Gharna Kanya Prathmik shala, Gharana 4.45 NE Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala, Amliyara 7.74 SSW

Others Police Station Samakhiyali 1.64 SE Gram Panchayat , Samakhiyali 1.85 SE

Gram Panchayat , Samakhiyali Police Station Samakhiyali Table: Socio-economic snapshot:

Transportation was available in all

the aspects :

Bus Govt. Roadways / Private - Tractors, Scooters, Motor Cycles,

(Public transport available).

NH 8 A , NH 15 , NH 41

Bus Stop, Samkhiyali 1.20 km SE

Bus Stand, Almliyara Bus Stand, Vondh

Roads were observed to be : Main roads Pucca, Painted & Cemented connects to NH – 8 A



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 174

Internal roads are underdeveloped moran roads.

Electricity Supply has been : Regular with periodic power cuts.

Wind renewable energy installed in the study area

Main Food : Chapatti, Sabji, Dal

Festivals : Kite Festival, Holi, Diwali, Eid, Raksha Bandhan. Source: field survey and observations.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 175

General Socio Economic Conditions

Retail options outside houses are a common practice. The public transport is largely fulfilled with Local taxis commonly called as ‘Jugad’



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 176

Demographics settlements & Household Assets

The Housing Structure was largely pukka (permanent) and few with semi permanent sheds on

roof. The households in the study area own a Television & fridge, and Bicycle/ scooter. T.V. &

Fridge were owned widely cut across all sections of income groups. None of the families

surveyed in the habitation owned a washing machine except a few in Vondh. Most of the women

in the households in Samakhyali were dependent on public transportation.

It was found, in the study area that, the living conditions of the people were good. The gas

stoves were mostly seen in Vondh and few others nearby localities. The tap water is provided

by the authorities and hand pump are also available in villages. The Dish T.V. insatallation

indicates the source of entertainment of the Villagers and exposure to the mass

commnunication national channel and awareness levels in the study area.

Village – Samakhiyali & Amliyara

Semi Permanent houses Semi Kuchha and Pucca House

Well connected by Kuccha Road.

Well electrified.

Source of Water – Borewell, water reservoirs, Govt. tap supply through Overhead

community water tank.

Most Houses does not have Bathrooms, the villagers go out in the open defecation spaces.

They use more of the wood, dung cakes rather than gas stove.

Economic diversity of study area

The elderly men of the habitaitons sit around the age old banyan trees playing cards. The

women were found working both in the households and in the fields for farming in the study

area. Major Occupation in the Study area is Agriculture and cultivation practices, Livestock &

Dairy. The local area crops grown in the study area are:

Arandi (Castor) is largely cultivated in the belt. Along with Castor, Bajra, Guar, Pulse, Chiku,

Kela, & All vegetables viz tomatoes, carrots, Sweet Potato etc.

.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 177

Fig3.10: Economic diversity of study area



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 178

There had been household retailing adopted in the vilages, eanbling Home Office Small Office

concept in the Habitation. There are a potential of investments in industry trading warehouses

of urban supplies. A large number of employment opportunities can be created through mini

Start-ups in sales of household Solar panel businesses. The working population of the study

area is engaged more in primary occupations i.e. agriculturist, laborer, followed by secondary

occupations in Livestock for dairy.

Mobility and movement are seen of local people from less developed villages to more

developing areas of the district in search of better wages and livelihood for family and

education for children. The residents engaged in Lorry & transportation are often out of homes

for months for delivery

Culture & Mobility

As told by the local men, the local communities in the region pray to the Mounds of their

ancestors with the belief that they keep them safe and fulfill their wishes. The faith in the

“Pitreshawar” is large amongst the residents

The principal communities in the study area are :

Brahmins

Muslims

Jains and

Vaghri & Rabari are in small percentages viz only 0.91% of the total population in the study

area (10.0 km) of the region.

There are many people who commute to larger or developed cities in search of work (Head

loading or construction workers) and labour migration is an issue requiring local job creation in

the region.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 179

Fig3.11: Photographs of Culture & Mobility of the area



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 180

Public Health facility

The health services for residents of Samakhiyali are within a distance of 1.68 km SE but

insufficient for critical illness, because of which the Incumbents commute to Bachao, Bhuj and

Gandhidham. For modern technology medical facilities the residents approach Ahmadabad.

Ambulance 108 is available in the area. But the health facilities should be both Modern

technology and affordable.

The people of the study area are well acquainted with the development and the further

prospects in the region. They Focused group has exclaimed that “the existing facilities of Gallant

Metal Ltd. have not created or been harmful to any worker or public at large”. The local

residents expect more jobs from the existing project.

Mahi Shree Hospital, Medicine Facility Prathmik Aarogya Kendra, Samakhyali

Educational Facilities

The Conditions of Toilets in the School , Shri Jeraparag was found to be up to the marks , neat

and fully functional. The School has a temple outside the premises indicating harmonious

cultural knowledge exchange in the region.

There is scope of plantation in the play ground of Shri Jeraparag Prathmik Shala, where in the

students were playing in open field with inadequate plantation.

The Educational facilities in Kutch and in villages of the study area are in adequate number,

There are all standards of facilities from primary to higher in private as well as government

primary schools in almost all revenue villages.



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 181

Shri Jeraparag Prathmik Shala

Private Tution clasess after school hours.

Shri Gharana Kanya Prathmik shala , Gharana



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 182

Toilet for girls in prathmik shala Shree Samakhyali Prathmik kanya shala

Shri Gopal Namah Dham Sheshnik Sankul

Shri Swami Narayan Prathmik Shala



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 183

Shri Vondh Kanya Prathmik Shala Private education in the Bachao tehsil facilitate

Shri Vondh Kumar Parthmik Shala Dena Gujrat Gramin Bank

Dharamshala



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 184

Summary

The socio-economic expectations of the villagers in the surrounding have minimalistic needs

as the sources of employment and earning are not significant. The expansion activity will

provide additional employment (round the year) to local people and contribute in the

economic status of the area.

There are no bathrooms attached in the housing structures in the study area.

Higher Education facilities for Girls are limited. Girl Child education is low.

The villagers believe that, for economic growth and sustainable development it is important

to protect the environment and harmonize the business activities with it. Villagers view a

symbiosis between environment and business development.

Various questions on the adequacy for safety precautions by the plant activity operations

were enquired. The incumbents replied that they were indifferent towards the plant

activity. Majority of the incumbents accepted that the plant activity has never harmed them.

As per the Need Based requirements of the local Government School of Habitation Gharana , the following

list of installations were given dated 01/02/2018 :

Shri Gharana is a Girls School with 250 students up to 8th Standard.

Requirements

1. Computer Repair

2. RO repair / Installation of

new RO 100 Ltr.

3. Speakers for Announcements

4. Tree Guards

5. Land Allotment for Play

Ground

6. Land allotment

7. Almirah for Office Use

8. I –D Card 250 in numbers

9. General Knowledge Books

(For std. upto 8th )

10. Girls Health Kit / Sanitation



PLANT & WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 185

****************



WHRB

SECTION – IV – ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES




OCTOBER’ 2018 186

INDEX

SECTION- IV

4.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 188

4.2 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ............................................................................... 189

4.2.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE .................................................................................................................... 189

4.2.2 IMPACT ON SOIL .............................................................................................................................. 189

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY ..................................................................................................... 190

4.2.4 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY ............................................................................................................. 190

4.2.6 IMPACT ON TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY ...................................................................................... 192

4.2.7 DEMOGRAPHY AND SOCIO-ECONOMY ..................................................................................... 192

4.3 IMPACT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ................................................................................. 193

4.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT....................................................................................................................... 193

4.3.1.1 Source ................................................................................................................................................................... 193

4.3.1.2 Impact Prediction & Mitigation Measures ..................................................................................... 193

4.3.2 Water Environment ........................................................................................................................ 194

4.3.2.1 Source ................................................................................................................................................................. 194

4.3.2.2 Impact Prediction & Mitigation Measures ......................................................................................... 194

4.3.2.3 Characteristics of Treated and Untreated Effluent .................................................................... 200

4.3.2.4 Impact on Drainage ......................................................................................................................................... 201

4.3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................................................ 201

4.3.3.1 Impact on Air Environment ..................................................................................................................... 201

4.3.3.2 Air Quality Impact Predictions (AQIP) ............................................................................................. 203

4.3.3.3 Model Input Data .......................................................................................................................................... 203

4.3.3.4 Results and Conclusion ................................................................................................................................. 205

4.3.3.5 Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the Project ............................................ 206

4.3.4.1 Noise Quality Impact Predictions........................................................................................................ 210

4.3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ...................................................................................................... 211

4.3.5.1 Impact on Biological Environment ..................................................................................................... 211

4.3.5.2 Existing Impacts ............................................................................................................................................ 212

4.3.5.3 Limitation, Exclusion & Recommendation..................................................................................... 219

4.3.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT MATRIX .......................................................................................... 219

4.3.6.1 Impact on Community Demographics .............................................................................................. 219



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 187

4.3.6.2 Impact on Employment............................................................................................................................. 221

4.3.6.3 Impact on Economic Diversity and Vitality ................................................................................... 222

4.3.6.4 Impact through Industrial Activity ................................................................................................... 223

4.3.6.5 Health & Related Impacts ...................................................................................................................... 224

4.3.6.6 Socio Economic Parameter Importance Impact Unit Profile ............................................... 225

4.3.6.7 Inference of Socio Economic Parameter Importance Impact Unit profile ................... 226

4.3.6.8 Socio - Economic Impact .......................................................................................................................... 227

***************



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 188

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 GENERAL

This chapter deals with identification and appraisal of various impacts due to the

proposed expansion of Gallantt Metal Limited (GML). It is a large scale existing industrial

unit situated at survey no. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch,

Gujarat. The proposed expansion is for manufacturing for the following products:

Table 4.0 : Existing and Proposed Product detail

S.

No.

Product Existing

(TPA)

Proposed

(TPA)

Total After

Expansion (TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346 1,497 6,843


Power Generation



The existing and proposed expansion activities may cause both direct and indirect

environmental impacts on various environmental attributes during pre-operational,

operational and post–operational phase. The project expansion is likely to create impact on

the environment in two distinct phases:-

During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short terms;

During the operation phase which would have long –term effects.

Identification of possible impacts specific to an activity is an important task since this helps

in focusing attention upon relevant environmental parameters and relating them with the

activities involved. The following parameters are of significance in the Environmental

Impact Assessment and are being discussed in detail.

1. Land Environment.

2. Water Environment.

3. Air Environment.

4. Noise Environment.

5. Solid Waste.

6. Biological Environment.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 189

7. Socio-Economic.

4.2 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

4.2.1ERECTION / FABRICATION / CONSTRUCTION STAGE IMPACT

The time schedule required for the expansion will be within 16 - 18 months after obtaining

statuary approval from GSPCB. The likely date of the start of construction will be after the

grant of all required clearances. The likely date of completion / time required for the

procurement of machinery would take 8 months, and for the construction foundation for

fixed structures would take another 6 months. The proposed expansion will initiate

operations after successful installation.

4.2.1 IMPACT ON LAND USE

In general there will be moderate changes due to installation of 1No. of 30 TPH induction

furnaces, One Sponge Iron Kiln(450TPD), 1No. of Power Plant Boiler (AFBC/CFBC)(10MWH),

1No.of Power Plant Boiler (WHRB)(8MWH). The new installation will not pose any significant

impact on land, the changes will be restricted to plant premise only. The land use pattern of

the proposed expansion project is under industrial category. The total plant area is about

116.0Acre. The open land earmarked for future expansion in the existing plant will be utilized

for the proposed expansion.

There will be no change in the land use.

No changes in the topography of the site and the nearby area.

However, Traffic load will be increased due to the production expansion.

4.2.2 IMPACT ON SOIL

Impact on soil vegetation: Topsoil is to be removed prior to commencement of bulk

earthwork. No vegetation is on the expansion area. Hence no vegetation will be removed.

Apart from localized constructional impacts at the proposed plant site, no significant

adverse impact on the soil in the surrounding area is anticipated.

Mitigation Measures

Excavated soil will be backfilled in the trench after foundation work and top soil will be

restored for the gardening uses. The remaining excavated material will be disposed off or

spread out in low laying area. All necessary control steps will be provided for handling,

storage and safe disposal of solid/hazardous waste generated from the proposed project.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 190

With effective mitigation measure there will not be any significant impact of solid waste on

the soil environment.

It has been observed that the soils are clay in texture and neutral in nature.

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER QUALITY

Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to non-point discharge of

solids from soil loss and sewage generated from the construction work force stationed at

the site. However, as the construction will be carried out on the flat area, the soil losses will

be negligible. Further, the construction will be more related to mechanical fabrication,

assembly and erection; hence the water requirement will be less. Existing facility (STP) will

be used for disposal of sanitary sewage generated by the work force through contractors.

The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed

project is likely to be short term and insignificant.

During the construction phase, water will be required for civil works and for the domestic

activities.

Water is mainly used for preparation & mixing of concrete, cooling of construction

equipment, spray and sprinklers for dust suppression, curing the structures, etc.

groundwater will not be drawn for the construction activities; hence impact on

groundwater resources is not anticipated.

There will be no effluent generation during the construction phase; hence issue of

effluent disposal & impacts due to its disposal will not arise.

Due care will be taken that the construction equipment are washed properly only at

designated washing area.

The identified impacts on water during the construction phase will be insignificant

by proper conservation and sanitation practices. These impacts will be temporary

and limited to the construction phase only.

Proper and effective Environmental Management Planning will be implemented to

minimize the temporary effects.

4.2.4 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY During construction phase, dust generation will be the main pollutant, which would

generate from the site development activities and vehicular movement on the road.

However, concentration of NOx and CO may also be slightly increased due to increased

vehicular traffic movement. To mitigate these impacts, regular sprinkling of water will be



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 191

done at the construction site. The approach roads will be black carpeted and vehicles will

be kept in good order to minimize automobile exhaust.

However, the impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted to the

construction phase and will be confined to the project boundary and is expected to be

negligible outside the plant boundaries. Proper up-keep and maintenance of vehicles,

sprinkling of water on roads, providing sufficient vegetation etc. are some of the measures

that would greatly reduce the negative impacts during the construction phase.

During the construction phase, civil works will be carried out, hence; the dust is

expected to be generated in site preparation activities. However, the impacts due to

the emission & dust would be restricted to the project site and will be of short term

only.

As a part of mitigation measures, sprinkling of water for dust suppression as well as

temporary barricading structures will be done to reduce carryover of particulates

away from the construction area.

Due to gaseous emissions from equipment/ machineries engaged in construction

activities, minor impacts on ambient air quality are envisaged.

The project also proposes construction of paved roads at the beginning of the project

construction phase; hence; dust emissions due to construction vehicles within the

premises will be minimized.

Air pollutants like PM, SOx & NOx are likely to be emitted from the exhaust of

transport vehicles and other machineries.

Impacts on air due to the construction & erection activities will be minimal or

negligible.

4.2.5 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS

The major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehicular traffic, construction

equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, generators, pumps, compressors,

rock drills, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc. The operation of this equipment will

generate noise ranging between 70-85 dB (A). The noise produced during the construction

will have significant impact on the existing ambient noise levels. The major work will be

carried out during the daytime. The construction equipment may have high noise levels,

which can affect the personnel operating the machines. Use of proper personal protective

equipment will mitigate any significant impact of the noise generated by such equipment.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 192

During the construction phase, impact on noise environment of the area will occur

due to the noise generation from construction equipment, machineries, mechanical

works and transportation.

The impacts of increased noise levels during construction are likely to occur due to

transportation of vehicles and other diesel powered material handling equipment

as the proposed project is in Industrial Area.

The noise impacts due to transportation on the surrounding environment will be

insignificant and limited to the confined area.

Impacts of noise during the construction phase will be restricted to the construction

site only and will be only temporary.

4.2.6 IMPACT ON TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

The proposed expansion is coming up at existing plant premises within an area of

116.0Acre. Hence, no additional land is required for the present expansion. The open land

earmarked for future expansion (Vacant Land) in the existing plant will be utilized for the

proposed expansion. Therefore, the impact on terrestrial ecology will be insignificant.

No cutting of trees/ shrubs will be done to clean the area. However, greenbelt

development will be done within premises and along the roads.

There is no ecological sensitive area within 10 km of area and the proposed project

is situated in Notified RIICO Industrial Area, hence, impact on flora and fauna during

the construction phase is not significant.

It is envisaged that there will not be any adverse impacts on the ecology/ biological

environment due to the construction of proposed project but will have beneficial

impacts due to the greenbelt development.

Thus, considering the present situation of the ecology in the area, it is envisaged that there

will not be any adverse impacts on ecology but the Greenbelt developed in the premises of

proposed project will have significant beneficial impacts on ecology.

4.2.7 DEMOGRAPHY AND SOCIO-ECONOMY

The impact of the proposed expansion activities would begin to be felt with the start-up of

the construction activities. 110 workers will be hired locally within the 10 Km study area

from the proposed additional 290 workers. Apart from them there will be employment

opportunities for the expansion during construction activities.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 193

In addition to the opportunity of getting employment as construction laborers, the local

population would also have employment opportunities in related service activities like

petty commercial establishments, small contracts/ sub-contracts and supply of

construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. Consequently, this

will lead to additional economic upliftment of the area.

Thus, it will boost up the commercial and economical status of the locality to some

extent. Thus, overall impacts on socio-economic environment due to the existence

of plant are long term and positive in nature.

There will be requirement of skilled and semi-skilled workers for construction

activities, supply of raw materials & auxiliary facilities. It would marginally improve

the economic status of the people.

There will not be major changes in the land use pattern as it is existing project

situated in converted industrial area.

4.3 IMPACT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

4.3.1 LAND ENVIRONMENT

4.3.1.1 Source

Change in Land Use/ Land Cover;

Change in topography.

4.3.1.2 Impact Prediction & Mitigation Measures

S. No. Impact Management

1. Change of Land Use/

Land Cover.

The existing land is duly bonafide for industrial purpose by District Collector,

Kutch. The proposed expansion is coming up within existing plant premises within

an area of 116.0 Acre. Hence, no additional land is required for the present

expansion. The open land earmarked for future expansion in the existing plant will

be utilized for the proposed expansion. Visual impact of the building form on the

landscape is envisaged and will be confined to the project area. Hence, the impact

on land use and land cover will not alter significantly as it is an existing project.

2. Change in Topography. The highest and lowest elevation of the project site is 42 MSL and 39 MSL.

As, it is an expansion project, the impact on the physical environment will be

confined within the project site. Visual impact of the building form on the landscape

is envisaged and will be confined to the project area. The increase in production

will not cause any change in the topography at the site.

Solid and Hazardous Waste



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 194

1. Hazardous Waste Existing capacity of generation of hazardous for existing & proposed project site is

given below and it is being stored at separate designated storage covered shed

yard and maintained as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and disposal will be done as per followed

by existing practice.

Particulars Hazardous Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/ disposal

Type of

Waste


Hazardous

Waste

Used Oil

(5.1)

2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent to

Hindustan Oil Industries,

Gandhidham, Gujarat. Copy

is enclosed as Annexure-

XXI.

Used Ion

exchange

resin

(34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion exchange resin is

sent to Saurashtra Enviro

Projects Pvt. Ltd. Copy is

enclosed as Annexure-

XXII.

Tar

residue

(13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is sent to

Saurashtra Enviro Projects

Pvt. Ltd. Enclosed as

Annexure-XXIV.

2. Solid Waste

Ash generated from power plant and slag generated during process will be the

solid waste in the existing and proposed project and the treatment and disposal is

given below:

Particulars Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/ disposal

Type of

Waste


Solid Waste

(TPD)

Slag 21250 5833 27083 Sold to road construction activity

Total Ash 51400 47600 99000 Sold to brick manufacturing unit MoU is enclosed

Annexure-XI and Sold to TSDF site for utilization

of fly ash as binding material for solidification

and stabilization

Coal Char 58290 38471 96761 Reused in Power plant as a fuel.


Municipal

Solid Waste

(Kg/ day)

Biodegrad

able

480 145 625 Sent to Municipal Council Bhachau, Gujarat

4.3.2 Water Environment

4.3.2.1 Source

Industrial Waste Water;

Domestic Waste Water.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 195

4.3.2.2 Impact Prediction & Mitigation Measures

Impact Mitigation Measures

Surface Water

Change in water bodies. No prominent stream or seasonal nallah is passing through the project area. Adhoi

river is in a distance of 2.80 Km towards North from the project site but it is not a

perennial river.

Ground Water

Discharge water bodies by

waste water from Industrial

Process on land and

Ground water abstraction.

No water is being/will be discharged on land and water bodies as ZLD is

being/will be maintained. No water is being/ will be discharged from outside

the plant premises.

The reject water generated from process, washing, and DM regeneration,

Boiler blow down, cooling tower blow down will be treated in ETP and reused

in process.

No ground water will be abstracted for industrial and domestic purposes as

Narmada water canal supply from Gujarat water infrastructure Limited

(GWIL) is being/will used for the estimated water demand.

Management:

I. Domestic: For Domestic sewage treatment, STP exists at plant site. The flow diagram is

given below:



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 196

Figure 4.0 Flow Diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant

Bar Screen:-Raw sewage from the source is usually received into the bar screen

chamber by gravity. Screen provided will remove all floating and big size matter,

which may otherwise choke the pipeline and pumps.

AERATION

SYSTEM

SILTING CHAMBER

BAR SCREEN

GRIT CHMABER

OIL AND GREASE TAP

EQUALISATION TANK

FAB-1

FAB-2

FLASHI MIXER & FLOCCULATION SYSTEM FLASHI MIX

TUBE SETTLER

FLASHI MIX CHLORINE CONTACT TANK

FILTER FEED TANK

DUAL MEDIA FILTER

UF SYSTEM

TREATED WATER TANK

RO SYSTEM

HYPO DOSING

SYSTEM

PAC AND PE

DOSING SYSTEM

SLUDGE HOLDING

TANK

CENTRIFUGE

SLUDGE CAKE

DISPOSAL BY

CLIENT

TREATED RO WATER TANK

FILTRATE



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 197

Oil Skimmer:- For separation of oil from the sewage.

Equalization Tank:-Usually, Sewage generation is more during peak hours. Visually

no Sewage is generated during shift change hours. Any biological system needs

constant feed for bacteria to work efficiently. Hence, it is important to put an

equalization tank to collect the excess flow during peak hours and feed Sewage in

lean hours. A typical equalization tank has a capacity of 4-6 hours of average flow

rate. The tank is generally of civil construction by client. Provision of air grid is to

be made for thoroughly mixing the sewage to make it of homogenous quality and to

keep the suspended matter in suspension and to avoid septic conditions. The well

mixed sewage is then pumped into the FAB reactor with the help of pumps.

Fluidized Aerobic Bio-Reactor:- The main pollutants in the raw Sewage are

represented in the form of Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Chemical

Oxygen Demand (COD). The ammonical nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen and

phosphorous present also represent as polluting substances. The bacterial ability

to synthesize the organic matter to harmless end products like carbon di-oxide

and water molecules is utilized to treat the raw Sewage. The bio-reactions are

carried out in controlled environment in the bio-reactor. The bio-reactor comprises

of a tank, fitted with aeration grid. The bacterial activity needs dissolved oxygen,to

synthesize the organic matter. This is supplied by passing air in form of small

bubbles. The air is passed at the bottom of the tank, so that complete volume of

tank is utilized. Oxygen dissolves in liquid, which can now be used by the bacteria.

The bacterial population is present on the media, which forms an integral part of

the reactor system. The media is made of small polypropylene elements. A very

large surface area is available for the bacterial population to grow. The bacteria

grow on the plastic media, by using the organic content in the raw Sewage, and the

dissolved oxygen available. Due to constant aeration, the media is set in whirling

motion, so that continuous mixing takes place. The bacterial layer growth on the

media surface increases to a certain extent, and then gets sloughed off after a

specific period. This phenomena is called sloughing. This creates new surface for

further bacterial growth. Sloughing takes place only after complete growth and



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 198

subsequent dyeing – off of the bacterial layer and hence the sloughed off material is

completely digested. The bacterial reaction is carried out in two stages, for

maximizing the BOD removal efficiency. Hence, two such reactors are provided in

series. Within the reactors, arrangements are made to retain the plastic media in

place. Air supply is done through perforated pipes.

II. Industrial Waste water: For industrial Waste water treatment Effluent e treatment

ETP is existing at plant site. The schematic diagram is given below:

Figure 4.1 : Schematic diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant

III. Rain water harvesting at the plant site:

a. Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting

Total rooftop area of plant is 237550.50m2 that will be connected through pipes and drains to

Rainwater harvesting structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per

sites having rooms for recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and

average rainfall intensity.

Looking in to the average rainfall in this region, roof top area of the building, rain water

harvesting structures are designed in such a way that even at peak rain fall intensity of 40

mm/ hour, water does not spill over and the entire rainwater falling over the total area goes in

to the ground water under ideal condition, the same is subjected to physio-graphic variation.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 199

Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of Rainwater harvesting system

in the plant premises.

Total Rooftop area = 237550.50 m2

Average rainfall = 622 mm = 0.62 m

Catchment factor for Roof top = 0.85 (as per C.G.W.A)

Total volume of water to be captured = 237550.50 x 0.62 x 0.85 = 147483 m3

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 60 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity.

Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be:-

237550.50 m2 x 0.85 x 0.06 m/4 = 3028 m3

b. Road/Paved Area Storm Water Runoff Harvesting

In road storm water harvesting system, drains will be made on both the sides of roads with

iron net filter of 5 mm opening at every 20 m. Rainwater falling on the road/paved area is

carried through these drains to rainwater harvesting structure and allow to infiltered in

groundwater regime. This will improve groundwater quality as well as quantity in and around

the plant premises. Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of road storm

water harvesting system in the plant premises.

Total Road/paved area = 10117.10 m2


Catchment factor for Road/paved area = 0.75 (as per C.G.W.B.)

Total volume of water to be captured by road/paved area = 10117.10 x 0.62 x 0.75 m3

= 4704.45 m3/annum

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 60 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity,

considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm should be:

10117.10 m2 x 0.75 x 0.06m/4 = 113.81 m3

c. Green/Open Area Rainwater Harvesting

The total open area of plant premises is 221767.73 m2 (Green area 154913.66 m2 + Open area

66854.07 m2) which may be connected through pipes and drains to rainwater harvesting

structures which has storage chamber and the percolation pits as per sites having rooms for

recharge in resonance with average rainfall, catchment area and average rainfall intensity.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 200

Following dimensional parameters are considered for design of open area rainwater

harvesting system in the plant premises.

Total open area = 221767.73 m2


Catchment factor for open area = 0.15 (as per C.G.W.A)

Total volume of water to be captured = 221767.73 x 0.62 x 0.15 = 20624.40 m3

The dimension of the structures to be designed for 60 mm/hour peak rainfall intensity as per

published literatures. Considering 15 minutes of peak rainfall, runoff volume in a single storm

should be:

221767.73 m2 x 0.15 x 0.06 m/4 = 8316.29 m3

d. Design Of Rainwater Harvesting Structures In Plant Premises

The total volume of water generated in project premises from rooftop, road/ paved and open

area in a single storm on 60 mm peak rainfall intensity would be:-

Total generated storm water = Rooftop + Road/ Paved Area + Open area

=3028 m3 + 113.81 m3 + 8316.29 m3 = 11458.10 m3.

The rainfall runoff generated in a single storm at 60 mm peak rainfall intensity would be

11458.10 m3 in the plant premises. As per recharge test, each structure will be capable of

handling rainwater volume @11458.10 m3/day. Therefore, such 1 injection well of 80 m

depth through 1 recharge structures would easily accommodate peak rainfall volume of

11458.10 m3. Here maximum capacity of 1 structure would be 11458.10 m3. Hence, one

proposed RWH structure is adequate enough in the plant premises. The location and

schematic design of the structures.

4.3.2.3 Characteristics of Treated and Untreated Effluent

The characteristics of treated and untreated effluent are as given below:-

Table 4.1: Characteristics of Treated Waste Water.

Characteristics Treated Limits as per GSR 422 (E)for on Land Irrigation

pH 7.0-7.5 5.5-9.0

Appearance Clear -

Suspended Solids (Mg/l) <100 200

BOD (3 days at 27oC) <30 100



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 201

Oil and Grease <1.0 10

4.3.2.4 Impact on Drainage

The natural drainage of the project site is towards SW and will be unaltered. No impact on

surface water drainage is envisaged.

4.3.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Prediction of air pollution impact is the most important component in the Environmental

Impact Assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available

to predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic

environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre project) status of

environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post project) scenario of environmental

conditions. The prediction of impact helps to identify the Environmental Management Plan

required to be executed during and after commissioning the proposed project to minimize

the adverse impacts on environmental quality. The details of the emission during operation

phase are given below:-

4.3.3.1 Impact on Air Environment

S.

No.

Particulars Component Impact Mitigation

1. Induction

Furnaces,

Kiln, Power

Plant , WHRB,

DG set

Point Source The main gaseous pollutants are

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx),

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and

Carbon Oxides (CO and CO2).

Other sources of particulate

system include raw material

storage, Coal Storage.

The main emission from the

power plant is flue gas emitted

from the boilers.

Flue gas mainly contains

particulate matter (dust), sulfur

oxides, nitrogen oxides and

carbon monoxide.

Emission of Fly ash.

In order to regulate the particulate

matter emission in the exhaust

Gallantt Metal Ltd. has provided

Pollution Control Devices and

interlocking system in all critical

area.

Captive Power Plant – Gallantt

Metal Ltd will install Electrostatic

Precipitators (ESPs) for controlling

emission from the boiler.

Generated fly ash will be collected &

will be utilized in cement

manufacturing process.

Fly ash transportation will be by

closed tankers.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 202

Covered unloading hoppers with

atomized water spray system.

The list of Pollution Control

Equipments is given below:-

Table 4.2: Details of Pollution Control Equipments

S. No. Locations Control Equipment (Nos.)

Existing

1. Kiln No 1 & 2 ESP/Recuperator

2. Kiln No 3 & 4 ESP/Recuperator

3. Reheating Furnace Gas cooler + Bag filter

4. Boiler ESP

5. Induction Furnace No 1 & 4 Bag Filter + Spark Trapper

6. Induction Furnace No 2 & 3 Bag Filter + Spark Trapper

7. Induction Furnace No 5 Bag Filter + Spark Trapper

Proposed

8. Power Plant ESP

9. Kiln No. 5 ESP

10. Induction Furnace No. 6 Bag Filter + Spark Trapper

Fugitive

Emissions

Line

Source

The fugitive emission generated during

the storage and handling of material

and solid fuel and also from road

surfaces.

Particulate emissions occur whenever

vehicles travel over a paved or unpaved

road. Particulate emissions from the

paved roads are due to direct emissions

from vehicles in the form of exhaust,

brake wear and tear emissions and re-

suspension of loose material on the

road surface

During the transportation of the

materials, exhaust gas also contributes

in the air pollution (CO, HC,NOx)

Water sprinkling facility is

provided at coal storage area.

Bag filter will be provided for all

the material transfer points.

Green belt development along with

plant periphery and within the

plant premises.

Proper maintenance of vehicles is

being done regularly.

Periodic air quality monitoring is

being/ will be carried out to

monitor the changes as per the

norms of State Pollution Control

Board.

The Conveyor belt system will

reduce the air pollutants.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 203

4.3.3.2 Air Quality Impact Predictions (AQIP)

The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the integrated cement plant.

Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and SO2 will be the important

pollutants emitting from the stacks and line sources.

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model

based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources

for short term. In the present case, Aermod View Version 7.1.0 dispersion model for

different stability state Gaussian plume dispersion, designed for multiple point sources for

short term and developed by United States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA] has

been used for simulations from point sources.

4.3.3.3 Model Input Data

(A) Point Source

For the modeling purpose, all pollutants as described above are considered. The details of

stack emissions envisaged from the project are given in table 4.5.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SE

CT

ION

– IV

– A

NT

ICIP

AT

ED

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

AL

IMP

AC

T A

ND

MIT

IGA

TIO

N M

EA

SUR

ES

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

20

4

Ta

ble

4.3

: Sta

ck E

missio

n D

eta

ils (Ex

isting

)

S.

No

.

Pa

ram

ete

rs U

nits

Ca

ptiv

e

Po

we

r P

lan

t (2

5M

W)

Sta

ck-I

Ro

tary

K

iln N

o. 1

&

2

Sta

ck-II

Ro

tary

K

iln N

o. 3

&

4

Sta

ck-III

Ind

uctio

n

Fu

rna

ce N

o.

1 &

4

Sta

ck-IV

Ind

uctio

n

Fu

rna

ce N

o.

2 &

3 S

tack

-V

Ind

uctio

n

Fu

rna

ce N

o.

5

Sta

ck-V

I

Co

al

Cru

she

r

Sta

ck-V

II

Re

-he

atin

g

Fu

rna

ce

Sta

ck-V

III

DG

Se

ts 3 n

os

of

Sta

ck-IX

1

Stack H

eight

M

95

4

0

40

4

8

48

4

8

30

3

0

12

2

To

p d

iameter

of flu

e

M

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

0.5

3

Flu

e gas

velo

city

m/sec

10

1

0

10

7

7

7

1

0

8

10

4

Exit F

lue gas

temp

erature

oK

39

3

39

3

39

3

37

3

37

3

37

3

37

3

42

3

45

3

5

Flu

e gas flow

rate

m3/sec

31

.41

7

.85

7

.85

5

.5

5.5

5

.5

7.8

5

6.2

8

1.9

6

6

Em

ission

rate at stack exit

A

PM

10

emissio

n

rate

g/s 1

.7

0.8

1

0.8

1

0.5

5

0.5

5

0.5

5

0.8

0

.25

0

.09

B

PM

2.5

emissio

n

rate

g/s 1

.05

0

.51

0

.51

0

.34

0

.34

0

.34

0

.5

0.1

6

0.0

6

C

NO

x g/s

31

.05

7

.76

7

.76

5

.15

5

.15

5

.15

--

-- 1

.84

D

SO2

g/s 1

2.2

4

.22

4

.22

--

-- --

-- --

0.7

5

7

AP

CM

ESP

E

SP

ESP

B

ag Ho

use

Bag H

ou

se B

ag Ho

use

B

ag Ho

use

Bag H

ou

se --



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 205

Table 4.3(a): STACK EMISSION DETAILS (Proposed Expansion)

(B) Line Source

Emission Source Emission Rate

Line emissions PM10 – 1.31x10-4 g/s/m

PM2.5 – 6 x 10-5 g/s/m

NOx – 1 x 10-3 g/s/m

CO – 3.75 x 10-3 g/s/m

SO2 – 1.25 x 10-4 g/s/m

4.3.3.4 Results and Conclusion

In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for the study period. The

Ground level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average. Maximum Ground level

concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and SO2 for study period were 2.2 g/m3, 1.4 g/m3,

S.

No.

Parameters Units Captive Power Plant

(10 MW) Stack-I

Rotary Kiln No.5

Stack-II

Induction Furnace

No. 6 Stack-III

1. Stack Height M 90 48 48

2. Top diameter of flue M 2 1 1

3. Flue gas velocity m/sec 10 10 7

4. Exit Flue gas

temperature

oK 393 393 373

5. Flue gas flow rate m3/sec 31.41 7.85 5.5

6. Emission rate at stack exit

A

PM10 emission rate g/s 0.8 0.32 0.22

B PM2.5 emission rate g/s 0.5 0.2 0.137

C NOx g/s 3.15 3.925 --

D SO2 g/s 3.15 2.4 --

E Mercury (Hg) g/s 0.0009 -- --

7. APCM ESP ESP Bag House



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 206

13.5 g/m3 and 9.2 g/m3 respectively. The obtained GLC’s are well within the stipulated

CPCB standards. The incremental ground level concentrations for various pollutants are

given in table 4.6.

Table 4.4: Predicted 24-Hourly Short Term Maximum Incremental Concentrations

Pollutant Maximum Incremental

Concentration (g/m3)

(X,Y) coordinates (m) Direction

PM10 2.2 (-500 , -1500) SSW

PM2.5 1.4 (-500 , -1500) SSW

NOx 13.5 (-500 , -1500) SSW

SO2 9.2 (-500 , -1500) SSW

Hg 0.001 (-500, -1000) SSW

4.3.3.5 Resultant Concentrations after Implementation of the Project

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the proposed project for PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and SO2

are superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations recorded during the study period.

The cumulative concentrations (baseline + incremental) after implementation of the project

are tabulated below in table 4.7. The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for

various parameters during study period is given in Figure 4.2 to 4.6.

Table 4.5: Details of incremental concentration of pollutants on sensitive locations like

habitations

Pollutant Concentration (g/m3)

Baseline

(Maximum)

Incremental Resultant Distance (Km) Direction

PM10

Project site 76.8 0.7 77.5 -- --

Samakhiali 80.4 0.5 80.9 2.24 SE

Gorasar 71.7 0.25 72 4.9 SSE

Ramapar 67.7 0.98 68.7 5 SW

Gharana 79.8 Negligible 79.8 4.7 NE

Lakhpat 68.4 Negligible 68.4 5.4 NNW

Vipasar 78.1 Negligible 78.1 6.5 WNW

Vondh RS 70.4 0.25 70.7 5.09 WSW

PM2.5

Project site 43.2 0.48 43.7 -- --



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 207

Pollutant Concentration (g/m3)

Baseline

(Maximum)

Incremental Resultant Distance (Km) Direction

Samakhiali 43.7 0.32 44 2.24 SE

Gorasar 37.3 0.16 37.5 4.9 SSE

Ramapar 36.7 0.64 37.3 5 SW




Vondh RS 39.6 0.16 39.8 5.09 WSW

NOx

Project site 23.4 4.5 27.9 -- --

Samakhiali 19.4 2.99 22.4 2.24 SE

Gorasar 17.9 1.5 19.4 4.9 SSE

Ramapar 17.9 4.5 22.4 5 SW




Vondh RS 15.7 1.5 17.2 5.09 WSW

SO2

Project site 15.6 3.06 18.7 -- --

Samakhiali 13.9 2.03 15.9 2.24 SE

Gorasar 10.1 1.02 11.1 4.9 SSE

Ramapar 13.8 4.07 17.9 5 SW




Vondh RS 14.1 1.02 15.1 5.09 WSW

It is seen from the above table, the resultant GLC’s obtained at various locations are well

within the CPCB standards (dated 18th November, 2009).



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 208

Figure 4.2: Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of PM10 for the study period

Figure 4.3: Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of PM2.5 for the study period



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 209

Figure 4.4: Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of NOx for the study period

Figure 4.5: Isopleths showing predicted incremental GLC’s of SO2 for the study period



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 210

4.3.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise Generating Sources in Manufacturing process and WHRB

Impact Management

Noise generating equipments

are Raw Mill, Coal Mill, cooler

Fans, Compressors etc. & by

Transportation of Vehicle

Use of silencers for fans.

Room enclosures for mill operators.

Noise barriers including green belt development.

Adopt personal hearing protection (ear plugs/ muffs) in high

noise zone.

The noise level in the nearby area of these machineries is around

95 to 110 dB (A).

Proper maintenance of all equipments/ machines will be carried

out which help in reducing noise during operations.

Plantation will be taken up along the approach roads and vicinity

of river bank. The plantation minimizes propagation of noise and

also arrests dust.

4.3.4.1 Noise Quality Impact Predictions

To understand the combined effect of these noise levels on the nearby community, Custic

3.2 (Lakes Environmental – USEPA approved) scientific model has been used to estimate

the noise levels at different distances from the proposed cement plant. All the major noise

generating machineries like D.G. Sets, Pumps, Trucks, Crushers, Coal Mill, Cement Mill, Raw

Mill, etc., are considered in this model. The noise level at various locations due to different

sources is calculated based on the following formula:

Lp2 = Lp1 – 20 log (r2 / r1) – Ae1, 2

where, Lp1 and Lp2 are sound levels at points located at distance r1 / r2 from the source and

Ae1,2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined effects from

different sources at various locations are then computed by the following equation:

Lp (total) = 10 log (10 Lpx/10 + 10 Lpy/10 +10 Lpz/10)

Where Lpx, Lpy, Lpz are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

The predicted noise levels based on the above analysis in the nearby villages, considering

that there is no attenuation on account of barriers, will be as follows:-



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 211

Table 4.6: Noise Quality Impact Predictions

Location Max. existing Predicted Resultant max

Project Site 70.4 62 71

Samakhiali 69.8 37.2 69.8

Gorasar 63.1 30.2 63.1

Ramapar 61 30 61

Gharana 61.2 30.9 61.2

Lakhpat 58.4 29.4 58.4

Vipasar 60.5 27.7 60.5

Vondh RS 61.2 30 61.2

From the above, it is clearly seen that there will be no significant impact on the

surrounding community due to noise from the proposed activity.

Further due to natural attenuation effects, by proper green belt development, design/

maintenance of machines, etc., the impact on noise levels will be minimal.

4.3.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.3.5.1 Impact on Biological Environment

Level of diversity Conservation of biodiversity Sustainable use of biodiversity

Genetic diversity The intended activity will not result in

extinction of a population of a localized

endemic species of scientific, ecological,

or Cultural value.

The intended activity will not cause a

local loss of varieties/ cultivars/ breeds

of cultivated plants and /or

domesticated animals and their

relatives, genes or genomes of social,

scientific and economic importance.

Species diversity The intended activity will not cause a

direct or indirect loss of a population of a

species. However, indirect loss is

unpredictable, thus the conservation plan

for the peafowl is given.

The intended activity will not affect

sustainable use of a population of a

species.

Ecosystem diversity The intended activity will not lead, either

directly or indirectly, to serious damage

or total loss of ecosystem, however slight

changes in land-use change is expected As

the site is not a ecosystem services of

The intended activity will not affect the

sustainable human exploitation of

ecosystem or land-use type(s) in such

manner that the exploitation becomes

destructive or non-sustainable (i.e. the



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 212

scientific/ ecological value. Thus leading

to a no loss of, or ecological/ cultural

value.

loss of ecosystem services of social

and/ or economic value).

4.3.5.2 Existing Impacts

Impacts due to proposed expansion may be changes in ambient air quality and degradation

of vegetation, due to gaseous emission and pollutants deposited on the leaflet of plant which affects the photosynthesis rate of flora and ultimately decrease the growth of

vegetation of surrounding area of buffer zone. Impact of Noise due to machinery and

transportation of raw materials and finish good increases the accidental mortality of fauna

and also chances to decrease of habitation of local residential faunal groups of the study

area.

No major impact is identified, as the unit is nicely planned and also having good plantation.

As the unit is going into expansion in production capacity, workings will be going deeper

and less laterally so that there will be less impact anticipated on biodiversity. However few

impacts were indentified due to mining activity are as follows:-

S. No. Activity Impact Observed Mitigation/ Management

1. Site Clearing and

Loss of adjacent

forest habitats

and Biodiversity.

Dust emission rremoval of

vegetation on the Site.

The expansion is coming up in the

same existing plant. The increase

in the production capacity may

affect the surrounding habitats &

biodiversity.

As the expansion is proposed in the

same existing plant area (core zone)

therefore, the proposed Expansion

project activities will not have any

impacts like loss of floral species and

associated faunal diversity. However

24.20% area (28.08 acre) of the

existing plant site is already covered

under the green belt. Further impacts

due to the expansion activities can be

mitigated through effective and

additional plantation with variety of

species in the existing site, earmarked

proposed sites. Its existing project and

it’s already cleared the soil.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 213

Recommendation

Overall 17 plants species have been suggested to grow in and around the plant area and earmarked locations

S. No. Species Name Local Name Species Characters Location

1 2 3 4

1. Albizzia lebbek Shiris WT * * *

2. Annona squamosa. Amrood CT, FT, ST * *

3. Azadirachta indica Neem CT, MT * * * *

4. Cassia fistula Amaltash MT,LT * *

5. Dalbergia sissoo Sisam WT, ST * * * *

6. Pongamia pinnata Karanj MT, CT * *

7. Emblica officinalis Ambla CT, ST, FT *

8. Ficus bengalensis Bad or Vad CT, LT, FT * * *

9. Ficus religiosa Pipal CT, LT, FT * *

10. Holoptelea integrifolia Churel WT, LT * *

11. Mangifera indica Aam CT, LT, FT *

12. Pithecolobium dulce Jungal Jalebi CT, MT * * *

13. Syzygium cumini Jamun WT, FT * *

14. Tamarindus indica Imli CT,MT, FT *

15. Terminalia arjuna Arjun WT, LT * *

16. Boganvelia spp. Boganvelia Sh * * *

17. Acacia nilotica Desi Babul WT, ST * * *

Locations

1-Boundries of existing plant; 2-Along the roads & office 3- plant residential area and 4-Open land

within Plant area and working places.

Species Characters: SH=Shrub; WT sp= Wild Tree species; CT sp= Common Tree species; FT = Fruit

Tree; ST = Small Tree; LT = Large Tree and MT = Medium Tree.

2. Emissions of NOx

and other gasses

due to Burning of

diesel in

transportation of

vehicles.

Due to the proposed expansion

transportation of material with the

movement Vehicles will increase.

Heavy vehicle movements in the plant

side roads expected to increase Dust

concentration in the area.

Greenbelt development programs

with specific plant species which

can act as bio-filters can further

reduce the level of pollutant

concentration and also will improve

the overall Ambient air quality in

and around the project



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 214

The surrounding agro-ecosystem will

be effected

environment.

It is proposed to include Neem

(Azadirachta indica), Peepal (Ficus

religiosa), Pongamia glabra and

Ficus recimosa in the plantation

program as they serve as sinks for

emissions.

Recommendation

S. No. Scientific Name Common &

Local Name

%of

DC

Location

1 2 3 4

1. Acacia nelotica Desi Babul 6.12 * *

2. Ficus bengalensis Bad or Vad 7.72 * * * *

3. Annona squamosa Amrood 12.09 * *

4. Mangifera indica Aam 12.25 * *

5. Thevetia peruviana (sh) Peeli Kaner 12.56 * *

6. Ipomoea carnea (sh) Beshram/Behaya 14.87 * * *

7. Hibiscus rosa- sinensis (Sh) Gurhal 21.09 *

8. Bougainvillea glavra (St) Bougainvillea 21.35 *

9. Ficus religiosa Peepal 12.94 * * * *

10. Syzygium cumini Jamun 14.39 * *

11. Citrus limon Nimboo 15.96 *

12. Delbergia sissoo Shisham 17.02 * * *

13. Delonix regia Gulmohar 18.05 * *

14. Moringa olieifera Sahajan 18.79 * *

15. Aegle marmelos Bel 18.9 * *

16. Pithecolobium dule Jungle Jalebi 19.21 * *

17. Cassia fistula Amaltash 23.03 * * * *

18. Butea monosperma Palas, Dhak 24.44 * * * *

19. Azadirachta indica Neem 25.54 * * * *

20. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka 29.84 * * * *

21. Terminalia catalpa Desi Badam 30.12 * *

22. Terminalia arjuna Arjun 30.54 * *



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 215

Locations

1- Haul roads within the plant area, 2- Road which connecting plant and Residential colony,

3- Roads passing through nearest villages 4- Area around different offices and administration block.

Sh- shrub, St – Straggler. %DC – Percent of Dust Control efficiency

Plantation Management

1. Environment Management Plan has been given in Section – X.

2. Plantation program also furnished in Section – X.

3. Plantation of Neem (Azadirachta indica) as a part of plantation program as it serves as sinks for emissions.

4. Lease area is already having good number of plants and plantation is still going on, unit also has local Mali

(Gardener) who is taking care the job efficiently.

3. Impact of Noise on

faunal groups:

Increase in noise

level in the project

area may affect the

faunal groups in

term of their normal

behaviors like;

feeding, resting and

breeding/ nesting

(Especially

avifauna).

The main sources of noise in the

manufacturing activities will be of

equipment, machineries and vehicular

movement associated. The standard

prescribed by the Occupational Safety

and Health Administration (OSHA) is90

db not more than 8 hrs. Exposures for

the worker However, no such conditions

and any standard limitations have been

available For any animal group.

However, intensive afforestation

program with appropriate plant species

can take care of this localized and short

term disturbance in the long run.

The development of green belt around

the noise polluting area is a useful

measure in order to reduce noise

pollution level (Aylor, 1972, Tyagi,

2006). Different researchers have

already studied the efficiency of green

belt in the mitigation of noise pollution

(Rao et al., 2004, Krag, 1979, Cook,

1977). The main mechanism associated

in the mitigation of noise level by the

plants. Some of the plant species listed in

below table perform vital role as

controller of noise pollution



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 216

Recommendation

Total nine species are suggested which are able to controlling the noise pollution due to their thick and fleshy

leaves and vibrating nature (Sexena 1991).

Table 4.7 : List of plant species to control Noise pollution and absorb gas (SO2 emission)

S. No. Scientific Name Common &

Local Name

Performance Location

CN OGE 1 2

1. Azadirachta indica Neem * + *+ *+

2. Butea monosperma Palas * *

3. Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu * *

4. Ficus bengalensis Banyan, Vad * * *

5. Ficus religiosa Peepal * + *+ *+

6. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka * + + *+

7. Terminalia catalpa Desi Badam * * *

8. Terminalia arjuna Arjun * + *+ +

9. Mangifera indica Aam * +

* CN –Control Noise level, OGE – Absorb Gas emission (+ SO2),

LOCATIONS:

1- roads crossing villages, 2 All around the Parking of trucks (Out side)

4. Impact due to

emissions of gasses

Accidental mortality

of faunal groups

95% of pollunents enters a plant

through the routes of gaseous exchange.

So2 upsets the critical balance between

inorganic and organic sulphur in plant

and affecting several processes. Due to

NoX emission absorption by leaves it

react on cell wall to form HNo3 and due

to that discolored spots of gray-green or

light brown color can seen visually.

Once Due to existing manufacturing unit

and proposed expansion gaseous

emissions are produce in different

sources and therefore effect can see in

the study area i.e. affects the growth of

vegetation by reducing of stomatal

activities.

Some trees species are good in tolerance

of gaseous emitting from existing plant.

Ficus religiosa, Polyalthia longifolia,

Terminalia arjuna and Mangifera indica

tree species were identified as species

which are able to absorb gaseous

emissions. Apart this Emission of

particulate matter and gaseous in during

operation phase are already controlling

at source by using particulate matter

control and gaseous emission control

devises as per CPCB guidelines to arrest

the gaseous emission due to existing

plant.

Faunal survey in the study area reported

low abundance and species richness of



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 217

One of the likely impacts that would

affect the animal species is road

mortality due to vehicle movements /

transportation. Low abundance status of

mainly amphibians and mammals, the

expected impact in the form of road kill

on these faunal groups may not be very

high.

all faunal groups, therefore increasing

vehicle movements due to existing as

well as proposed expansion and

transportation may not have high

impact. However the following

implication will further reduce

possibility of this type of impacts:

1. It is suggested to dugout 1m width

and depth of trenches on either side

of the roads which are under

intensive use and these trenches can

be connected with culverts at regular

intervals (at 0.5 km distance) to

facilitate lesser vertebrates to cross

the road without any accidental kill.

2. The rain water stagnated in the

trenches will also retain moisture

level for longer period to support the

road side plantation to gain faster

growth rate.

3. Further it is suggested to put sign

boards and provide strict

instructions to the drivers to

maintain speed limits of the vehicles

which will reduce the road mortality

rate as well as spillage of raw

material.

5 Impact to

threatened floral

species

4. Among faunal species, present

survey reported Indian peafowl from

buffer zone of the project area. This

species may be affected due to

habitat degradation and

fragmentation which will ultimately

have impact on population status.

5. Due to expansion of project habitat of

peafowl will not be degraded.

Conservation plan for Indian peafowl

is prepared separately and

incorporated with This draft EIA

report. However; this species is very

common and usually uses wide

variety of habitat types like



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 218

agriculture areas, orchards, and open

fallow land including urban human

dominated areas which are widely

available in the study area and

beyond it.

Recommendation

Species have been suggested by considering various biological and environmental roles of the various plant

species like Dust Control, Noise Control, Absorptions of Gases, Drought resistance, Fire Resistance etc. Some

flowering herbs and shrubs have been suggested to enhance aesthetic beauty of the project site area.

Table 4.8:Recommended Plant species for Plantation

Plant Spices Common Name Ecological and Environmental

Performances of Plant Species

Trees

Annona squamosa Amrud DC, DR, SR, FR

Azadirachta indica Neem DC, NC, AG, DR, FR.

Cassia fistula Amaltash DC, DR, FR.

Delbergia sissoo Shisham DC, DR, FR.

Delonix regia Gulmohar DC.

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka DC, NC, AG.

Source: Anon 2007, Saxena 1991, Anon 2006, Hocking, 1993.

DC- Dust Control, NC - Noise Control, AG – Absorptions of Gases, DR - Drought resistance, SR - Salinity resistance, FR - Fire Resistance

Shrubs

Croton oblongifolius Croton To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Tabernaemontana divaricata Chandni To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Withania somnifera Ashwagandh To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Herbs

Tagetese minuta Genda To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Chrysanthamum Crown Daisy To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

Rosa indica Rose To enhance aesthetic beauty/ DC*

*Source: phytoremediation of particulate matter from ambient environment through dust capturing

plant species, CPCB 2007.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 219

It is worth mentioning that the direction of prevailing wind direction of the area in study period is usually

coming from N to S carrying lots of dusty winds. Therefore the direction of prevailing winds has influence on the

deposition of dust particles in the study area

The process of prediction of ecological impacts was based on straight forward approach of relating sources of

stress, i.e. activities related to manufacturing unit and its ecological receptors, i.e. the floral and faunal

components, identified in the project area.

4.3.5.3 Limitation, Exclusion & Recommendation

National and International assessment of threatened taxa is restricted to well known

groups, e.g. mammals, birds and plants.

Assessment of project actions and their impacts have been done in isolation.

Unforeseen cumulative impacts resulting from similar project in the region may

therefore occur.

Due to these limitations it has been necessary to adopt a precautionary approach when

assessing faunal & floral distributions and potential project impacts.

It is possible that threatened or sensitive species known to occur at site areas may be

present. Confirmation of the presence of these species must be brought to the attention

of local conservation authorities so that suitable action can be taken.

During clearance; trees important for frugivorous birds (Shrikes, pigeons, Munia,

barbets, & others.) where possible, protected.

Environmental education of local communities will highlight the impacts (including

both positive & negative as well) resulting from industry.

It is recommended to plant more trees of local habitat, rather than new.

4.3.6 SOCIO ECONOMIC IMPACT MATRIX

4.3.6.1 Impact on Community Demographics

S.

No.

Existing variables/

situations Socio-

economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable)

impacts (reasons for variations

of representative data).

Mitigation measures. In numbers.

1 Habitation in the

Core Zone:-

There is no

habitation in the

Zero (0) Loss of habitation.

No displacent due to the Steel

Plantproject.

The villagers in area have a

All measures are being taken to ensure the safety

with a team of security guards posted at the various

entry & exit gates. Also to restrict & maintain

safety, a dedicated road for public approaching the



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 220

Core Zone. high ecological integrity and

support human life by giving

direct or indirect benefits and

services. The region is rich

with high social capital and

interpersonal ways of meeting

and interacting with each

other are harmonious.

NH 8A ensures safer movement. Presently the road

is layed with slag but a permanent road is proposed

as part of the CSR.

2 Habitation in the

Buffer Zone:- There

are habitations in

the Buffer Zone and

the nearest

habitations include

Samakhiyali 1.04

km SE; Gharana

4.31 km NE;

Lakhpat , 5.6 km

NNW; Laliyana 7.11

km SE; Amliyara

7.53 km SSW;

Vondh 10.31 km W.

The wind direction is

predominantly from North

East to South West.

Nearest habitation is

Samakhiyali 1.04 km SE not in

the predominant wind

direction whereas the

habitation Amliyara is in SSW

much farther (7.53 km away)

from the unit, However the

magnitude of emission impact

will be localized to the Steel

Plant site.

Periodic maintenance and emission check of

vehicles shall be ensured.

Adequate measures of air quality & noise

management etc. are adopted and various other

instruments like water sprinklers etc. are being

done twice a day, every day.

So also industrial emission are mitigated through

PCM and the plantation & landscaping inside &

around the project premises are done/ Also

plantation in the wind flow direction viz: SW,

towards Amliyara habitation will be done as part

of CSR.

3 Immigration/

Emigration of

workers. Large

number of

population

commutes to

Gandhidham,

Mundra in search of

The labour migration in

Bachau needs to be checked

through creating employment

opportunities in the district

Bhuj. The project aims to

control emigration of 167*

workers at least.

The probable non - emigrating population, due to

the proposed project, contribute in the regional

growth.

S.

No.

Category of

Staff &

Workers

Manpower


1. Permanent staff 355 70 425

2. Skilled 225 60 285

3. Semi-Skilled 130 50 180

4. Unskilled 250 110 360



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 221

work. Labour

migration (mainly

Males) from smaller

villagers to urban/

developing areas in

search of work is a

general problem.

Total 960 290 1250

*Probability analysis of non – emigrating population

Hypothesis based on field study:- Migration chances are more among male workers as compared to

women workers. Migrartion among the women workers is dependent on the job shifts of their male

counterparts.

Emigration of the literate population:- With a likely occurence of 6 in every 10 literate men

migrate in search of work, from the study area.

Emigration of the illiterate population:- With a likely occurence of 5 in every 10 illiterate men

migrate in search of Skilled/ Semi - Skilled work, from the study area.

The expansion project willl provide opportunities to a total sum of 290 workers. Hence in an

experiment, to calculate the likely occurence of Illiterate people not leaving the study area in search of

work due to the opportunities provided by the proposed project = 167 Local people (35 local people

as staff and 132 local people as workers).

4.3.6.2 Impact on Employment.

S.

No.

Existing variables/ situations of

Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts

(reasons for variations & bias of

representative data).

Mitigation measures. In

numbers.

4 Direct, (Local), long term,

Employment generation.

Magnitude of impact is

moderate.

A direct positive impact due to

-better jobs & commercial

activity. The proposed

expansion project generates

employment for around 290

people (after expansion).

Approx. 290 Residents of the local

region and tehsil will be put on roll for

the expansion activity. Therefore a

minimum of approx. Rs. 2.48# Cr. of

additional direct money incomes could

be generated by the local people in the

region through the operation of the

mining process.

Semi skilled (local) will be

trained to work in Steel Plants

as per their qualification and

certifications.

A proper direction given to

the villagers would help route

the savings for growth.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 222

Priority for employment is

given to local persons.

5 Indirect Employment

A permanent addition through

industrial activities and

logistics analysis of value chain

will lead to commercial sales

for end use. This would create

Indigenous technologies for

sustainable development. The

transportation of the

expansion of Steel Plant will be

carried out by using approx.

50-100 trucks / day.

Additional Indirect employment/

income :

Value chain involving warehousing &

Retail.

Logistics: Approx. 50-100 trucks per

day contributing additional

employment to 3 locals, (A trucker,

navigator and helper) per truck.

CSR: Developmental and social

sustainable activities undertaken by

Gallant at the district level will

indirectly involve employment of

locals.

A total of approx. 300 people

will find indirect employment/

income opportunities in the

region both through logistics,

up to retail thus creating the

employment opportunity for the

truck drivers and their helpers.

And also through performing

social responsibilities at the

grass root level by the Project.

Following staff & workers are proposed to be employed:-

#Proposed manpower [70] * [293] (Calculated at the minimum wage rate per day of skilled, Gujrat.)

20510 * 300 (approx. working days) = Rs. 61,53,000/-.

Proposed manpower [220] * [284] (Calculated at the minimum wage rate per day of skilled, Gujrat.)

62480 * 300 (approx. working days) = Rs. 187,44,000/-

4.3.6.3 Impact on Economic Diversity and Vitality

S.

No.

Existing variables/ situations of Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts (reasons for variations of representative data).


6. The socio-economic expectations

of the villagers in the surrounding

have minimalistic needs as the

sources of employment and

earning are not significant.

The project will contribute in

regional economic growth through

industrial expansion activity.

Building social utility permanent

structures, in the study area will

contribute in regional up gradation.

A minor contribution in the

upgradation of commercially

less developed areas of

District Bhuj.

7. Gross State Domestic Product

Cement manufacturing activity is a

major revenue generating sector of

The project will continue

contributing, though in a small

measures, in bridging the gap

The manufacturing activity

work would instill a sense of

growth and opportunity.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 223

the region, to state and central

Government. The expansion and

associated activities in the Plant

bearing areas bring about gains in

gross state domestic product.

between the supply and the demand

of TMT Bars in the region and the

state of Gujrat.

Minor gains in GSDP*.

Optimum supply of domestic

production required for

building up of national

infrastructure.

4.3.6.4 Impact through Industrial Activity

S. No.

Variables/ situations of Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts

(reasons for variations & bias of

representative data).


8 Overexploitation of

any natural resource,

land or labor?

Labour Safety & welfare, Workers

promotion and benefits are as per norms

and the work environment in which the

labour works are up to the industrial

standards of Steel Plant guidelines.

Labour employed will be constantly

under health surveillance and

remuneration with all concerned

benefits and other policies will be as

applicable to Steel Plant worker.

9 Noticeable Good will

of the proponent

and Permanent

Social

Infrastructures.

Permanent structures and facilities with

local people involvement are done by the PP

on a daily basis and are to be continued.

Revisable benefits for desirable positive

impacts in the region and on the people are

covered under the following thrust areas on

the need based assessment.

Water & Sanitation (WASH)

School/ Education;

Social & Cultural Harmony among

various communities;

Infrastructure work;

Environment & Animal Welfare.

The project is fulfilling its corporate

social responsibilities as per its

applicability w.r.t. to Section 135 of

The Companies Act, 2013 and the

activities area as per the Notification

dated 27th February, 2014 in the

Section 467 of the said act. Gallant

Metal Limited is investing in

exemplary social responsibilities

and doing the good work with public

faith. Applicant has been in

cooperation with the local govt. for

various Corporate Social

responsibilities as given in Section

VI.

10 Commercial

activity

The socio-

economic

The manufacturing activity will foster trade

& commerce employment (round the year)

to local people and contribute in the

economic status of the area leading to more

More opportunities for placement of

local youth will be identified by the

CSR division of the Plant to provide

income generation opportunities in



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 224

expectations of the

villagers in the

surrounding have

minimalistic needs

as the sources of

employment and

earning are not

significant.

hopefulness and security.

Leads to economic and psychological growth

in the region.

the region.

4.3.6.5 Health & Related Impacts

S. No. Variables/ situations of Socio-economic Issues.

Predict (adverse/ favorable) impacts (reasons for variations & bias of representative data).


11 Loss/ gain of health & fitness

in short term (>1) or long

term (<1).

No loss to human health is

assessed in the short run (>1),

long run (<1). Adequate measures

of Human safety will be taken as

per the Factories Act, Guidelines.

Medical camp is and will be

organized for the Steel Plant

workers periodically.

Ambulances Stationed in and around Gallant study area, available for help to local public along with as a

precautionary measures for the steel plant. In Premises Occupational Health Centre at the Gallant Steel Plant.

12 Human Rights

It is clearly stated in as per the

Human Rights, that the

obligation of states is to

promote universal respect for,

and observance of, culture &

No violation of Human Rights. The

proposed project will follow

universal respect for, and

observance and protection of,

human rights and fundamental

freedoms for all.

The proposed project will promote

neither selective, nor relative, but

universal respect through

contribution in various festivities,

equal observance and protection

among employees and societies at



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 225

religion. large in all activities.

13 Loss/gain of culture and

religion

No loss of culture and religion is

assessed.

--

14 Loss/ gain of political

institutions

No loss of political institutions is

assessed.

--

15 Loss/gain of view by study

area inhabitants.

No loss of view to the passerby

around the area.

Adequate landscaping and green

belt development is and will be

maintained in and outside the plant

premises.

16 Loss/gain of psychological

impact

Use of knowledge in commercial

activities, bring hope in students

at the learning stage for higher

studies.

The Steel Plant and other plant

activities instills a sense of

employability and opportunity in

local youth.

4.3.6.6 Socio Economic Parameter Importance Impact Unit Profile

SPIU Matrix

Socio Economic Components Parame

ter

Degree of Importance Magnitude of Impact

High (3) Medium (2) Low (1) High (+3) Medium (+2) Low (+1)

No loss of habitation as it is an

expansion project

30 3 : : +3 : :

Nearest Habitation not in the

Buffer Zone with respect to

Wind flow direction

26 3 : : : +2 :

Large Scale , Direct & Indirect

Employment opportunities

26 3 : :

: +2 :

Other Local Commercial

Opportunities

13 : 2 :

: : +1

Local, Regional Growth and

Development

13 3 : :

: : +1

No impact Archeological or

protected monuments in 10.0

km

11 : 2 :

: : +1

Contribute to meet the rising

TMT bars and long products

7 : : 1

: : +1



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 226

demand.

No Loss/ gain of culture and

religion.

No Mixing up of Religious &

Cultures

Project not inviting

Immigration of ethnic groups

18 3 : :

+3 : :

Project not delineating

Emigration of ethnic groups

18 3 : :

+3 : :

No Loss of self esteem/pride of

locals due to the project

expansion

11 - - 1 - - +1

Project in Oneness with

society/ No Isolation/ No

Solitude of people/ Favors

Social Interactions amongst

human settlement.

7 : 2 :

: +2 :

CSR done

Brand Equity with Locals

Noticeable Good Will

Commitment towards Proposed

CSR

7 : 2 :

: +2 :

Total 187 +1067

SIU: +1067 PIU: 1683

SPIU: +63.40

4.3.6.7 Inference of Socio Economic Parameter Importance Impact Unit profile

As there is zero (0) socio-economic threat and no negative impact assesses the proposed

project is not harmful. As per the analysis of SIU profile, proposed expansion project leads

to a High Beneficial Impact with an above average + 63.40 SE PIIU. The project expansion

has a social importance, for the society and local commerce, and will above average (&

positively) impact the socio- economic aspects.

SIU Inference

+50 to +75 High Beneficial Impact (HB)/ High positive Impact (HP)



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 227

4.3.6.8 Socio - Economic Impact

The project is investing in exemplary social responsibilities and doing the good work

with public faith.

The project is expansion on the existing land area and no displacent due to the expansion

of manufaturing activity of the project.

Approx 290 additional local workers will employment opportunties alongwith periodical

training to generate local skills.

New patterns of indirect employment/ income through value chain involving

warehousing, logistics, and CSR.

Permanent structures for employment creation with local people involvement through

establishment of income generating activities.

As per the preliminary site visit, the CSR activities were identified on the need based

requirement of the study area. However the public hearing, the appropriate sustainable

development plan will be contributed and further projected by the corporation.

The CSR is applicable for every company having net worth of Rs. 500 crore or more, or

turnover of Rs. 1000 crore or more or a net profit of Rs. 5 crore or more during a year,

such Companies shall be required to formulate a CSR Policy and to ensure that every

year at least 2% of its average net profits during the three immediately preceding

financial years is spent on CSR activities as may be approved and specified by the

company. Also as per the office Memorandum issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi dated 11th

August 2014, No. J- 11013/25/2014-IA.I , the associated need based CSR activities for

the last three financial years will given is Section VI after the Public hearing issues.

The proposed activities are with respect to the Notification dated 27th February, 2014 in

the Section 467 of The Companies act 2013, by the Ministry of Corporate affairs.

THE MAJOR THRUST AREAS ARE ACTIVITIES AS PER THE NOTIFICATION

Water & Sanitation (WASH)

School/ Education;

Livelihood Promotion

With Social & Cultural

Eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting

preventive health care and sanitation and making available

safe drinking water.

Promoting education, including special education and

These are actions that create or have a potential to create benefits in the community due to

its long-term effect. Generally the beneficial impacts are of permanent nature with

significant quantities.



WHRB






OCTOBER’ 2018 228

Harmony among various

communities;


Environment & Animal

Welfare.

employment enhancing vocation skills, especially among

children, women, elderly, and the differently-abled and

livelihood enhancement projects.

Rural development projects.

Ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance,

protection of flora and fauna, animal welfare, agro-forestry,

conservation of natural resources and maintaining quality of

soil, air and water.

******************



WHRB

SECTION – V – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES




OCTOBER’ 2018 229

SECTION - V

INDEX

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE) ......................................................... 230

5.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................... 230

5.2 ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 230

***********



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 230

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY AND SITE)

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The technology adopted for the expansion of production capacity for manufacturing of

Sponge Iron, Steel Billets and Captive power is one of the latest, economically and best and

proven best technology. The proposed site is within the existing project premises and

expansion of the project is coming up into the existing premises, hence no alternative site

was considered.

The proposed expansion project is in existing premises on Industrial land, at Village-

Samakhiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch. The site is suitable for expansion project

based on following technical considerations:

Existing plant site is in operation condition

Availability of land at existing plant site.

No Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Flat terrain and soil strength

Better connectivity via road, port and railway line.

Availability of water (Narmada Water Canal – 20.33km, SSE)

Interrupted power supply

Availability of infrastructure

Availability of manpower (Local people)

No notified ecologically sensitive areas in vicinity of around 10 km radius.

No major archaeological / Historical site is located around 10 km radius.

As the selected plant site has facilitate with infrastructure, railway and road access to the

site for ease of logistics and transportation to project site and fuel etc.

5.2 ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY

The technology adopted for manufacturing of Sponge Iron, Steel Billets and Captive power

is one of the latest; best economically, environmental friendly and proven technology. No

technological failures are reported so far.

Induction furnace is chose over electric arc furnace on below points:

Net Output (kWh/t) is more

Dust production is less



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 231

Refractory(kg/t) is less

Less noisy

Melting loss is less

Alloying is exact and simple

Net Electric Supply- No Flicker and Moderate load

Induction furnace also has low requirements on the electrical power grid. It has no

electrodes, relatively low initial cost, and small space requirements. Hence no alternate

technology is adopted.

************



WHRB

SECTION – VI – IENVIRONMENT MONITORING

PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 232

SECTION – VI

INDEX

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ................................................................... 233

6.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 233

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ................................................................................................ 233

6.2.1 OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING .................................................................................................... 233

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE .............................. 235

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE ................................................ 238

6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES ....................................................... 241

6.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ................................................ 242

6.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

CONSERVATION .......................................................................................................................................... 243

************



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 233

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring program is for establish the trend of various environmental

parameters and their compliance with the emission standards specified by the regulating

agencies. Monitoring of environmental indicates potential problems and facilitates timely

prompt implementation of effective remedial measures. Environmental Monitoring becomes

vital to ensure that the mitigation measures planned for environmental protection functioning

efficiently during the entire project operation.

This chapter presents the details of environmental monitoring, schedule, institutional

arrangements for pollution control, cost for environmental protection measures and

details of greenbelt development for the proposed expansion project.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The environmental monitoring is an important part in terms of assessing the

implementation of pollution control equipments is installed in the industry to abate and

reduce the pollution level at site. The sampling and analysis of the environmental

attributes will be as per the guidelines framed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB)

/ Gujarat State Pollution Control Board (GSPCB). The frequency of sampling and location

of sampling will be as per the directives of CPCB / GSPCB. Environmental monitoring is

being conducted on regular basis by Gallantt Metal Ltd. to assess the pollution level in the

surrounding area. Environmental monitoring programme is being conducted for various

environmental components as per conditions stipulated in existing Environmental

Clearance Letter issued by MOEF&CC & existing Consent to Operate issued by GSPCB.

Usually, as in the case of the study, an impact assessment study is carried over short

period of time and the data cannot bring out all variations induced by the natural or

human activities. Therefore, regular monitoring programme of the environmental

parameters is essential to take into account the changes in the environment.

6.2.1 Objectives of Monitoring

The objectives of monitoring are to:

To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regard to new

developments;



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 234

To follow the trend of parameters which have been identified as critical;

To check or assess the efficacy of the controlling measures;

To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact

assessment study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new

installations

To check assumptions made with regard to the development and to detect

deviations in order to initiate necessary measures; and

To establish a database for future Impact Assessment Studies for new projects.

The attributes, which require regular monitoring, are specified underneath:

a. Air quality;

b. Water and wastewater quality;

c. Noise levels;

d. Soil quality;

e. Green Belt Development

The post project monitoring to be carried out at the industry level is discussed below:

Environment Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular & consistent environment monitoring of important and crucial environmental

parameters is of immense importance to evaluate the exiting status of environment during

operational phase. With the understanding of baseline conditions, the monitoring

program can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due

to operational phase and suitable and effective mitigation steps could be taken in time to

safeguard the environment at plant & surrounding. Environment Monitoring is as

important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency and performance of pollution

control measures can only be determined by regular environment monitoring. The

following routine monitoring program will be implemented under the post project

monitoring. The proposed monitoring program is given below:

Air Pollution and Meteorological Aspects

Both ambient air quality and stack emissions will be monitored. The ambient air quality

will be monitored once in three months in the work zone, at the DG set location and

surroundings through a reputed environmental laboratory recognized by



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 235

CPCB/MoEF&CC. Similarly, the stack monitoring will be carried out once in three months

and the results will be reported to pollution control authorities.

Wastewater Quality

The domestic sewage waste water and Effluent Treatment Plant waste water from the

project will be monitored once in a month for physico-chemical characteristics.

Noise Levels

Noise levels near the DG sets will be monitored once in three months.

Soil Quality

Soil quality will be monitored and around project site once in a year for heavy metal and

phyiso chemical parameters.

Green Belt Development

Green belt development will be monitored as per guideline to maintain 33% of area at

project site.

Monitoring Equipment and Consumables

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of

environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced to a recognized

laboratory.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The environmental monitoring cell of the construction team will be coordinating all the

monitoring programs during the construction phase of the proposed expansion. The

proposed monitoring schedule during the construction phase of the project is outlined in

Table- 6.0

Table 6.0: Environmental Monitoring Schedule during Construction Phase

S. No. Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

1. Air Emissions All equipments are operated

within specified design

parameters.

Random checks of

equipment logs/

manuals

Periodic



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 236

Vehicle trips to be minimized

to the extent possible

Vehicle logs Periodic during site

clearance &

construction

activities

Any dry, dusty materials

stored in sealed containers or

prevented from blowing.

Absence of stockpiles

or open containers of

dusty materials.

Periodic during

construction

activities

Ambient air quality within the

premises of the proposed unit

to be monitored.

The premises of the

proposed unit to be

monitored. PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

and HC.

As per CPCB/ RSPCB

requirement or on

monthly basis

whichever is earlier

2. Noise List of all noise generating

machinery onsite along with

age to be prepared.

Equipment to be maintained

in good working order

Equipment logs, noise

reading

Regular during

construction

activities

Night working is to be

avoided.

Working hour records Daily records

Generation of vehicular noise Maintenance of

records of vehicles

Implement good working

practices (equipment

selection and siting) to

minimize noise and also

reduce its impacts on human

health (ear muffs, safe

distances, and enclosures).

Site working practices

records, noise reading

Periodic during

construction

activities

No machinery running when

not required.

Periodic during

construction

activities

Acoustic mufflers /

enclosures to be provided in

large engines

Mufflers / enclosures

shall be in place.

Prior to use of

equipment.



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 237

Noise to be monitored in

ambient air within the plant

premises.

Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/RSPCB

requirement or on

quarterly basis


All equipments operated


parameters.

Random checks of

equipment logs/

manuals

Periodic during

construction

activities



Vehicle logs Periodic during

construction

activities

3. Wastewater

Discharge

No untreated discharge Discharge hoses shall

be connected to soak

pit

Periodic during

construction

activities

4. Soil Erosion Minimize area extent of

construction site by staying

within the defined

boundaries

Construction site

boundaries not

extended / breached

as per planned

document

Periodic during

construction

activities

5. Waste Management Implement waste

management plan that

identifies and characterizes

every waste arising

associated with proposed

construction activities and

which identifies the

procedures for collection,

handling & disposal of each

waste arising.

Integrate with waste

management plan

Periodic check

during construction

activities

6. Non-routine events

and accidental

releases

Plan to be drawn up,

considering likely

emergencies and steps

required to prevent/limit

consequences.

Mock drills and

records of the same

Periodic during

construction

activities

7. Health Employee and migrant labour

health check ups

All relevant

parameters including

HIV

Regular check up



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 238

8. Flora and fauna Vegetation development as

per Forest guidelines

No. of plants, species During site clearance

phase

6.4 MONITORING SCHEDULE DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

During operational stage, Volatile organic compounds, acid gases, and particulates may be

emitted during manufacturing facilities from both point sources and fugitive emissions.

Along with the above the Stack attached to induction furnace, reheating furnace, Boiler

and D.G. sets and are also a potential source of emission. Following attributes which merit

regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are

listed below:

Source emissions and ambient air quality;

Groundwater Levels and ground water quality;

Water and wastewater quality (water quality, effluent & sewage quality etc);

Soil quality;

Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and

ambient noise levels);

Ecological preservation and afforestation.

The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in as under will be implemented

at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance

conditions and regular permits from SPCB/MoEF&CC will be monitored and reported

periodically.

Table No. 6.1: Environmental Monitoring During Operational Phase

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

1 Air Emissions Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

PM, SO2, NOx & CO and

VOCs

Twice in a week. At least four

locations (Main

gate of Plant,

inside the Plant

site, Village-

Samyakhali ,

Vondh Railway

station)

Exhaust from Vehicle logs to be -- --



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 239

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

Vehicles

Use of fuel efficient

vehicles

Maintenance of

vehicles

Use of only PUC

certified vehicles.

maintained

Stack Emission

Monitoring

Monitoring of

stack attached with

kiln, clinker cooler,

coal Mill, cement Mill

and Boiler

PM Once in a month Plant site

2 Noise Noise generated from

various plant

operations, vehicular

to be optimized and

monitored

Spot Noise Level

recording; Leq (night),

Leq(day), Leq (dn)

Once in a

month.

Noise

measurement

at the source &

boundary of

the project

Generation of

vehicular noise

Maintain records of

vehicles

Periodic during

operation phase

--

3 Wastewater

Discharge

No untreated

discharge to be made

to surface water,

groundwater or soil.

No discharge hoses in

vicinity of

watercourses.

Periodic during

operation phase

--

Take care in disposal

of wastewater

generated such that

soil and groundwater

resources are

protected

Discharge norms for

effluents will be

maintained

Discharge

norms for

effluents will be

maintained

STP discharge

water

Compliance of

treated wastewater

usage/ discharge to

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD,

COD, Oil & Grease

Periodic during

operation phase

One location

(Treated

Wastewater)



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 240

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

standards

4 Drainage

and

effluent

Management

Ensure drainage

system and specific

design measures are

working effectively.

Design to incorporate

existing drainage

pattern and avoid

disturbing the same.

Visual inspection of

drainage and records

thereof

Periodic during

operation phase

--

5 Water Quality

and Water

Levels

Monitoring used

water quality &

groundwater quality

and levels

Comprehensive

monitoring as per IS :

10500

Groundwater level

BGL

Quality-twice a

year

Level- Monthly.

Four locations

surrounding

project site i.e.

Samyakhali,

Gharan Talav,

Gorasar Talav,

Pipra Talav

6 Energy Usage Energy usage for air-

conditioning and

other activities to be

minimized

Conduct annual

energy audit for the

buildings

Energy audit report Annual audits

and periodic

checks during

operational

phase

--

7. Emergency

preparedness,

such as fire

fighting

Fire protection and

safety measures to

take care of fire and

explosion hazards, to

be assessed and steps

taken for their

prevention.

Mock drill records, on

site emergency plan,

evacuation plan

Periodic during

operation phase

--

8. Maintenance of

flora and fauna

Vegetation, greenbelt

/ green cover

development

No. of plants, species Periodic during

operation phase

Plant site



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 241

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

9. Solid and

Hazardous

Waste

Management

Implement waste

management plan

that identifies and

characterizes every

waste arising

associated with

proposed activities

and which identifies

the procedures for

collection, handling &

disposal of each

waste arising.

Records of solid waste

generation, treatment

and disposal

Periodic during

operation phase

Plant Site

10. Health Employees and

migrant labour

health check ups

All relevant

parameters

Routine Blood

Examination.

Microscopic;

Biochemistry. Routine

Urine Examination.

Lung function test.

Sputum examination

Audiometery

X-ray, ECG

Regular check

ups

All workers at

plant site

6.5 COST PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES

For environment protection, management, pollution control, treatment and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring

expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The details of

budget allocation during functional phase are given in Table-6.3.

Table6.2: Cost Provision for Environmental Measures


(In Lacs)

Recurring Cost

(In Lacs)





WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 242




Total 740 65

6.6 INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND METHODS

Following equipment and monitoring method and consumable items are already available

at the project site to implement the monitoring program as given in as under.

Table No. 6.3: Proposed Equipment and methodology for Environmental Monitoring

Name of Equipment Purpose

Fine dust samplers / Respirable

dust samplers

AAQ monitoring

Automatic weather monitor Meteorological data collection at site

Sound level meter Noise levels

UV – Spectro photo meter Chemical analysis

pH meter pH analysis

Pipette box Chemical analysis

Titration set up Chemical analysis

Relevant Chemicals Chemical analysis

Stack monitoring kit Stack Monitoring

CO and HC monitor AAQ monitoring

Online VOC analyser AAQ Monitoring

Online Monitoring System for air emission: Industry has installed online monitor system for

PM, SOx and NOx at plant site and continuous monitoring has been done and check the pollution

level within the prescribed limit. The photographs of online monitoring system are enclosed as

Annexure-XLV.

Online monitoring system for waste water: Online flow meter & web cam is installed at plant

site. The photographs of online monitoring system and connected to CPCB server is enclosed as

Annexure- XLVI.

Test Methodology: Test method for the monitoring has been given chapter-III sub point 3.5 &

3.6.



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 243

6.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND

CONSERVATION

It is necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the task of

ensuring its effective implementation of mitigation measures and to conduct

environmental monitoring. The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental

Management Cell shall be as given below:

To implement the environmental management plan,

To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations,

To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices,

To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the EMP,

To initiate environmental monitoring as per approved schedule.

Review and interpretation of monitored results and corrective measures in case

monitored results are above the specified limit.

Maintain documentation of good environmental practices and applicable

environmental laws as ready reference.

Maintain environmental related records.

Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring

laboratories.

Plant Environment Management Cell is headed by a Vice President and constitutes of

Manager –EHS, Dy. Manager, chemists and helpers. The Organizational Structure of

Environment Management is presented in Figure-6.1.

Fig: 6.0. Organizational Structure of Environment Management

COO

Vice President

Dy. Manager

Chemist

Manager-EHS

6 Nos Helper

Dy. Manager (Waste

Management)

6 Nos Helper



WHRB


PROGRMME




OCTOBER’ 2018 244

Gallantt Metal Ltd. has full-fledged Environment Health and Safety (EHS) department. EHS

department is headed by Dy. Manager EHS and constitutes, officers, Associates and

Technical Assistants.

Dy. Manager–EHS is responsible for Environment management, Health and Safety related

activities. EHS department monitors the environmental pollution levels, viz. source

emission monitoring, ambient air quality, water and effluent quality, noise light and other

work area monitoring and suggest suitable action plan to mitigate the hazards. Dy

Manager reports to Vice President. COO regularly monitors the Environmental, Safety and

Health related activities.

In case the monitored results of environmental pollution found to exceed the allowable

limits, the Environmental Management cell will suggest remedial action and get these

suggestions implemented through the concerned authorities. It also works for

afforestation and green belt development.

**************



WHRB

SECTION – VII – ADDITIONAL STUDIES




OCTOBER’ 2018 245

SECTION-VII

INDEX

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES……………………………………………………………………………. 246

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION……………………………………………………………………………. 246

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT……………………………………………………………………………………. 268

7.2.1 Introduction………………………………………………………………………………………….. 268

7.3 HAZARD/RISK IDENTIFICATION………………………………………………………………… 268

7.4 TYPE OF ACCIDENTS…………………………………………………………………………………. 268

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT……………………………………………………………………………………. 271

7.6 Risk Prevention Techniques…………………………………………………………….……………276

7.6.1 Safety and Health Measures ………………………………………………………………………277

7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………………………. 280

7.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY……………………………………………………….. 294

***********



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 246

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Draft EIA/EMP report along with executive summary in English and Gujarati for Public hearing

has been circulated to below offices and Villages:

S. No. Name of the Office

1. The District Collector Kutch

2. District development officer, Kutch

3. District Industry Centre, Kutch

4. Taluka Development office, Tehsil Bhachau, District Kutch

5. Additional Principal Chief Conservator of Forest (C),GOI

Ministry of Environmental, Forest & Climate Change, GOI

Regional Office(West Zone), Bhopal

6. Regional Office (Kutch-East), Gujarat pollution Control Board, Gandhidhan, Bhuj

S. No. Name of the Villages, Tehsil and District circulated the executive summary

1. Village- Lakhpat, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

2. Village- Samyakhali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

3. Village – Vijpasar, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

4. Village – Liliyana, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

5. Village- Chhadavada, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

6. Village –Amliyara Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

7. Village - Rampar, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

8. Village- Gharana, Tehsil -Bhachau, District- Kutch

9. Village - Lakadiya, Tehsil - Bhachau, District- Kutch

10. Village –Vondh, Tehsil - Bhachau, District- Kutch

11. Village - Rajansar, Tehsil - Bhachau, District- Kutch

12. Village - Vondhada, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

13. Taluka Vikas Adhikari, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

14. Village- Katariya Nava, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

15. Village-Adhoi, Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch

16. Village- Jangi- Tehsil- Bhachau, District- Kutch



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 247

Public hearing was conducted on 31.07.2017, 11:00 AM at Gallantt Plant premises, Village-

Samakhiyali, Tehsil – Bhachau District – Kutch (Gujarat). The public hearing was conducted for

the Gallantt Metals Ltd. at plant premises by Regional Officer, Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

Ms. Remya Mohan(IAS), DM, Bhuj, District- Kutch and in the presence of Shri K.B Choudhary of

Regional Office, Kucth (East). Notice for the Public Hearing was published in “Kutch Mitra ” &

“Indian Express” on dated 28.06.2017. Public Hearing was conducted as per EIA Notification

14th September dated 14.09.2006 of MoEF&CC, Govt. of India.

At the inception of the public hearing, Shri K.B. Chaudhari, Regional Officer, Kutch (East),

Gujarat Pollution Control Board, as a Representative of the Member Secretary, Gujarat

Pollution Control Board welcomed all people present in the Public Hearing and with due

permission of the Chairman initiated the procedure of the hearing. He outlined the various

provisions of the Notification and briefed the procedural details for conducting this public

hearing including actions taken by GPCB for vide publicity of this public hearing and the

advertisement given earlier in the local daily newspapers. He announced that as per the

provision of notification, only locally affected persons will be allowed to represent in the public

hearing while others having plausible stake holders may give their representation in writing

which would be included in the proceedings. During the public hearing, about 194 people were

present.

The Summary of the Suggestions/ Objections received is as under:

The written reply submitted to Gujarat Pollution Control Board has been given in Annexure- D of

Public Hearing Minutes of Meeting.

Time Bound Action Plan for Issues / Objection / Query Raised during Public Hearing with

Budgetary Fund Allocation are given below:

S. No. Compliant /Objection received Nos

1. Before Public Hearing 9

2. During Public Hearing 7

Total 16

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

24

8

Ta

ble

7.0

: Tim

e B

ou

nd

Actio

n P

lan

for Issu

es / O

bje

ction

/ Qu

ery

Ra

ised

Du

ring

Pu

blic H

ea

ring

With

Bu

dg

eta

ry F

un

d A

lloca

tion

Tim

e B

ou

nd

Actio

n P

lan

for Issu

es /

Ob

jectio

n /

Qu

ery

Ra

ised

Du

ring

Pu

blic H

ea

ring

With

Bu

dg

eta

ry F

un

d A

lloca

tion

S.

No

.

Na

me

&

Ad

dr

es

s Is

su

e/

Ob

jec

tion

/Q

ue

ry

Br

ief P

oin

ts

An

sw

er

A

ction

Pla

n

Tim

e

Sch

ed

ule

Bu

dg

eta

ry

Fu

nd

1

Shri R

am

ju

Ch

ha

kra,

Vill.:Sa

ma

khiya

li,

Ta

.: Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

.

1.

He

represen

ted

that,

wh

at steps w

ill be tak

en

by

the co

mp

any

to co

ntro

l

the p

ollu

tion

to b

e spread

du

e to

estab

lishm

ent

of

plan

t of th

e com

pa

ny

?

1.

Co

mp

any

’s rep

resenta

tive

replied

th

at, co

mp

any

w

ill

install latest tech

no

logy

too

ls i.e.

bag filter an

d E

SP, as m

entio

ned

in

presen

tation

as

a step

s to

con

trol th

e po

llutio

n cau

se du

e

to th

e pro

du

ction

pro

cedu

re of

raw-m

aterial. O

nlin

e

mo

nito

ring

system

h

as b

een

installed

by

this u

nit w

hich

will

help

to G

PC

B/C

PC

B to

mo

nito

r

the lev

el of p

ollu

tants release b

y

com

pan

y. T

he lev

el of p

ollu

tion

at presen

t are accord

ing to

the

rules

and

regu

lation

s o

f th

e

GP

CB

an

d

the

same

will

be

In

the

pro

po

sed

pro

ject fo

llow

ing

env

iron

men

t pro

tection

measu

res will

be p

rov

ided

for d

uly

com

ply

ing w

ith

no

rms stip

ulated

by

MO

EF

&C

C /C

PC

B:

E

SP w

ill be p

rov

ided

to D

RI K

ilns

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

pa

rticulate

emissio

n

to

less th

an

10

0

mg/N

m3

E

SP

will

be

pro

vid

ed

to

Po

wer

plan

t to

b

ring

do

wn

th

e

particu

late emissio

n to

less than

30

mg/N

m3

T

o

con

trol

du

st em

ission

–

b

ag

filters are

installed

, w

ater

sprin

klin

g w

ill be carried

ou

t.

F

um

e E

xtraction

&

C

leanin

g

Will b

e im

plem

ented

p

arallel with

im

plem

entati

on

of th

e p

roject.

Rs 7

.4 cro

res

is earm

arked

for

En

viro

nm

ental

Pro

tection

m

easures fo

r p

roject.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

24

9

2.C

om

pan

y w

ill use lak

hs o

f

liter o

f w

ater d

aily.

Th

en

wh

ere and

in w

hat w

ay th

e

po

lluted

w

ater em

erges

from

co

mp

any

w

ill b

e

released?

main

tained

in fu

ture.

2.

Th

e u

nit

is at

presen

t Z

ero

Liq

uid

Disch

arge an

d w

ill be th

e

same

in

futu

re also

. So

n

o

po

lluted

water w

ill be released

from

th

is u

nit.

Ind

ustries

po

lluted

w

aste w

ater an

d

do

mestic

waste

water

will

be

treated

and

reu

sed

with

in

the

plan

t.

system

w

ith

bag

filters w

ill b

e

pro

vid

ed

to

SMS

and

R

eheatin

g

Fu

rnace

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

particu

late m

atter em

ission

to

less than

10

0 m

g/Nm

3.

A

ll co

nv

eyo

r w

ill b

e co

vered

with

G

I sh

eets to

co

ntro

l th

e

du

st emissio

n.

G

reenb

elt will b

e dev

elop

ed in

8

Acres o

f land

wh

ich w

ill furth

er

mitigate th

e emissio

ns.

Sou

rce of w

ater is GW

IL (G

ujarat

Water In

fraStru

cture L

imited

).

T

here

will

no

t b

e an

y

effluen

t

generatio

n fro

m

the D

RI p

lant,

SMS

&

Ro

lling

Mill

as clo

sed-

circuit

coo

ling

system

w

ill b

e

follo

wed

.

T

he efflu

ent g

enerated

will b

e in

the

form

o

f C

oo

ling

To

wer

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

0

blo

wd

ow

n,

Bo

iler b

low

d

ow

n,

D.M

. P

lant

regeneratio

n

water.

Th

is w

ill b

e treated

an

d

after

ensu

ring co

mp

liance w

ith SP

CB

no

rms, it w

ill be u

tilized fo

r du

st

sup

pressio

n,

ash

con

ditio

nin

g

and

for g

reenb

elt.

D

om

estic Sewag

e will b

e treated

in S

ewag

e treatmen

t plan

t and

after ensu

ring co

mp

liance w

ith

GP

CB

no

rms, it w

ill be u

tilized

for g

reen b

elt dev

elop

men

t.

Z

ero

liqu

id

disch

arge

will

be

follo

wed

in th

e pro

po

sed p

roject

also.

A

ll th

ese en

viro

nm

ental

pro

tection

sy

stems

will

be

installed

and

op

erated to

com

ply

with

the n

orm

s.

1.1

. Sh

ri Ab

du

l 1

. H

e represen

ted th

at, as 1

. Co

mp

any

’s represen

tative rep

lied

Air Q

uality

Imp

act Pred

iction

du

e to

3 Y

ears R

s 3.1

25

cro

res

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

1

2

R

au

ma

Mem

ber

represen

tative

of

Sam

akhiyali G

ram

Pa

nch

aya

t,

Vill.:Sa

ma

khiyali,

Ta

.:Bh

achau

,

Dist.: K

utch

men

tion

ed

in

presen

tation

wh

at effect

will b

e there d

ue to

it

and

w

hat

pro

visio

ns

hav

e b

een

do

ne

to

con

trol sam

e.

that, w

e are willin

g to co

ntrib

ute

tow

ards

Sujlam

Su

flam

schem

e,

rain

water

harv

esting,

scho

ol

sche

me

s, h

ea

lth,

ed

uca

tion

,

gre

en

be

lt, socia

l skill sch

em

e,

etc. u

nd

er C

SR

. We

ha

ve

ap

plie

d

for

the

sta

tus

of

ITI

for

ou

r

com

pa

ny

. Wh

en

we

will n

ot g

et

skille

d IT

I lab

or w

e w

ill pro

vid

e

ed

uca

tion

a

nd

tra

inin

g

to

willin

g a

nd

pro

pe

r pe

rson

an

d

will

em

plo

y

the

m

in

ou

r

com

pa

ny

. C

SR

a

ctivity

w

ill b

e

carrie

d

ou

t a

s p

er

the

sug

ge

stion

s o

f th

e

rep

rese

nta

tive

a

s th

ey

a

re

aw

are

a

bo

ut

the

n

ee

d

of

the

village.

pro

po

sed exp

ansio

n w

as con

du

cted

with

Air

Mo

delin

g So

ftware.

Hen

ceforth

G

rou

nd

L

evel

Co

ncen

tration

(G

LC

) o

btain

ed

at –

Samak

hiy

ali, G

haran

a, R

amp

ar,

Vo

nd

h R

S, Lak

hp

at, Vip

sar, Go

rasar

were

well

with

in

the

limit

as p

er

no

rms p

rescribed

by

CP

CB

/GP

CB

for

Am

bien

t A

ir Q

uality

.

Please

refer

Tab

le-4.7

of C

hap

ter-4 fo

r baselin

e &

increm

ental

GL

C

valu

es. H

ow

ever

follo

win

g p

rov

ision

are

mad

e to

con

trol th

e same.

In

the

pro

po

sed

pro

ject fo

llow

ing

env

iron

men

t pro

tection

measu

res will

be p

rov

ided

for d

uly

com

ply

ing w

ith

no

rms stip

ulated

by

MO

EF

&C

C /C

PC

B:

E

SP w

ill be p

rov

ided

to D

RI K

ilns

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

particu

late

emissio

n to

less than

10

0 m

g/Nm

3

As an

d

Wh

en

Req

uired

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

2

2.

Co

mp

any

h

elped

to

pro

vid

e in

frastructu

ral

facilities, T

oilet-

bath

roo

m

facilities to

Mo

del

Desk

sch

oo

l o

f

Samak

hiy

ali v

illage.

Wh

ich C

SR activ

ities will

be

carried

ou

t d

urin

g

establish

men

t o

f n

ew

plan

t.

E

SP

will

be

pro

vid

ed

to

Po

wer

plan

t to b

ring

do

wn

the p

articulate

emissio

n to

less than

30

mg/

Nm

3

T

o

con

trol

du

st em

ission

–

b

ag

filters are

installed

, w

ater

sprin

klin

g w

ill be carried

ou

t.

F

um

e E

xtraction

&

C

leanin

g

system

w

ith

bag

filters w

ill b

e

pro

vid

ed

to

SMS

an

d

Reh

eating

Fu

rnace

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

particu

late matter em

ission

to less

than

10

0 m

g/Nm

3.

A

ll con

vey

or w

ill be co

vered

with

GI

sheets

to

con

trol

the

du

st

emissio

n.

G

reenb

elt will b

e dev

elop

ed in

8

Acres

of

land

w

hich

w

ill fu

rther

mitigate th

e emissio

ns

A

ctivities

like

rain

water

rechargin

g in su

rrou

nd

ing v

illages,

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

3

health

&

ed

ucatio

n,

social

infrastru

cture,

sujlam

su

flam

shcem

e, sk

ill d

evelo

pm

ent,

green

belt etc to

be carried

ou

t un

der

CE

R

pro

gram

are

listed

in

EIA

repo

rt.

3

Shri

Na

rend

rad

an

Ga

dh

avi,

Mem

ber o

f

Ta

luka

Pa

nch

aya

t,

Vill.Sa

ma

kh

iyali,

Ta

.Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

.

1.H

e

represen

ted

th

at,

peo

ple

has

op

po

sed

po

llutio

n

for

the

first

time. C

SR fu

nd

sho

uld

be

utilized

on

ly in

affected

areas. M

ore

and

m

ore

local

peo

ple

sho

uld

b

e

emp

loy

ed

for

the

con

ven

ient w

ork

.

1.C

om

pan

y’s rep

resentativ

e replies

that,

all th

e co

ntracto

r,

transp

orter,

dealer

and

com

missio

n ag

ent o

f the co

mp

any

are local.

CSR

/

CE

R

fun

d

will

be

utilized

on

ly fo

r affected areas / v

illages,

this fu

nd

will n

ot b

e div

erted to

any

o

ther

activates

oth

er th

an

men

tion

ed in

CE

R o

r CSR

.

Co

mp

any

h

as alw

ays

given

Prio

rity

for

emp

loy

men

t to

lo

cal

yo

uth

based

on

their q

ualificatio

n

and

exp

erience

and

req

uirem

ent

3 Y

ears

As an

d

Wh

en

Req

uired

Rs 3

.12

5

crores

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

4

4

Shri P

rata

p

Va

niya

,

Ch

airm

an

,

Bh

ara

t Mu

kti

Mo

rcha

,

Ta

.Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.:K

utch

.

1.H

e

represen

ted

th

at,

earlier em

plo

ym

ent

fair

was

organ

ized

on

b

ehalf

of G

ujarat G

ov

ernm

ent at

ITI

Bh

achau

fo

r

app

rentice

and

un

emp

loy

ed

perso

ns.

No

perso

n

of

this

com

pan

y

was

presen

t in

th

at fair.

Do

cum

ents

hav

e b

een

given

by

man

y p

erson

s to

yo

ur

com

pan

y

regard

ing

emp

loy

men

t b

ut

they

hav

e yet n

ot receiv

ed an

y

call from

the co

mp

any

regardin

g the sam

e.

1.

Co

mp

any

’

represen

tative rep

lied th

at, it is

intim

ated

to

the

village

represen

tative

to

send

p

rop

er

qu

alified p

erson

s wh

o are w

illing

to

wo

rk

in

the

com

pan

y.

Man

y

perso

ns

app

roach

ed

the

com

pan

y

and

th

ey

were

emp

loy

ed.

for a p

articular v

acancy

. Presen

tly

Lo

cal peo

ples are em

plo

yed

in th

e

com

pan

y

and

sam

e w

ill b

e

con

tinu

ed in

futu

re.

Co

mp

any

h

as p

articipated

in

th

e

emp

loy

men

t fair

orga

nized

b

y

District E

mp

loy

men

t Officer, B

hu

j

at Go

vern

men

t ITI, B

hach

au

dated

14

/05

/20

18

an

d

6

Fre

sh

En

gin

ee

rs selected

as

per

the

requ

iremen

t an

d

natu

re o

f th

e

wo

rk.

an

d

will

con

tinu

e sam

e

pro

cedu

re in fu

ture also

.

Co

mp

any

is

also

givin

g

Ad

vertisem

ent

related

with

vacan

cies as and

wh

en req

uired

in

the

local

new

spap

er an

d

will

con

tinu

e same p

roced

ure in

futu

re

also.

Sk

ill de

ve

lop

me

nt w

ill be

carrie

d

5

Shri D

inesh

Ra

na

,

Ma

na

v Kalyan

Pa

ryava

ran

Sura

ksha

M

andal 1.

He

represen

tated

that,

I

hav

e co

mp

laint

earlier

against

the

nearb

y

com

pan

ies regard

ing

---

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

5

Tru

st,

Vill :La

kadiya

,

To.:B

ha

cha

u,

Dis.: K

utch

.

emp

loy

men

t an

d

po

llutio

n

issues.

Wh

en

I

hav

e ap

pro

ached

th

e

com

pan

y

regardin

g

emp

loy

men

t th

ey

hav

e

stated

to

pro

vid

e

emp

loy

men

t to

IT

I

ho

lders.

o

ut a

s pe

r Po

int N

o.7

of C

ER

pla

n

an

d h

en

ce L

ive

liho

od

Pro

mo

tion

/ Jo

b C

rea

tion

will b

e d

ev

elo

pe

d.

6

Shri M

ah

avirsin

h

Dh

irub

a Ja

deja

,

Dy. Sa

rpa

nch

,

Vill.: L

aliya

da

,

Ta

.: Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

.

1. H

e rep

resented

th

at,

emp

loy

men

t to

th

e lo

cal

peo

ple

sho

uld

b

e

pro

vid

ed in

the co

mp

any

.

Co

mp

any

sh

ou

ld

take

steps

to

con

trol

the

po

llutio

n

in

nearb

y

villages.

Misb

ehav

ing

wo

rkers

sho

uld

b

e

susp

end

ed

and

go

od

peo

ple

with

req

uired

qu

alification

sh

ou

ld

be

1.

Co

mp

any

’s

represen

tative rep

lied th

at, there

are 29

0 v

acancies in

the p

roject

of o

ur co

mp

any

. We w

ill pro

vid

e

emp

loy

men

t to p

eop

le willin

g to

wo

rk

hav

ing

qu

alification

o

f

mech

anical,

electrical,

metro

logical

engin

eer an

d

ITI

plu

mb

er, w

elder

and

fitter

dip

lom

a ho

lder.

Co

mp

any

has alw

ays giv

en P

riority

for

emp

loy

men

t to

lo

cal y

ou

th

based

o

n

their

qu

alification

an

d

experien

ce an

d req

uirem

ent fo

r a

particu

lar vacan

cy. P

resently

Lo

cal

peo

ples

are em

plo

yed

in

th

e

com

pan

y

an

d

same

will

be

con

tinu

ed in

futu

re.

All th

e necessary

action

is bein

g

taken

an

d

will

be

taken

a

gainst

Misb

ehav

ing

wo

rkers

as p

er

com

pan

y p

olicy

on

ly.

3 Y

ears

A

s and

W

hen

R

equ

ired

Rs 3

.12

5

crores

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

6

emp

loy

ed.

Steps th

at will b

e taken

to co

ntro

l

the p

ollu

tion

is already

given

in

po

int n

o. 1

an

d 2

.

Sk

ill d

ev

elo

pm

en

t w

ill b

e

carrie

d o

ut a

s pe

r Po

int N

o.7

of

CE

R p

lan

an

d h

en

ce L

ive

liho

od

Pro

mo

tion

/ Jo

b C

rea

tion

will

be

de

ve

lop

ed

.

7

1.G

ovin

dR

an

ab

ha

i Bh

an

a,

Ad

voca

te.

Vill.L

Sam

akh

iyali,

Ta

.Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.:K

utch

1.H

e rep

resentated

th

at,

may

agricu

ltural

Lan

d

is

with

in 5

00

to 7

00

meter

from

th

is co

mp

any

.

Op

erating

plan

t o

f th

is

com

pan

y

cause

po

llutio

n an

d d

ue to

that th

e pro

du

ction

capacity

o

f th

e fa

rm

has

been

redu

ced.

2.

Farm

ing

an

d

anim

al

1.

Co

mp

any

’s rep

resentativ

e

replied

th

at, y

ou

r p

oin

t is

very

well

taken

. A

ny

k

ind

o

f lo

ss to

any

on

e is

no

t ju

stified

in

any

form

. W

e h

ave

installed

b

est

techn

olo

gy A

PC

M I in

ou

r un

its.

We en

sure to

main

tain th

e

same in

futu

res. We w

ill resolv

e

it discu

ssing ab

ou

t the sa

me in

futu

re also

. W

e w

ill reso

lve

it

discu

ssing ab

ou

t the sam

e alon

g

with

agricu

lture d

epartm

ent.

Du

ring

baselin

e m

on

itorin

g o

f th

e

affected

area fo

r th

is p

roject,

Am

bie

nt A

ir, Gro

un

d W

ate

r, So

il,

No

ise S

am

ple

s from

– Sa

mak

hiy

ali,

Go

rasar, Ram

par, G

haran

a, Lak

hp

at,

Vip

asar, Vo

nd

h R

.S. & P

roject Site.

Fo

r surfa

ce w

ate

r – Jasu

bai T

alav

(Vo

nd

h),

Gu

pt

Nad

i (C

hh

adv

ada),

Pip

ra T

alav,

Kara

Vo

kara

, G

haran

a

Talav

, Am

liya N

adi.

Resu

lts o

f sam

ples

ob

tained

w

ere

well w

ithin

the lim

its wrt p

rescribed

3 Y

ears

A

s and

W

hen

R

equ

ired

Rs 3

.12

5

crores

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

7

2. Sh

ri Jad

eja

Juja

rsinh

Jijab

a,

hu

sban

dary

is

sou

rce o

f

inco

me o

f arou

nd

80

% to

85

% o

f the p

eop

le of th

is

area. So

th

ere is

po

ssibility

o

f in

crease in

loss

to

farmers,

if th

e

pro

po

sed

plan

t w

ill b

e

op

erated.

Th

ere w

ill

be

con

tinu

ou

s dam

age to th

e

pro

du

ctivity

of th

e land

of

arou

nd

50

0 acres b

esides

Gh

arana v

illage du

e to th

e

plan

t. So

p

rop

er

com

pen

sation

fo

r th

e

same

to

be

pro

vid

ed

to

the fa

rmers.

2. H

e represen

ted th

at, 33

50

farmers

are activ

e w

ith

stand

ards. P

lease refer Ch

ap

ter-3 o

f

EIA

Rep

ort fo

r all results.

Also

A

ir Q

uality

Im

pact

Pred

iction

du

e to

p

rop

osed

exp

ansio

n

was

con

du

cted

with

Air

Mo

delin

g

Softw

are. Hen

ceforth

Gro

un

d L

ev

el

Co

nce

ntra

tion

(GL

C) o

bta

ine

d a

t –

Sa

ma

kh

iya

li, G

ha

ran

a,

Ra

mp

ar,

Vo

nd

h

RS

, L

ak

hp

at,

Vip

sar,

Go

rasa

r we

re w

ell w

ithin

the

limit

as

pe

r n

orm

s p

rescrib

ed

b

y

CP

CB

/G

PC

B

for

Am

bie

nt

Air

Qu

ality

.

Please

refer T

able-4

.7

of

Ch

apter-4

for b

aseline &

increm

ental

GL

C

valu

es. H

ow

ever

follo

win

g

pro

visio

n

are m

ade

to

con

trol

the

same.

Ho

wev

er to co

ntro

l the sam

e in th

e

pro

po

sed

pro

ject fo

llow

ing

env

iron

men

t p

rotectio

n

measu

res

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

8

Vill.: L

aliya

da

,

Ta

.: Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

.

me an

d w

e hav

e farm o

f

organ

ic in

aro

un

d

89

50

hecto

r lan

d.

Ou

r

pro

du

ction

s are expo

rted

in fo

reign an

d farm

ers get

abo

ut R

s. 30

0 to

35

0 m

ore

on

ev

ery

40

k

g o

f

pro

du

ctin.

I h

ave

sub

mitted

m

any

com

plain

ts to y

ou

and

no

reply

h

as b

een

given

o

f

the sam

e till no

w. So

state

wh

ether

there

will

be

con

trol

of

po

llutio

n

or

no

t?

will b

e pro

vid

ed fo

r du

ly co

mp

lyin

g

with

no

rms stip

ulated

by

MO

EF

&C

C

/CP

CB

:

ESP

will b

e pro

vid

ed to

DR

I Kiln

s

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

particu

late

emissio

n to

less than

10

0 m

g/Nm

3

ESP

w

ill b

e p

rov

ided

to

P

ow

er

plan

t to

b

ring

d

ow

n

the

particu

late em

ission

to

less

than

30

mg/N

m3

To

co

ntro

l d

ust

emissio

n

–

bag

filters are

installed

, w

ater

sprin

klin

g w

ill be carried

ou

t.

Fu

me

Extractio

n

&

Clean

ing

system

w

ith

bagfilters

will

be

pro

vid

ed

to

SMS

and

R

eheatin

g

Fu

rnace

to

brin

g d

ow

n

the

particu

late matter em

ission

to less

than

10

0 m

g/Nm

3.

All co

nv

eyo

r will b

e cov

ered w

ith

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

25

9

GI

sheets

to

con

trol

the

du

st

emissio

n.

Ze

ro

liqu

id

disch

arg

e

will

be

follo

we

d

in

the

p

rop

ose

d

pro

ject.

Green

belt w

ill be d

evelo

ped

in 8

Acres

of

land

w

hich

w

ill fu

rther

mitigate th

e emissio

ns.

All

these

env

iron

men

tal p

rotectio

n

system

s w

ill b

e in

stalled

and

op

erated to

com

ply

with

the n

orm

s.

He

nce

th

ere

w

ill n

ot

be

a

ny

sign

ifican

t imp

act o

n cro

p y

ield

,

surfa

ce

wa

ter

qu

ality

e

tc.

Ho

we

ve

r so

cial

me

asu

re

like

bu

dg

et fo

r fod

de

r of a

nim

als, to

imp

rov

e

soil

fertility

w

ill b

e

un

de

rtak

en

th

rou

gh

o

rga

nizin

g

train

ing

s, co

-ord

ina

tion

w

ith

Ag

ricultu

ral

Institu

tion

&

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

0

Wo

rkin

g w

ith A

nim

al H

usb

an

dry

Institu

tion

a

s m

en

tion

ed

b

elo

w

un

de

r CE

R a

ction

pla

n.

Co

mp

an

y

ha

s sy

stem

o

f g

ivin

g

writte

n

rep

ly

of

the

co

mp

lain

t

rece

ive

d

thro

ug

h

va

riou

s

au

tho

rised

au

tho

rities o

nly

.

8

Shri K

isha

n

Ra

jgo

r,

Vill.: Sa

ma

khiya

li,

Ta

.: Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

.

1. H

e asked

that,

wh

at will

be

the

furth

er p

rocess

after th

is P

ub

lic H

earing

and

ho

w

will th

e p

eop

le

get ack

no

wled

gem

ent

regardin

g the d

ecision

of

their rep

resentatio

n?

1.

Regio

nal o

fficer info

rmed

that,

all th

e o

bjectio

ns,

sugg

estion

and

rep

resentatio

n

record

ed

will

be

forw

arded

to

th

e

Go

vern

men

t of In

dia fo

r furth

er

pro

ceedin

gs. M

inu

tes w

ill b

e

prep

ared

and

u

plo

aded

o

n

GP

CB

web

-site.

After th

is pu

blic h

earing ap

pro

ved

MO

M

will

be

distrib

uted

to

follo

win

g p

laces an

d

replies

to

qu

ired raised

in w

ritten w

ill also

be en

closed

with

MO

M o

f pu

blic

hearin

g.

1.

Th

e D

istrict C

ollecto

r, B

hu

j,

District K

utch

,

2.

District D

evelo

pm

ent O

ffice, Bh

uj,

District K

utch

,

3.

Talu

ka

Dev

elop

men

t O

ffice,

Bh

achau

, District K

utch

,

4.

GP

CB

, Gan

dh

idh

am, K

utch

3 Y

ears

As an

d

Wh

en

Req

uired

Rs 3

.12

5

crores

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

1

2. P

erson

sh

ou

ld

be

app

oin

ted

by

th

e

com

pan

y

to

wh

om

sm

all

issues

of

the

village

sho

uld

be rep

resented

.

2.

Co

mp

any

’s rep

resenta

tive

givin

g h

is m

ob

ile n

um

ber

in

pu

blic rep

lied th

at, any

perso

n

can co

ntact m

e any

time fo

r his

issue.

MO

M o

f pu

blic h

earing w

ill also b

e

up

load

ed

on

G

PC

B

Po

rtal w

ith

follo

win

g

link

;

http

s://gpcb

.gujarat.go

v.in

/w

ebco

ntro

ller/pag

e/pu

blic-h

earing-

sched

ule-&

-mo

m#

. A

dd

ition

ally

a

action

plan

for p

ub

lic hearin

g will

be

inco

rpo

rated

alon

g w

ith

EIA

repo

rt in C

hap

ter-7.

Co

mp

any

has carried

on

e to o

ne

need

assessmen

t in co

-ord

inatio

n

wth

L

ocal

auth

orities/

Surp

anch

/leaders

and

n

eedy

o

f

Villages an

d d

on

e con

tribu

tion

in

CE

R acco

rdin

g to th

eir need

s and

the

same

will

be

do

ne

in

futu

re

also.

Ple

ase

re

fer

CE

R

Actio

n

pla

n.

Co

mp

any

has ap

po

inted

qu

alified

perso

n

from

H

R

team

wh

o

will

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

2

coo

rdin

ate with

the v

illagers and

will

help

in

im

plem

entin

g th

e

need

s.

9

Shri Ja

deja

Ind

raj

Ma

nu

ba

,Vill.:A

ml

liyara

,Ta

.Bh

ach

au

,

Dist.: K

utch

1. H

e rep

resentated

th

at,

lake

ov

erflow

s d

urin

g

rainy

seaso

n

and

after

mo

nth

later water o

f Th

e

village

gets p

ollu

ted

and

in

no

t o

f D

rink

able

con

ditio

n.

An

imals

did

n’t

eat th

eir fo

od

d

ue

to

po

lluted

foo

d.

--- D

urin

g b

aseline

mo

nito

ring

of

the

affected area fo

r this p

roject, A

mb

ient

Air,

Gro

un

d

Water,

Soil,

No

ise

Samp

les from

– Sam

akh

iyali, G

orasar,

Ram

par,

Gh

arana,

Lak

hp

at, V

ipasar,

Vo

nd

h R

.S. & P

roject S

ite.

Fo

r su

rface w

ater –

Jasu

bai

Talav

(Vo

nd

h),

Gu

pt

Nad

i (C

hh

adv

ada),

Pip

ra T

alav,

Kara

Vo

kara,

Gh

arana

Talav

, Am

liya N

adi.

Resu

lts o

f Su

rface &

G

rou

nd

W

ater

samp

les o

btain

ed

were

well

with

in

the lim

its wrt p

rescribed

stand

ards.

Please

refer ch

apter-3

B

aseline

Mo

nito

ring o

f EIA

Rep

ort fo

r Surface

3 Y

ears A

s and

W

hen

R

equ

ired

Rs 3

.12

5

crores

tow

ards C

ER

.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

3

Water

&

Gro

un

d

Water

Mo

nito

ring

Resu

lts. Ad

ditio

nally

ou

r un

it is ZE

RO

LIQ

UID

D

ISCH

AR

GE

in

E

xisting

+

Pro

po

sed.

Th

e efflu

ent

water

gen

erated

fro

m

the u

tility area in

plan

t is treated in

effluen

t treatmen

t plan

t and

reused

with

in

the

plan

t p

remises

for

du

st

sup

pressio

n a

nd

garden

ing

pu

rpo

se.

Do

mestic

waste

water

is b

eing

treated

in

Sewage

treatmen

t p

lant

and

reu

sed

for

garden

ing

an

d

plan

tation

pu

rpo

se. Th

e com

pan

y h

as

pro

vid

ed p

rop

er drain

age sy

stem fo

r

rainw

ater to

p

reven

t w

ater lo

gging

with

in an

d in

the v

icinity

of th

e plan

t.

Th

ere is

no

d

ischarge

ou

tside

the

plan

t p

remises

via

drain

s excep

t

du

ring

mo

nso

on

fo

r sto

rm

water.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

4

Zero

liqu

id d

ischarge w

ill be fo

llow

ed

in

the

pro

po

sed

pro

ject also

.

Ho

we

ve

r R

ain

W

ate

r R

ech

arg

ing

,

Po

nd

Re

clam

ina

tion

un

de

r Su

flam

Su

jala

m Y

oja

na

, Me

dica

l & H

ea

lth

facilitie

s u

nd

er

CE

R

will

be

pro

vid

ed

in n

ea

rby

villa

ge

s.

Pro

po

sed

CE

R:-

Ty

pe

of P

roje

ct: Exp

ansio

n p

roject

Pro

po

sed

Co

st of th

e P

roje

ct: Pro

po

sed P

roject C

ost - 2

16

Cr

Fu

nd

Allo

catio

n (A

s pe

r OM

01

/0

5/

20

18

): Maxim

um

0.7

5%

of cap

ital Investm

ent

Fu

nd

Re

qu

ired

Fo

r CE

R- 1

.62

Cr

Fu

nd

Allo

catio

n F

or C

ER

– 3

.12

Cr

Ta

ble

7.1

: CE

R A

ction

Pla

n: 3

Ye

ars T

ota

l Bu

dg

et A

lloca

ted

3.1

2 C

r

S. N

o.

Ye

ar

20

18

-19

2

01

9-2

0

20

20

-21

T

ota

l

1

Po

nd

Re

clam

ina

tion

To

Su

rrou

nd

ing

Villa

ge

s – (O

n b

asis o

f Pu

blic C

on

sulta

tion

Ne

ed

s tow

ard

s ov

erflo

w o

f lak

es d

urin

g ra

iny

sea

son

s issue

raise

d b

y a

ffecte

d

pe

op

les)

(Un

der Su

jalam-Su

falam Y

ojn

a)

15

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

10

,00

,00

0

40

,00

,00

0

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

5

2

Ra

in W

ate

r Re

cha

rgin

g / h

arv

estin

g –

(On

ba

sis of P

ub

lic Co

nsu

ltatio

n N

ee

ds

tow

ard

s me

asu

res fo

r wa

ter co

nse

rva

tion

issue

raise

d b

y a

ffecte

d p

eo

ple

s)

T

o su

rrou

nd

ing v

illages on

on

e to o

ne n

eed assessm

ent b

asis with

Surp

anch

/

Lead

ers / NG

O etc. @

2 L

akh

s/On

e Rech

arge Well

20

,00

,00

0

20

,00

,00

0

5,0

0,0

00

4

5,0

0,0

00

3

He

alth

& E

du

catio

n– (O

n b

asis o

f Pu

blic C

on

sulta

tion

Ne

ed

s)

Infrastru

cture facility to

ho

spitals an

d ed

ucatio

n in

stitutio

ns – 1

)Wagad

Welfare

Ho

spital

2) T

ap H

osp

ital 3) M

od

ern Sch

oo

l & 4

) Jagraya Acad

emy

P

atient B

ed

F

an

M

edicin

e cold

chain

storage

Sch

oo

l ben

ches

B

oo

ks &

Scho

ol U

nifo

rms

15

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

45

,00

,00

0

4

Gre

en

Be

lt De

ve

lop

me

nt P

lan

En

viron

men

t plan

tation

on

the ap

pro

ach ro

ad to

the p

remises an

d o

utsid

e:

P

eriph

ery o

f the p

lant alo

ng w

ith p

lantatio

n aro

un

d h

abitatio

n area w

ith vario

us

locatio

n areas : co

st of 1

plan

t – 3

00

/- with

main

tenan

ce of w

ater. (50

0 p

lants)

P

rop

oses fo

r green co

ver installatio

n o

f tree guard

s at the su

rviving p

lants &

trees.

15

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

7,5

0,0

00

37

,50

,00

0

5

Infra

structu

re

De

ve

lop

me

nt

–

(On

b

asis

of

Pu

blic

Co

nsu

ltatio

n

Ne

ed

s) –

1)

Mo

dern

Scho

ol &

2) G

eniu

s Scho

ol

20

,00

,00

0

20

,00

,00

0

10

,00

,00

0

50

,00

,00

0

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

6

N

ew T

oilet B

lock

Co

nstru

ction

R

epairin

g of to

ilet blo

cks in

scho

ols

In

frastructu

re dev

elop

men

t at Go

vern

men

t institu

tion

6

Sk

ill D

ev

elo

pm

en

t P

lan

–

(O

n

ba

sis o

f P

ub

lic C

on

sulta

tion

N

ee

ds

tow

ard

s

em

plo

ym

en

t ge

ne

ratio

n)

B

oiler A

ttend

ed - (1

2 B

atch in

a 3 year)

F

itter / Weld

er - (6 B

atch in

a 3 year)

B

asic Co

mp

uter co

urses - (2

0 co

mp

uter an

d o

ther)

T

ally A

ccou

ntin

g cou

rse - (9 B

atch in

a 3 year)

(Tra

inin

g

will

be

g

ive

n

thro

ug

h

Sch

em

e

of

Sk

ill D

ev

elo

pm

en

t o

f In

dia

b

y

Min

istry

of

Sk

ill D

ev

elo

pm

en

t

&

En

trep

ren

eu

rship

) –

1)

Go

ve

rnm

en

t

En

gin

ee

ring

Co

lleg

e, B

hu

j

15

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

10

,00

,00

0

40

,00

,00

0

7

So

cial M

ea

sure

s – (On

ba

sis of P

ub

lic Co

nsu

ltatio

n N

ee

ds to

wa

rds fa

rmin

g, y

ield

of cro

ps, a

nim

al h

usb

an

dry

, fod

de

r for a

nim

als e

tc issue

raise

d b

y a

ffecte

d

pe

op

les)

So

cial M

ea

sure

s to A

nim

al H

usb

an

dry

O

rganize train

ing &

meetin

gs for co

mm

un

ity “Pro

perly im

plem

ented

dairy cattle

nu

trition

P

rogram

me

can

imp

rov

e m

ilk

pro

du

ction

. H

ealth,

and

rep

rod

uctive

perfo

rman

ce of d

airy cow

s for b

oth

the m

ilkin

g herd

and

dry co

ws

B

ud

get for F

od

der d

istribu

tion

in affected

villages

20

,00

,00

0

20

,00

,00

0

15

,00

,00

0

55

,00

,00

0

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

26

7

C

o-o

rdin

atio

n

/

do

na

tion

to

L

oca

l A

nim

al

Hu

sba

nd

ry

Institu

tion

s in

Ga

nd

hid

ha

m, K

utch

. – Gu

jara

t Liv

esto

ck D

ev

elo

pm

en

t Bo

ard

(GL

DB

)

So

cial M

ea

sure

s to im

pro

ve

So

il Fe

rtility

T

rainin

g to im

pro

ve so

il fertility as dep

icted b

y the So

il repo

rt. Samp

le Materials to

imp

rov

e Soil F

ertility will b

e pro

vid

ed

and

info

rmatio

n to

local farm

ers in th

e

Wo

rksh

op

.

C

o-o

rdin

atio

n /

do

na

tion

to L

oca

l Ag

ricultu

ral In

stitutio

ns in

Ga

nd

hid

ha

m,

Ku

tch-D

irecto

rate

o

f A

gricu

lture

(A

gricu

lture

, F

arm

ers

We

lfare

&

Co

op

era

tion

De

pa

rtme

nt) - K

utch

O

rganize train

ing &

meetin

gs for L

ocal farm

er to im

pro

ve organ

ic farmin

g.

So

il Fertility Im

pro

vemen

t dem

o in

2-3

samp

le farms n

ear to th

e Wo

rksh

op

site or

in h

abitatio

ns.

A

lso C

oo

peratio

n to

Hard

wo

rkin

g Farm

ers for th

eir too

l & im

plem

ents to

find

self

emp

loym

ent.

No

fu

nd

s o

r cash

w

ill b

e given

to

farm

ers b

ut

a n

etwo

rk

and

resou

rces req

uired

to

ward

s

Beej/F

ertilizers &

P

esticides/

An

imal

Welfare/

To

ols/ Sales &

pro

mo

tion

of C

rop

s / self emp

loy

men

t is and

will alw

ays b

e

sup

po

rted.

To

tal C

ost

Ap

pro

x. IN

R 3

,12

,50

,00

0



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 268

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.2.1 Introduction

Risk assessment study includes study of nature of hazards due to the proposed expansion

activities including operations involved in process. The study includes:

Preliminary identification of hazardous area of the unit.

Identification of accident sequences and consequences

Visualization and Analysis of Maximum Credible Accidental scenarios.

Estimation of damage criteria.

Study of characteristics of risk levels through study of nature of exposure, pathways

and consequences of maximum credible accidental scenarios and presentation of

results in terms of risk contours.

Hazard identification provides information on onsite hazardous substances, their nature,

quantities and details of storage. Preliminary hazard Identification is used to identify typical

and often relatively apparent risk sources and damage events in a system. As each hazard is

identified, the potential causes, effects, and severity of accidents and possible corrective and /

or preventive measures are also listed.

7.3 HAZARD/RISK IDENTIFICATION

Hazardous Materials to be handled Material hazards: High Speed Diesel (HSD) as storage fuel oil for DG set. Process hazards due to loss of containment during handling of hazardous materials or

processes resulting in fire, explosion, etc Mechanical hazards due to "mechanical" operations such as welding, maintenance, falling

objects etc. - basically those NOT connected to hazardous materials. Electrical hazards: electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit, etc. Out of these, the

material and process hazards are the one with a much wider damage potential as compared

to the mechanical and electrical hazards, which are by and large limited to very small local

pockets

7.4 TYPE OF ACCIDENTS

A. Erection / Commissioning

During erection stage, most of the accidents occur due to;



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 269

Human errors (unsafe acts and unsafe conditions)

Improper laying of cables

Improper Housekeeping (keeping combustible material near welding / gas cutting

operations)

Material handling

Handling of tools

Working at heights/elevated levels

Material handling with equipments like crane, hydraulic pay loaders, JCB, Proclain

Earth moving and filling

Unsafe electrical practices

B. Process Operations

The excessive pressure may lead to serious injuries at the site.

Malfunctioning of equipment

Power failures

Failure to take corrective steps in time.

Failure of utilities

System failure

Ageing of erection equipments

Improper communication

C. Storage and Transfer Operations

Accidents due to mechanical failure and external impacts.

Static electricity

Thunder and lightning

On the job

7.4.1 Accidents

In the iron and steel industry, large amounts of material are processed, transported and

conveyed by massive equipment that dwarfs that of most industries. Steel works

typically have sophisticated safety and health programmes to address hazards in an

and maintenance practices, safe job procedures, worker training and use of personal

protective equipment (PPE’s) is usually required to control hazards.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 270

Burns may occur at many points in the steel-making process: at the front of the furnace

during tapping from molten metal or slag; from spills, spatters or eruptions of hot metal

from ladles or vessels during processing, teeming (pouring) or transporting; and from

contact with hot metal as it is being formed into a final product.

Water entrapped by molten metal or slag may generate explosive forces that launch hot

metal or material over a wide area. Inserting a damp implement into molten metal may

also cause violent eruptions.

Mechanical transport is essential in steel manufacturing but exposes workers to

potential struck-by and caught- between hazards. Overhead travelling cranes are found

in almost all areas of steel works. Most large works also rely heavily on the use of fixed-

rail equipment and large industrial tractors for transporting materials.

Safety programmes for crane use require training to ensure proper and safe operation

of the crane and rigging of loads to prevent dropped loads; good communication and

use of standard hand signals between crane drivers and slingers to prevent injuries

from unexpected crane movement; inspection and maintenance programs for crane

parts, lifting tackle, slings and hooks to prevent dropped loads; and safe means of access

to cranes to avoid falls and accidents on crane transverse ways.

Maintaining proper clearance for passage of large industrial tractors and other

equipment and preventing unexpected start-up and movement are necessary to

eliminate struck-by, struck-against and caught-between hazards to equipment

operators, pedestrians and other vehicle operators. Programmes are also necessary for

inspection and maintenance of equipment safety appliances and passageways.

Good housekeeping is a cornerstone of safety in steel works. Floors and passageways

can quickly become obstructed with material and implements that pose a tripping

hazard. Large quantities of greases, oils and lubricants will be used and if spilled can

easily become a slipping hazard on walking or working surfaces.

Sharp engines or burrs on steel products or metal bands pose laceration and puncture

hazards to workers involved in finishing, shipping and scrap-handling operations. Cut-

resistant gloves and wrist guards will be often used to eliminate injuries.

Foreign-body eye hazards will be prevalent in most areas, especially in raw material

handling and steel finishing, where grinding, welding and burning will be conducted.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 271

Programmed maintenance is particularly important for accident prevention. Its purpose

is to ensure the efficiency of the equipment and maintain fully operative guards,

because failure may cause accidents. Adhering to safe operating practices and safety

rules is also very important because of the complexity, size and speed of process

equipment and machinery.

7.5 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk will be assessed by:-

Identification of potential hazard areas;

Identification of representative failure cases;

Visualization of the resulting scenarios in terms of fire (thermal radiation) and explosion;

Assess the overall damage potential of the identified hazardous events and the

impact zones from the accidental scenarios;

Assess the overall suitability of the site from hazard minimization and disaster

mitigation point of view;

Furnish specific recommendations on the minimization of the worst accident

possibilities; and

Preparation of broad Disaster Management Plan (DMP), On-site and Off-site

Emergency Plan, which includes Occupational Health and Safety Plan.

Identifying potential risks to local people and local resources in the event of an emergency.

7.5.1 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis (MCAA)

Hazardous substances may be released as a result of failures or catastrophes, causing

possible damage to the surrounding area. This section deals with the question of how the

consequences of the release of such substances and the damage to the surrounding area

can be determined by means of models. Major hazards posed by flammable storage can be

identified taking recourse to MCA analysis. MCA analysis encompasses certain techniques

to identify the hazards and calculate the consequent effects in terms of damage distances of

heat radiation, toxic releases, vapour cloud explosion, etc. A host of probable or potential

accidents of the major units in the complex arising due to use, storage and handling of the

hazardous materials are examined to establish their credibility. Depending upon the

effective hazardous attributes and their impact on the event, the maximum effect on the



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 272

surrounding environment and the respective damage caused can be assessed. The reason

and purpose of consequence analysis are many folds like:

Part of Risk Assessment;

Plant Layout/Code Requirements;

Protection of other plants;

Protection of the public;

Emergency Planning; and

Design Criteria.

The results of consequence analysis are useful for getting information about all known and

unknown effects that are of importance when some failure scenario occurs in the plant and

also to get information as how to deal with the possible catastrophic events. It also gives

the workers in the plant and people living in the vicinity of the area, an understanding of

their personal situation.

Selected Failure Cases

The purpose of this listing (refer Table 7.9) is to examine consequences of such failure

individually or in combination. It will be seen from the list that a vast range of failure cases

have been identified. The frequency of occurrence of failure also varies widely.

Damage Criteria

The chemical storage and unloading at the storage facility may lead to fire and explosion

hazards. The damage criteria due to an accidental release of any hydrocarbon arise from

fire and explosion. The vapors of these Chemical are not toxic and hence no effects of

toxicity are expected.

Tank fire would occur if the radiation intensity is high on the peripheral surface of the tank

leading to increase in internal tank pressure. Pool fire would occur when chemicals are

collected in the dyke due to leakage gets ignited.

Fire Damage

A flammable liquid in a pool will burn with a large turbulent diffusion flame. This releases

heat based on the heat of combustion and the burning rate of the liquid. A part of the heat is

radiated while the rest is convected away by rising hot air and combustion products. The



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 273

radiations can heat the contents of a nearby storage or process unit to above its ignition

temperature and thus result in a spread of fire.

The radiations can also cause severe burns or fatalities of workers or fire fighters located

within a certain distance. Hence, it will be important to know beforehand the damage

potential of a flammable liquid pool likely to be created due to leakage or catastrophic

failure of a storage or process vessel. This will help to decide the location of other

storage/process vessels, decide the type of protective clothing the workers/fire fighters’

need, the duration of time for which they can be in the zone, the fire extinguishing

measures needed and the protection methods needed for the nearby storage/process

vessels. Table No. 7.6 tabulates the damage effect on equipment and people due to thermal

radiation intensity.

Table 7.2: Damage Due to Incident Radiation Intensities

Sr.

No.

Incident

Radiation

(kW/m2)

Type of Damage Intensity

Damage to Equipment Damage to People

1 37.5 Damage to process equipment 100% lethality in 1 min. 1% lethality

in 10 sec.

2 25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite

wood at indefinitely long exposure

without a flame

50% Lethality in 1 min. Significant

injury in 10 sec.

3 19.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity

allowed on thermally unprotected

adjoining equipment

--

4 12.5 Minimum energy to ignite with a

flame; melts plastic tubing

1% lethality in 1 min.

5 4.5 -- Causes pain if duration is longer than

20 sec, however blistering is un-likely

(First degree burns)

6 1.6 -- Causes no discomfort on long

exposures

Source: Techniques for Assessing Industrial Hazards by World Bank.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 274

The effect of incident radiation intensity and exposure time on lethality is given in Table-7.7.

Table 7.3: Radiation Exposure and Lethality

Radiation

Intensity

(kW/m2)

Exposure Time

(seconds)

Lethality

(%)

Degree of Burns

1.6 -- 0 No Discomfort even after

long exposure

4.5 20 0 1 st

4.5 50 0 1 st

8.0 20 0 1 st

8.0 50 <1 3 rd

8.0 60 <1 3 rd

12.0 20 <1 2 nd

12.0 50 8 3 rd

12.5 Inst 10 --

25.0 inst 50 --

37.5 inst 100 --

7.5.2 Scenarios Considered for MCA Analysis

Chemical Storage

The details of storages in the proposed plant are given Table-7.2 above. In case of chemical

released in the area catching fire, a steady state fire will occur. Failures in pipeline may occur

due to corrosion and mechanical defect. Failure of pipeline due to external interference is not

considered as this area is licensed area and all the work within this area is closely supervised

with trained personnel.

Modeling Scenarios

Based on the storage and consumption of various chemicals the following failure scenarios for

the proposed plant have been identified for MCA analysis and the scenarios are discussed in

Table No. 7.8. The chemical properties considered in modeling are given in Table No. 7.9.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 275

Table No. 7.4: Scenarios Considered For MCA Analysis

Sr.

No.

Fuel/Chemical Total

Quantity

Scenarios considered

1. Failure of HSD Tank 60 ton Pool fire

Table-7.5: Properties of Chemicals Considered For Modeling

Sr.

No.

Fuel/substance Molecular weight Boiling Point (C)

1 HSD 114.2 154.4

7.5.3 Pool Fire Models used for MCA Analysis

Heat Radiation program ‘RADN’ has been used to estimate the steady state radiation effect from

storage of fuel at different distances. The model is based on the equations compiled from various

literatures by Prof. J. P. Gupta, Department of Chemical Engineering, IIT Kanpur.

7.5.4 Results and Discussion

The results of MCA analysis are tabulated indicating the distances for various damages identified

by the damage criteria, as explained earlier. Calculations are done for radiation intensities levels of

37.5, 25, 12.5, 4.5 and 1.6-kW/m2, which are presented in Table-7.6 for different scenarios. The

distances computed for various scenarios are from the center of the pool fire.

Table-7.6: Occurrence Of Various Radiation Intensities- Pool Fire

Thermal Radiation Level Damage Distance from the Centre of

the pool (M)

37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality in 1 min) Not attained

25 kW/m2 (50% lethality in 1 min) Not attained

12.5 kW/m2 (1% lethality in 1 min) 9.2

4.5 kW/m2 (Causes 1st degree burns on exposure more

than 50 sec)

43.6

1.6 kW/m2 (Causes no discomfort even after long

exposure)

106



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 276

Pool Fire Due to Failure of Methanol Storage Tank

The maximum capacity of storage of HSD will be 60 T. The most credible failure is the

rupture of the largest pipe connecting to the storage tank. As the worst case, it is assumed

that the entire contents leak out into the dyke forming a pool, which may catch fire on

finding a source of ignition.

The radiation intensities have been computed using software based pool fire model and the

results are tabulated in Table 7.10.

A perusal of the above table clearly indicates that 37.5 kW/m2 (100% lethality) doesn’t

attain on pool fire. Similarly, 25 KW/m2 (50% lethality) doesn’t attain on pool fire. Similarly,

the threshold limit with no discomfort even after long exposure is 1.6 kW/m2, this zone is

restricted to 106 m in case tank on pool fire.

7.5.5 Risk Assessment Summary

The preliminary risk assessment has been completed for the proposed plant and associated

facilities and the broad conclusions are as follows:

There will be no significant community impacts or environmental damage

consequences; and

The hazardous event scenarios and risks in general at this facility can be adequately

managed to acceptable levels by performing the recommended safety studies as part of

detailed design, applying recommended control strategies and implementing a Safety

Management System.

7.6 Risk Prevention Techniques

Education and awareness

Best practices Risk Based Maintenance Planning

Hazard identification

Quantitative Hazard Assessment

Probabilistic Hazard Assessment

Risk Quantification

Risk evaluation

Setting up risk acceptance criteria

Risk comparison

Maintenance planning



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 277

7.6.1 Safety and Health Measures Safety organization

Safety organization is of prime importance in the steel industry, where safety

depends so much on workers’ reaction to potential hazards. The first

responsibility for management is to provide the safest possible physical

conditions, but it is usually necessary to obtain everyone’s cooperation in safety

programmes. Accident-prevention committees, workers’ safety delegates, safety

incentives, competitions, suggestion schemes, slogans and warning notices can all

play an important part in safety programmes. Involving all persons in site hazard

assessments, behaviour observation and feedback exercises can promote positive

safety attitudes and focus work groups working to prevent injuries and illnesses.

Accident statistics reveal danger areas and the need for additional physical

protection as well as greater stress on housekeeping. The value of different types

of protective clothing will be evaluated and the advantages can be communicated

to the workers concerned.

Training

Training will include information about hazards, safe methods of work, avoidance

of risks and the wearing of PPE. Before new methods or processes will be

introduced, it may be necessary to retrain even those workers with long

experience on older types of furnaces. Training and refresher courses for all levels

of personnel are particularly valuable. They will be familiarized personnel with

safe working methods, unsafe acts to be proscribed, safety rules and the chief legal

provisions associated with accident prevention. Training will be conducted by

experts and will make use of effective audio-visual aids. Safety meetings or

contacts will be held regularly for all persons to reinforce safety training and

awareness.

Engineering and administrative measures

All dangerous parts of machinery and equipment, including lifts, conveyors, long

travel shafts and gearing on overhead cranes, will be securely guarded. A regular

system of inspection, examination and maintenance is necessary for all machinery

and equipment of the plant, particularly for cranes, lifting tackle, chains and hooks.

An effective lockout/tagout programme will be in operation for maintenance and



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 278

repair. Defective tackle will be scrapped. Safe working loads will be clearly

marked, and tackle not in use will be stored neatly. Means of access to overhead

cranes will, where possible, be by stairway. If a vertical ladder must be used, it will

be hooped at intervals. Effective arrangements will be made to limit the travel of

overhead cranes when persons will be at work in the vicinity.

There is a never-ending need for good housekeeping. Falls and stumbles caused by

obstructed floors or implements and tools left lying carelessly can cause injury in

themselves but can also throw a person against hot or molten material. All

materials will be carefully stacked, and storage racks will be conveniently placed

for tools. Spills of grease or oil will be immediately cleaned. Lighting of all parts of

the shops and machine guards will be of a high standard.

Industrial hygiene

Good general ventilation throughout the plant and local exhaust ventilation (LEV)

wherever substantial quantities of dust and fumes will be generated or gas may

escape are necessary, together with the highest possible standards of cleanliness

and housekeeping..

With a view to improving the work environment, induced ventilation will be

installed to supply cool air. Local blowers may be located to give individual relief,

especially in hot working places. Heat protection can be provided by installing

heat shields between workers and radiant heat sources, such as furnaces or hot

metal, by installing water screens or air curtains in front of furnaces or by

installing heat-proof wire screens. Fixed arrangements to allow cooling time

before entry into the furnaces are also essential.

Acclimatization leads to natural adjustment in the salt content of body sweat. The

incidence of heat affections may be much lessened by adjustments of the workload

and by well-spaced rest periods, especially if these are spent in a cool room, air-

conditioned if necessary. Light meals will to be preferred during working hours.

Salt replacement is needed for jobs involving profuse sweating and is best

achieved by increasing salt intake with regular meals.

Wherever possible, sources of noise will be isolated. Remote central panels

remove some operatives from the noisy areas; hearing protection will be required

in the worst areas. In addition to enclosing noisy machinery with sound-absorbing

material or protecting the workers with sound-proofed shelters, hearing



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 279

protection programmes have been found to be effective means of controlling

noise-induced hearing loss.

Personal protective equipment

All parts of the body are at risk in most operations, but the type of protective wear

required will vary according to the location. Those working at furnaces need

clothing that protects against burns-overalls of fire-resisting material, spats, boots,

gloves, helmets with face shields or goggles against flying sparks and also against

glare. Safety boots, safety glasses and helmets are imperative in almost all

occupations and gloves are widely necessary. Strict supervision and continuous

propaganda are necessary to ensure that personal protective equipment is worn

and correctly maintained.

Medical supervision

Pre-placement medical examinations are of great importance in selecting persons

suitable for the arduous work in iron and steel making. For most work, a good

physique will be required: hypertension, heart diseases, obesity and chronic

gastroenteritis disqualify individuals from work in hot surroundings. Special care

will be needed in the selection of crane drivers, both for physical and mental

capacities.

Medical supervision will pay particular attention to those exposed to heat stress;

periodic chest examinations will be provided for those exposed to dust, and

audiometric examinations for those exposed to noise; mobile equipment operators

will also receive periodic medical examinations to ensure their continued fitness

for the job.

Table 7.7 :Details of Personnel Protective Equipment

S. No. Equipment Existing Nos Proposed Nos Total

1. Helmet 1210 310 1520

2. Shoes 1200 300 1500

3. Apron 130 60 190

4. Ear plug 380 215 595

5. Mask 850 245 1095

6. Goggle 760 255 1015

7. Gloves 460 180 640

8. Spats 70 25 95



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 280

7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Rapid development has posed wide-ranging hazards threatening safety and health of people.

Accidents may adversely affect the environment and the people living in the vicinity. These

accidents can be minimized to a great extent by proper procedures, handling and training but it

may be difficult to reach zero risk or absolute safety level. Whenever such incidents do occur in

order to prevent loss of lives and damage to property, it becomes necessary to take immediate

steps to control the situation. This can be achieved through a planned advance preparation to

face such a situation with respect to both on site and off site emergencies.

A. Vulnerable Areas

Maximum Credible Areas (MCA) of consequence that could be needing consideration in disaster

management plan are work shed, machinery storage and feed areas of raw materials, area of DG

Sets, loading/unloading areas of materials/sheets, atmospheric corrugators, run out conveyors

and de-stacker’s (if any).

Analysis of Vulnerable Areas

From the analysis of the above zones the action suggested are discussed as below:

All storage of raw materials & feed areas will be demarcated & placed in conformity to the

safety act & its prescription to prevent any hazards.

The people involved in such work places will be protected with all BIS certified Personal

Protective Equipments and given adequate training on safe operation and disaster control, if

arises.

Only trained personnel will be allowed to work at risky areas under strict supervision

Provision of protective gear, masks, hand gloves etc. will be provided to all employees in the

raw materials feed areas.

Good Ventilation and cleaning the above areas in multitude times of working hours.

Occupational Health hazard survey will be undertaken for all employees from the beginning of

their employment.

B. On- Site Emergency Plan

An On-site Emergency is caused by an accident that takes place in a hazardous installation and

the effects are confined to the factory premises involving the people working in the factory. On-

site Emergency Plan is dealing with eventualities, and it is the responsibility of the Occupier, to

prepare/implement necessary measures to contain the severity of cause of disaster to the bare

minimum.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 281

The preparation of an On-site Emergency Plan, furnishing relevant information to the District

Administration Authority for the preparation of the Off-site Emergency plan are statutory

responsibilities of the Occupier of every industry and other units

a) Objectives

The objective of the On-site Emergency Plan should be to make maximum use of the combined

resources of the plant and the outside services to

Effect the rescue and treatment of casualties

Safeguard other personnel in the premises

Minimize damage to property and environment

Initially contain and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any dead

Provide for the needs of relatives

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent enquiry into the

cause and circumstances of emergency

b) Action Plans

The Action Plan should consist of:

Identification of Key Personnel

Defining Responsibilities of Key Personnel

Designating Emergency Control Centres and Assembly Points

Declaration of Emergency

Sending All Clear Signal

Defining actions to be taken by non-key personnel during emergency

c) Key Personnel

The actions necessary in an emergency will clearly depend upon the prevailing circumstances.

Nevertheless, it is imperative that the required actions are initiated and directed by nominated

people, each having specified responsibilities as part of coordinate plan. Such nominated

personnel are known as Key Personnel.

The Key Personnel are:



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 282

Site Controller (SC)

Incidental Controller (IC)

Liaison and Communication Officer (LCO)

Fire and Security Officer (FSO)

Team Leaders (TL)

d) Site Controller (SC)

In the emergency situation, decisions have to be taken which may affect the whole or a

substantial part of the plant and even places outside. Many of these decisions will be taken in

collaboration with the other officers at the plant and the staff. It is essential that the authority to

make decision be invested in one individual. In this plan, he is referred to as the 'Site

Controller'. The Plant Manager (however called) or his nominated deputy will assume

responsibility as SC.

e) Incident Controller (IC)

In the emergency situation, someone has to direct the operations in the plant area and co-

ordinate the actions of outside emergency services at the scene of incident. The one who will

shoulder this responsibility is known as 'Incident Controller' in this plan. A Senior Operations

Officer or an officer of similar rank of the unit may be nominated to act as the IC.

f) Liaison and Communication Officer (LCO)

Operations Officer or any other officer of deputy rank will work as LCO and will be stationed at

the main entrance during emergency to handle Police, Press and other enquiries. He will

maintain communication with the IC

g) Fire and Safety officer (FSO)

The Fire and Safety Officer will be responsible for fire fighting. On hearing the fire alarm he

shall contact the fire station immediately and advise the security staff in the plant and cancel

the alarm. He will also announce on PAS (public Address System) or convey through telephones

or messengers to the SC, IC and LCO about the incident zone. He will open the gates nearest to

the incident and stand by to direct the emergency services. He will also be responsible for

isolation of equipment from the affected zone.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 283

A number of special activities may have to be carried out by specified personnel to control as

well as minimize the damage and loss. For this purpose designated teams would be available.

Each team will be headed by a Team Leader (TL). Following teams are suggested:

Repair Team

Fire Fighting Team

Communication Team

Security Team

Safety Team

Medical Team h) Responsibilities of Key Personnel Site Controller (SC)

On getting information about emergency, proceed to Main Control Centre

Call in outside emergency services

Take control of areas outside the plant, which are affected

Maintain continuous communication, review situation and assess possible course of

events

Direct evacuation of nearby settlements, if necessary

Ensure that casualties are getting enough help

Arrange for additional medical help and inform relatives

Liaison with Fire and Police Services and Provide advice on possible

effects on outside areas

Arrange for chronological recording of the emergency

Where emergency is prolonged, arrange for relieving personnel, their catering needs etc.

Inform higher officials in head office

Ensure preservation of evidence

Direct rehabilitation work on termination of emergency

i) Incident Controller (IC)

On getting emergency information, proceed to Main Control Centre

Activate emergency procedure such as calling in various teams

Direct all operations within plant with following priorities:

Control and contain emergency



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 284

Secure safety of personnel

Minimize damage to plant, property and the environment

Minimize loss of material

Direct rescue and repair activities

Guide fire-fighting teams

Arrange to search affected area and rescue trapped persons

Arrange to evacuate non-essential personnel to safe area/assembly point

Set up communications network and establish communication with SC

Arrange for additional help/equipment to key personnel of various teams

Consider need for preserving all records, information for subsequent enquiries

j) Liaison and Communications Officer

To ensure that casualties receive adequate attention, arrange additional help if required

and inform relatives

To control traffic movements into the plant and ensure that alternative transport is

available when need arises

When emergency is prolonged, arrange for the relief of personnel and organize

refreshments/catering facility

Advise the Site Controller of the situation, recommending (if necessary) evacuation of

staff from assembly points

Recruit suitable staff to act as runners between the Incident Controller and himself if the

telephone and other system of communication fail. –Maintain contact with congregation

points

Maintain prior agreed inventory in the Control Room

Maintain a log of the incident on tape

In case of a prolonged emergency involving risk to outside areas by windblown

materials - contact local meteorological office to receive early notification of changes in

weather conditions

k) Fire and Safety Officer

Announce over the PAS in which zone the incident has occurred and on the advice of the

Shift Officer informs the staff to evacuate the assembly



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 285

Inform the Shift Officer In-charge, if there is any large escape of products

Call out in the following order:

1. Maintenance Officer

2. Personnel and Administrative Officer

3. Departmental Head in whose area the incident occurred

4. Team Leaders (TL)

l) Emergency Control Centre

The Emergency Control Centre will be the focal point in case of an emergency from where

the operations to handle the emergency are directed and coordinated. It will control site

activities. Emergency management measures in this case have been proposed to be carried

from single control Centre designated as Main Control Centre (MCC)

MCC is the place from which messages to outside agencies will be sent and mutual aids and

other helps for the management of emergency will be arranged. It will be located in the safe

area. It will be equipped with every facility for external and internal communication, with

relevant data, personal protective equipments to assist hose manning the centre to enable

them to co-ordinate emergency control activities. CC will be attended by SC. Following facilities would be available in the MCC:

P&T phones, mobile phones, intercoms, and wireless

Fax and telex

Emergency manuals

Blown up area maps

Internal telephone directories

District telephone directories

Emergency lights

Wind direction and speed indicator

Requisite sets of personal protective equipment such as gloves, gumboots and

aprons

MCC will be furnished with call out list of key persons, fire, safety, first aid, medical,

security, police and district administrative authorities.MCC will also contain safety

data pertaining to all hazardous materials likely to cause emergency and well-

defined procedures of fire fighting, rescue operations, first aid etc.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 286

m) Assembly Point

In an emergency, it will certainly be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areas

and as precautionary measure, to further evacuate non-essential workers, in the first

instance, from areas likely to be affected, should the emergency escalate. The evacuation will

be effected on getting necessary message from i.e. On evacuation, employees would be

directed to a predetermined safe place called Assembly Point. Proposed Location: Area

opposite to service building will be the Assembly Point where all non-key personnel would

assemble on getting direction over Public-Address System. Outdoor assembly points,

predetermined and premarket, will also be provided to accommodate evacuees from

affected plant area(s). Roll call of personnel collected at these assembly points, indoor and

outdoor will be carried out by roll call crew of safety team to account for any missing

person(s) and to initiate search and rescue operations if necessary. n) Declaration of Emergency Mutual Aid

Procedure: All factories may not be equipped with an exhaustive stock of

equipment/materials required during an emergency. Further, there may be a need to

augment supplies if an emergency is prolonged. It would be ideal to pool all resources available in the and nearby outside agencies

especially factories during an emergency, for which a formal Mutual Aid scheme should be

made among industries in the region.

Essential Elements Essential elements of this scheme are given below:

Mutual aid must be a written document, signed by Location In-charge of all the

industries concerned

It should specify available quantity of materials/ equipment that can be spared (not

that which is in stock)

Mode of requisition during an emergency.

It should authorize the shift-in-charge to quickly deploy available

material/equipment without waiting for formalities like gate pass etc.

It should spell out mode of payment/replacement of material given during an

emergency

It should specify key personnel who are authorized to requisition materials from

other industries or who can send materials to other industries



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 287

It should state clearly mode of receipt of materials at the affected unit without

waiting for quantity/quality verification etc.

Revision number and validity of agreement should be mentioned

This may be updated from time to time based on experience gained

Emergency Management Training

The Key Personnel would undergo special courses on disaster management. This may

preferably be in-plant training. The Managers, Senior Officers and Staff would undergo a

course on the use of personal protective equipment. The Key Personnel belonging to various

Teams would undergo special courses as per their expected nature of work at the time of

emergency. The plant management should conduct special courses to outside agencies like

district fire services to make them familiar with the plant layout and other aspects, which

will be helpful to them during an emergency.

Mock Drills

It is imperative that the procedures laid in this Plan are put to the test by conducting Mock

Drills. To avoid any lethality, the emergency response time would be clocked below 2

minutes during the mock drill.

1st Step: Test the effectiveness of communication system 2nd Step: Test the speed of mobilisation of the plant emergency teams 3rd Step: Test the effectiveness of search, rescue and treatment of casualties 4th Step: Test emergency isolation and shut down and remedial measures taken on the

system

5th Step: Conduct a full rehearsal of all the actions to be taken during an emergency

The Disaster Management Plan would be periodically revised based on experiences gained

from the mock drills. The on-site emergency organization chart for various emergencies is

shown in Fig 1.

Fire Fighting System

Fire water is sourced from the raw water storage tanks of adequate capacity.

An exclusive pipeline connecting water storage tank and plant area (vulnerable

areas) with adequate pump is envisaged to fight any fires.

Fire water pump containing combination of diesel and electrically driven pumps.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 288

Portable and mobile extinguishers, such as pressurized water type, carbondioxide

type, foam type, dry chemical powder (DCP) type located at strategic locations

throughout the plant.

Table 7.8:Details of Fire Fighting Equipment

S. No. Equipment Existing Nos Proposed Nos Total

1. ABC type Fire extinguisher 170 90 260

2. Fire Water Tank 03 01 04

3. Fire hydrant 16 10 26

4. Fire Pump 02 01 03

5. Alarm system

Other safety Measures

Considering that fire and explosion is the most likely hazard in such installations, the plant

is being provided with systems to guard against such hazards. Salient among these are:

A proper layout to prevent and minimize the effects of any hazardous situation

Provision of operating systems to conduct the process through well established safe

operating procedures

Provision of a fire protection system to control fire

Provision of flame-proof lighting system in the fire prone areas

The First Aid Medical Centre has been/will be proposed. It will be fully equipped with

emergency facilities. It will be open round the clock. Adequate number of first aid boxes will

be kept at strategic locations. Required stock of first aid medicines will be maintained.

PR

OJE

CT

NA

ME

: EX

PA

NS

ION

IN M

AN

UF

AC

TU

RIN

G O

F S

PO

NG

E IR

ON

, TM

T B

AR

S, M

.S.

BIL

LE

T/

S.S. B

ILL

ET

S , M

S R

LL

ED

BA

RA

ND

CA

PT

IVE

PO

WE

R P

LA

NT

&

WH

RB

SEC

TIO

N –

VII – A

DD

ITIO

NA

L S

TU

DIE

S

AP

PL

ICA

NT

: GA

LL

AN

TT

ME

TA

L L

IMIT

ED

DO

CU

ME

NT

NO

.: EE

SP

L/

GM

L/

01

1/

EC

/In

d./

20

17

-18

/4

26

EN

KA

Y E

NV

IRO

SE

RV

ICE

S P

VT

. LT

D., JA

IPU

R

OC

TO

BE

R’ 2

01

8

28

9

Fig

ure

No

. 7.0

. :On

-Site E

me

rge

ncy

Org

an

izatio

n C

ha

rt

Op

era

tor

Sh

ift Inch

arg

e

Sa

fety O

fficer

Site

Co

ntro

ller

Ro

om

Em

erg

en

cy Co

ntro

l

Em

erg

en

cy Co

ord

inaro

rE

me

rge

ncy C

oo

rdin

aro

r(M

ed

ical,M

utu

al,A

idR

eh

ab

ilitatio

n,T

ransp

ort

an

d C

om

mu

nica

tion)

(Re

scue

,Fire

Fig

htin

g)

Ele

ctrician,

First A

id,

Tra

nsp

ort-D

river

Te

lep

ho

ne

-Op

era

tor

Ele

ctrician

Pu

mp

Op

era

tor

Em

erg

en

cy Co

ord

inaro

r(E

ssen

tial S

ervice

s)

Pu

mp

Op

era

tor

Sh

ift Inch

arg

e

Incid

en

t Co

ntro

ller



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 290

C. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Organizations involved and responsibilities and liaison arrangements between them City

a) Fire Services

To combat fire and carry out other emergency operations as per the need In case of fire, the

fire brigade is the best help from outside. Even in a disaster not involving fire, the fire

brigade could be of good help, inside the plant and outside, in view of their specialized

equipments and expertise in rescue and relief.

Responsibilities

To reach the accident spot as soon as possible with all necessary equipments to

extinguish the fire.

To provide all other necessary help depending on nature of emergency.

b) Police

To manage and control the mob, violence, sabotage or outbreak if any; Cordoning of the area

and help in fire fighting and other emergency operations.

In case of emergency the police department has a number of functions to perform; these are:

Responsibilities

Maintain law and order situation near the Depot premises.

To control the traffic to facilitate the victims to reach hospitals as early as possible.

To restrict entry of any unauthorized persons.

To set up communication to assist in disaster management operation.

To take control of surrounding transport facilities and assist in disaster management

operation by shifting injured persons and casualties to nearby hospitals.

To assist in fire fighting and other emergency operations.

c) Hospital

Prompt and efficient medical aid is important in an emergency situation. The first center

inside the Depot cannot cope up with all the treatment requirements; the right approach to

this problem is to have arrangements with nearby hospitals so that in case of an emergency,

services and facilities available with the nearby hospitals can be utilized.

Responsibilities

Depute doctors and nurses to site with ambulance.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 291

To provide immediate medical relief to casualties.

Augmentation of equipments, drugs and doctors.

To provide first aid on the spot to casualties.

To take all out efforts on war footing to save maximum lives.

To continue treatment to casualties till all of them are attended and properly shifted to

medical centers.

d) Medical Facilities

The nearest medical facilities are available in Bhiwadi. The other medical facilities available

from outer agencies are as follows:

Antidotes and emergency medicines

General medicine such as antiseptic, analgesic, Anti-Snake Venom etc available in the first aid

centre.

The other local hospitals available in nearby cities are given below and specialist doctors are

available in these hospitals.

Table7.9: Details of hospital in nearby cities and specialist doctors in the town

S. No. Name of Hospital Address Contact No.

1. Government Hospital Near Bus Stand,Bhachau 02837-224034

2. Sadbhavna Hospital Near Old Bus Stand,Bhachau 02837-223909

3. Tap Hospital Rambagh Road ,Adipur Gandhidham 9879499775

4. Shri Vagad Welfare

Hospital

Near N.H.8,Bhachau 02837-224041

e) District Collectorate/ Administration

To supervise of all off-site emergency operations; order to evacuate off-site population.

Local administration means those who are responsible for administration of the

geographical area where the Depot is located.

Responsibilities

To protect the citizens.

To assess the situation for overall control.

To monitor the functioning and need of various agencies in rescue operation at site.

To requisite and make available the services and facilities available in the area like

hospitals, doctors, transport, police, fire brigade and so on.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 292

To coordinate the activities outside the Depot in view of their authority and experience

in coordinating rescue and relief operations.

f) RTO

To clear all approach roads to and from corporation area for free flow of vehicular traffic, which

is engaged in combating the emergency and demarcate parking area for vehicles to evacuate

population.

g) Controller of Explosives & Factory Inspectorate

To provide expert advice and help in coordinating emergency operations with

government agencies.

The inspector of factories is expected to be a friend and a guide to industrial

establishments. His involvement is a matter of course, since he would be officially

connected with inquires after the disaster.

Responsibilities

To coordinate with local govt. body e.g. collectorate, civil hospital, police department

etc. as well as surrounding voluntary organizations.

To act as Off-site emergency controlling authority.

To inform public for precautionary measures.

h) Voluntary Organizations

Voluntary organizations could help in relief and humanitarian services to victims in case

of any emergency.

Responsibilities

To assist in rescue operations and first aid to the victims.

To arrange transport, refreshment and shelter.

To take necessary assistance from social organizations like Red Cross Society, Scouts,

NCC, Rotary, Lions clubs etc.

i) Other Installations near to the site

Industrial installations or oil installations present near the site should help to combat the fire

with the fire fighting equipments present in their locations.

Responsibilities



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 293

To provide the strongest possible support and resources to the plant managers so that

the best accident prevention and emergency preparedness procedures are in place in

the industrial facility.

To encourage their facility managers to commit themselves fully to the awareness and

preparedness for emergencies at local level process.

To monitor the involvement of their facilities in the process.

Table 7.10: Contact numbers of district administration in case of emergency

S. No. Authority / Agency Contact No.

1. District Collector & District Magistrate 02832-250650/250430

2. Superintendent of Police 02832-222952

3. Chief Medical Officer 02832-222850

4. Fire Brigade Service Centre 02832-222590/101

5. Addl. SP 02832-227934

6. Referral Hospital (Sterling Hospital) 079-40011177

7. Referral Hospital(Appolo Hospital) 079-66701800101/03

8. Referral Hospital (Shalby Hospital) 079-40203000

9. Plant CEO 7574845759

10. Safety Officer 7574845752

Safety training of personnel and mock drill / rehearsing emergency procedures

On appointment of every personnel it is essential to provide training to cope with

all types of perceived emergencies. Training is to be provided for:

Properties and hazards of the steel industry as given in the report.

Knowledge, location and use of fire fighting and protective equipments.

Emergency actions for various emergency scenarios.

Many organizations use table-top exercises to test their emergency plans. These are

very cost-effective because they do not interrupt the day today running of the plant and

because the organizer of the exercise can "arrange" for a variety of difficulties to be

taken.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 294

Full-scale exercises, providing a realistic rehearsal setting, will still be needed to

complement the tabletop exercises.

Longer Term Clean Up

I. Regular cleaning and housekeeping is practiced in the Plant.

II. Find out the causes for an accident/disaster.

III. Calculate economical as well as material losses.

IV. Provide the necessary facilities to the causalities.

7.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

The CSR activity envisaged by the Gallantt Metal Limited has been given as follows and they shall

continue to allocate sustainable welfare activities with an allocated budget of 2% of the average

annual profit of last three years for the forthcoming years CSR.

Table 7.11: CSR Activities undertaken by Gallant Metal Limited

Under the Swachchh Bharat Mission 2017

Objectives of the Project : For better livelihood, Water & Sanitation (WASH)

Beneficial community and its numbers/Geographical 1)Total No.132/ Samakhiyali

Bathrooms Construction for 241 households 2)Total No.109/Amliayara

A List of Beneficiary Households is Attached as Annexure –XLVII Grand Total :- 241

Approach method Supervision by the Company

Implementing partner/ agency Through Agency

Tenure of Project (in Months / Year) 2.5 Months

Total Project Cost (in INR in lacs ) INR. 51,81,500/-

Source of Fund Provided by M /S Gallantt Metal Ltd.

Press coverage, if any Yes



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 295

Acknowledgement from the Taluka

Development officer towards

construction of Toilets under the

“Swach Bharat Abhiyaan”.

Date Payment Mode Others Financial Assistance 2016-2017 Amount

4/3/2016 Cash

Hajipeer Patyatri Camp Samakhiyali

For Yarti Bohjnalay under rural development infrastructure

work. 11000/-

4/5/2016 SBI

Prjapati Dharamsibhai Pancha Bhai Samakhiyali For

Ramdev Babab Under rural development infrastructure

work. 101000/-

4/5/2016 Cash

Amarabhai Bada ( Ex Sarpanch ) SMK

For Ramdev Babab Work Under rural development

infrastructure work 50000/-

4/24/2016 Cash

Girnari Eduction Chritable Trust SMK

For School Bhojnalya 6000/-

5/3/2016 452640 SBI

Rebari Deva Bhai

Water Pipeline Work Samakhiyali To Amliyara under rural

development infrastructure work: 201600/-



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 296

5/9/2016 452653 SBI

Shri Shiv Shakti Chritable Trust,Jamnagar

For Construction of Trust Office 11000/-

5/21/2016 Cash



6/20/2016 Cash



7/16/2016 252992 SBI

Shri Gaushla ,Gharana

towards Animal Welfare 250000/-

7/21/2016 Cash



8/3/2016 BILL

Gram Panchayat, SAMAKHIYALI towards Rural

development and infrastructure work

For Construction of Community Hall, Copy of Bills and

Acknowledgement letter From Gram Panchayat attached as

Annexure –XLVIII. 68586/-

8/18/2016 Cash

Girnari Eduction Charitable Trust SMK


9/9/2016 711862 SBI Durga Pooja 15000/-



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 297

For Donation Durga Pooja ,GHARANA

9/9/2016 711863 SBI

Bangali Association ,Gandhidham

For Donation Durga Pooja ,Gandhidham 21000/-

9/19/2016 Cash



10/15/2016 Cash

Girnari Education Charitable Trust SMK


12/17/2016 452640 SBI - 7000/-

Total of sustainable activities 59,59,686

The proposed expansion project aims to continue the sustainable social development. The Project

authorities are committed towards fulfilling its corporate social responsibility.

The appropriate amount of CSR proposed by the Gallant Metal Limited as per the Companies Act,

2013 with an appropriate 2% of the next three years average annual net profits of the coming

years.

Adequate budgetary provisions have been made by the management for execution of

environmental management plans.

***********************



WHRB

SECTION – VIII –PROJECT BENEFIT




OCTOBER’ 2018 298

SECTION-VIII

INDEX

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS ........................................................................................................ 299

8.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 299

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................... 299

8.3 MAJOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT BENEFITS ....................................................... 299

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED ...... 302

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS ..................................................................................... 302

************



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 299

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1INTRODUCTION

The proposed project is expansion in manufacturing in Sponge Iron capacity 2,25000TPA

to 3,73,500TPA, M.S. Billets-3,36,600 to 4,29,000TPA, TMT Bars-3,30,000TPA to

4,22,400TPA, M S Rolled Bar- 5346TPA to 6,843 TPA & Runner & Raiser- 891(No change in

capacity), Power Plant (AFBC/CFDC) – 25MW to 35 MW and Power Plant (WHRB)- 8MW to

16MW in Kutch district will help in surrounding development and generate job

opportunities for the local population. The people residing in the nearby areas will be

benefited directly and indirectly as well. It is anticipated that the proposed expansion of

project will provide benefits in all important aspects.

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The proposed expansion will have numerous induced impacts on services to transport etc.

It will also attract other entrepreneur to establish their venture in the region.

8.3 MAJOR SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT BENEFITS

The Gallant Metals will continue to improve in socio economic condition of the area will

contribute towards:

CSR Activities undertaken by Gallant Metal Limited

Under the Swachchh Bharat Mission 2017

Objectives of the Project : For better livelihood, Water & Sanitation (WASH)

Beneficial community and its numbers/Geographical 1)Total No.132/ Samakhiyali

Bathrooms Construction for 241 households 2)Total No.109/Amliayara

A List of Beneficiary Households is Attached as Annexure .: Grand Total :- 241

Approach method Supervision by the Company

Implementing partner/ agency Through Agency

Tenure of Project (in Months / Year) 2.5 Months

Total Project Cost (in INR in lacs ) Rs.51,81,500/-

Source of Fund Provided by M /S Gallantt Metal Ltd.

Press coverage, if any Yes



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 300

Acknowledgement from the Taluka

Development officer towards

construction of Toilets under the

“Swach Bharat Abhiyaan”.

Date Payment Mode Others Financial Assistance 2016-2017 Amount

4/3/2016 Cash

Hajipeer Patyatri Camp Samakhiyali

For Yarti Bohjnalay under rural development infrastructure work. 11000/-

4/5/2016 SBI

Prjapati Dharamsibhai Pancha Bhai Samakhiyali

For Ramdev Babab work 101000/-

4/5/2016 Cash

Amarabhai Bada ( Ex Sarpanch ) SMK For Ramdev Babab Work Under rural development infrastructure work 50000/-

4/24/2016 Cash Girnari Eduction Chritable Trust SMK For School Bhojnalya 6000/-

5/3/2016 452640 SBI

Rebari Deva Bhai

Water Pipeline Work Samakhiyali To Amliyara under rural development infrastructure work: 201600/-



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 301

5/9/2016 452653 SBI Shri Shiv Shakti Chritable Trust,Jamnagar For Construction of Trust Office 11000/-



7/16/2016 252992 SBI

Shri Gaushla ,Gharana

towards Animal Welfare 250000/-


8/3/2016 BILL

Gram Panchayat, SAMAKHIYALI towards Rural development and infrastructure work

For Construction of Community Hall, Copy of Bills and Acknowledgement letter From Gram Panchayat attached as Annexure X 68586/-

8/18/2016 Cash Girnari Eduction Charitable Trust SMK For School Bhojnalya 6000/-

9/9/2016 711862 SBI Durga Pooja For Donation Durga Pooja ,GHARANA 15000/-

9/9/2016 711863 SBI Bangali Association ,Gandhidham For Donation Durga Pooja ,Gandhidham 21000/-


10/15/2016 Cash Girnari Education Charitable Trust SMK For School Bhojnalya 6000/-

12/17/2016 452640 SBI - 7000/-

Total of sustainable activities 59,59,686



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 302

8.4 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED

The project shall provides direct employment to a total workforce of 1250 persons and the

proposed expansion will provide indirect additional employment (transport, services

deliveries etc.) to semi-skilled and unskilled workers.

8.5 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

There will be social benefits from the proposed expansion in product capacity with process

integration project. The underlying benefits through the project are:

Promoting Education, including Special Education and Employment Enhancing

Vocation Skills Especially among Children, Women, Elderly, and the Differently-

Able and Livelihood Enhancement Projects.

Ensuring Environmental Sustainability, Ecological Balance, Protection of Flora

and Fauna, Animal Welfare, Agro-forestry, Conservation of Natural Resources

and Maintaining Quality of Soil, Air and Water.

Improve the Poverty and Malnutrition, Promoting Preventive Health Care and

Sanitation and making available Safe Drinking Water.

***************



WHRB

SECTION – IX- ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS




OCTOBER’ 2018 303

SECTION-IX

INDEX

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS ....................................................................304

************



WHRB

SECTION – IX- ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS




OCTOBER’ 2018 304

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’

is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping stage. As per the ToR points

issued by MoEF&CC vide letter no. J-11011/ 52/ 2013 – IA.II (I) dated 19.12.2017 for

the proposed project; the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and

hence has not been prepared.

**********************



WHRB

SECTION – X – ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN




OCTOBER’ 2018 305

SECTION-X

INDEX

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN…………………………………………………...306

10.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 306

10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT ..................................................... 306

10.2.1 Environmental department policies ................................................................................... 306

10.2.2 Environmental department structure ................................................................................. 307

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME................................................................. 309

10.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT .................................................................................... 315

***************



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 306

10.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that

the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner where all contractors

and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks

arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk.

It is required for formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protection

measures during and after commissioning of projects. The plans should indicate the details as

to how various measures have been or are proposed to be taken including cost components as

may be required. Cost of measures for environmental safeguards should be treated as an

integral component of the project cost and environmental aspects should be taken into

account at various stages of the projects. EMP also ensures that the project implementation is

carried out in accordance with the design by taking appropriate mitigative actions to reduce

adverse environmental impacts during its life cycle. The plan outlines existing and potential

problems that may adversely impact the environment and recommends corrective measures

where required. Also, the plan outlines roles and responsibility of the key personnel and

contractors who are charged with the responsibility to manage the proposed plant.

10.2 CRITICAL ACTIVITIES FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION

1. Training and Environmental Awareness;

2. Documentation and record keeping;

3. Reporting Procedures;

4. Stakeholder/ Project Proponent engagement;

5. Auditing;

6. Responding to Non-compliance.

10.2 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT

10.2.1 Environmental department policies

The unit will ensure the following activity

a. Commitment & Policy

The proposed project management will strive to provide and implement the Environmental

Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land and water.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 307

b. Planning

This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting

environmental objectives. The various potential impacts are discussed under Section IV of the

EIA Report.

c. Implementation

This comprises of resources available to the proponents, accountability of contractors, training

of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and documentation of

measures to be taken.

d. Measurement & Evaluation

This includes monitoring, corrective actions, and record keeping.

10.2.2 Environmental department structure

i. Environment management cell:

The Company has an Environment Management Cell, headed by a Senior Manager.

Trained engineers shall be responsible for incident free operation of all pollution

control devices and the enforcement of any rules / laws applicable

The staff of the company is regularly exposed to training & refresher courses and the

subject of Environment Management & Pollution Control is also dealt with in detail.

The company has well equipped laboratory to regularly monitor it discharges. It is

proposed to continue these practices.

ii. Environment Monitoring Laboratory:

The industry has a well equipped Quality Assurance Laboratory to consistently

ensure the highest quality of products. A section of this laboratory has been dedicated

to Pollution & Environment Monitoring.

Effluent quality tests are being carried out regularly.

The company does not have adequate facilities for Air / Stack testing, as yet. Its

present monitoring is conducted by external agencies that have the approval of

MOEF&CC and SPCB.

iii. Library

Books on environment & monitoring

Records/drawing

Collection of standards/norms/guidelines/notification etc.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 308

iv. Safety, health, fire services and security

For the supervisors and workers

v. Training facility

For the supervisors and workers

vi. Maintenance

Response time for emergency maintenance, spare availability and routine programme of

maintenance

Disaster Management Plan (DMP)

On-site Emergency Management Plan

Risk Assessment (RA)

Environmental Audit (EA)

vii. Monitoring data

Ambient air quality with meteorological data/information

Ambient noise level

Receiving water quality up-stream and down-stream of treated wastewater disposal

point (if any / applicable)

Ground water quality in and around factory

Storm water disposal facility inside & outside the factory

viii. Greenbelt development

Plants selection

Green belt covered area

Future plan, if any

ix. Waste Management

Recovery,

Recycle and

Reuse

x. Performance study of waste management

Identification of shortcomings

Finding out proper remedial measures

Implementation time frame

xi. Material balance

Mass Balance



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 309

xii. Identification of hazardous installations

list with details of hazardous installations

measures, in case of unforeseen release of pollutants

Was there any episode discharge of pollutants in past?

experience

remedial measures

strategy to be adopted based on experience

xiii. Prepare an environment check list to review environmental safeguard

House keeping

Complaints

Complaints received, if any

Accident occurred in last two years

Compliance of standards

Copy of water consent

Copy of air consent

Copy of authorization of hazardous wastes

Comply with the standards, stipulations, guidelines etc.

If not, indicate deviations with reasons for the same

Find difficulty in complying with the conditions of consent letters.

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL ACTION PROGRAMME

The management of “Gallantt Metal Ltd.” is quite conscious of its responsibility for

maintaining clean and a healthy environment. The management is also keen to modify and

make more efficient measures towards suppression of pollution sources. Lot of adequate

funds for pollution control measures are provided as a part of overall project financing to

ensure the availability of proper treatment facilities before the commissioning of the unit.

The overall investment in the project is assumed to be Rs. 596.0Crore are proposed for the

environment protection program. This cost will be spent in phase wise along with the

growth of project.

Table No. 10.0: Fund allocated for Environment Protection Measures


(In Lacs)

Recurring Cost

(In Lacs)




WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 310





Total 740 65

The proposed Environment Management plan for the unit is summarized in the below table:

Table no. 10.1: Environment Management Plan

Particulars Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

During Construction

Phase

• Dust pollution being/ will minimized at the source by water spraying and

maintenance of road.

• Construction material will be stored in temporary storage yard.

• There will be no basement; hence quantity of the soil excavation will be

comparatively less. However, soil will be kept moist to reduce dust emission during

excavation for piling.

• The excavated materials will be place only on the designated disposal areas.

• The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical

height to limit fugitive dust generation.

• The construction area will be shielded with the help of tarpaulin from all the four

sides to contain the air emissions within the premises.

• Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively treating it with water or

other substances in order to minimize its dust emission.

• Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other suitable measures will be

provided in order to minimize dust emission to the atmosphere when materials &

waste will be removed from the premises.

• Rapid cleanup of project related track out or material spills on paved road.

• Natural topography will be maintained to the greatest extent possible.

• Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.

• Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

• During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that

minimum flow of dust particle takes place.

• The first and most important step towards emission control for the large in-use fleet

of vehicles is the formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It is possible

to reduce 30-40% pollution loads generated by vehicles through proper periodical

inspections and maintenance of vehicles

• All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of

the vehicles will be avoided.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 311

• PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.

During Operation

Phase

The unit will take all possible measures to control the emissions from all sources.

Bag house are /will be installed to control emissions from the process

Adequate stack height as per CPCB emission regulations of 30 m for furnace for proper

dispersion of pollutants into the atmosphere.

Green belt development is being/ will be done to attenuate the pollution. Only local

species will be planted. It will cover 33% area of the proposed plant.

Ambient air quality and stack emissions is being/ will regularly monitored (as per

CPCB/SPCB) to ensure that ambient air quality standards and suggested limits of the

stack emission loads are met honestly all the time. And also to check the efficiency of Air

Pollution Control Equipments.

All the internal roads are/will be black topped to prevent fugitive emissions.

PUC certified vehicles is being/ will be used for transportation of raw material/products.

To check the functioning of pollution control equipment the unit will prepare

environment monitoring schedule during operation. In case of value found above the

statuary limit the plant are/will be shut down immediately and the environment cell of

the unit will be informed for further action.

Raw material is being/ will be kept in storage yard and base of storage yard will have

impermeable base surfaces, usually constituted from the material being stored. Other

raw materials will be stored under cover sheds.

Local exhaust ventilation is being/ will be provided to vent out the emissions to suitable

arrestment plant to meet the emission limit.

Dust and fumes is being/ will be minimized by discharging slag from the induction

furnace into slag pots, rather than on to the ground.

Indore air monitoring is being/ will be done to check the exposure level of the worker for

periodical basis. (at least once in six months)

Water Environment

During Construction

Phase

Measures is being/ will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground

where it could contaminate groundwater;

• Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages

• Measures is being/ will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological

features by diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.

• The machinery / equipment is being/ will be maintained in a good operating

condition;

• Specially designated areas is being/ will be created for vehicle maintenance;

• Accidental spillages is being/ will be cleaned up promptly.

• Curing water is being/ will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 312

will be covered with gunny bags this will conserves water

• Provisions is being/ will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access

track to prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads

• Fence is being/ will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing

the water to flow through.

• All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities is being/ will be

cleaned.

• Adopting good construction and engineering practices is being/ will help in mitigating

the water pollution.

Water Environment

During Operation

Phase

• Industrial waste water is being/ will be treated in ETP

• Domestic Waste water is being/ will be treated in existing STP

• Rain water harvesting structure is being/ will be installed in the unit.

• Regular ETP effluent monitoring is being/ will be done to track the working of ETP.

• The unit will be shut in case of any problem in the ETP working.

• Neutralization and sedimentation of wastewaters where applicable ̇ Dewatering of

sludge and appropriate disposal of solids.

• All effluents containing acid/alkali/organic/toxic wastes is being/ will e treated by

appropriate methods

Solid Waste

During Construction

Phase

• Careful design, planning and good site management would minimize waste of materials

such as concrete, mortars and cement grouts. The contractor will make inventory of all

types of solid waste that are expected during the construction activity before starting

the work.

• Complete excavated material from the earthworks will be re-used on site as structural

fill or for landscaping purposes by balancing with cut & fill operations.

• Construction waste generated will be disposed off according to the nature of the waste.

• Proper litter disposal and collection points will be established around the all

construction work sites.

• The transportation of construction spoil will be allowed only to designated dumpsites

after obtaining permission of.

No solid waste will be kept in open spaces.

Solid Waste &

Hazardous waste

During Operation

Phase

The slag collected from the bottom is being/ will be again re-charged in the furnace.

The cycle will continue till the end waste is formed. Slag accumulated inside the

furnace, will be continuously removed and will be sent to cement manufacturing units.

Iron will be separated from slag with the help of magnate and will be reused for

manufacturing of mild steel as a raw material.

Slag obtained is being/ will be properly staged on a platform above ground level and is



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 313

Fly Ash Management

being/ will be suitable covered with tarpaulin sheets.

Municipal Solid Waste is being /will sent to Municipal Council Bhachau, Gujarat.

Ash obtained from the Power plant is sold to brick manufacturing unit or used as binding

material for land filling.

The fly ash generated is being/ will collected and stored in fly ash silos.

Regular water sprinkling is being/ will done in the fly ash storage area.

The fly ash generated is being/ will be transported in dumpers from generation point to

the final disposal point

The fly ash generated is being/ will be sold to brick/cement manufacturers. MoU has

been signed between Gallantt and Local buyer. Annexure-XI

Ash is being/ will be sent to Surashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. for land filling site

wherein it will be used as binding material for solidification and stabilization.

Annexure- XI.

Ash handling system

The ash handling system envisages wet extraction and disposal of bottom ash & dry

extraction for fly ash. The fly ash is being/ will be extracted in dry form from the

electrostatic precipitator hoppers, economizer & air heater hoppers and stack hopper and

transported to storage silo as a measure for promoting ash utilization.

Disposal of Fly Ash from Silo

Dry fly ash from the air pre-heater, stack hopper, Eco hoppers and ESP hoppers is being/

will be collected in the fly ash storage silo. The storage silos six nos will be designed to have

a storage capacity of ( Two silo – 80m3 each , Two 60m3 each, Two 50m3 each – Total 6 silo

190m3) each which caters for twenty four hours of fly ash generation. The dry fly ash

collected in the storage silo is being/ will be normally disposed in the dry conditioned form.

The fly ash is being/ will be unloaded in dry form through rotary feeder and double shaft

paddle type dust conditioners to open trucks for utilization of fly ash. The fly ash conveying

air is being/ will be vented to the atmosphere through vent bag filter to mitigate the

environmental pollution. Fly ash silos is being/ will be provided outlets - one for disposal of

ash in conditioned form into open trucks through ash conditioner and other for disposal of

fly ash in dry form to closed container trucks.

Transportation

The ash is being/will be disposed in ash pond. Ash collected in silo is being/ will be

transported through trucks. Efforts are being/ will be made to dispose the ash to landfill use

etc.

Chal Coal

The generated Chal coal is being/will be reused in Power plant as a fuel.

Accretion



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 314

The generated accretion is being/will be Used in Land filling activity

Hazardous Wastes after expansion will generate :


Type of Waste


Hazardous

Waste

Used Oil(5.1) 2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent to Hindustan Oil

Industries, Gandhidham, Gujarat.

Copy is enclosed as Annexure-XXI.

Used Ion

exchange

resin

(34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion exchange resin is sent to

Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd.

Copy is enclosed as Annexure-XXII.

Tar residue

(13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is sent to Saurashtra

Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd Enclosed as

Annexure-XXIV.

Noise Pollution

During Construction

Phase

Complete construction work especially heavy work will be done during day time.

Vehicular movement carrying raw materials is being/ will be avoided during night time.

The vehicles are will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be

made.

Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the

workers.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

Noise Pollution

During Operation

Phase

All equipments are being/ will be procured meeting the permissible noise standards.

The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and PPE is being/ will also act

as noise reducer.

Foundations and structures is being/ will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.

Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits is being/ will be adopted.

D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic

enclosure is being/ will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting

the ambient noise standards, whichever is on the higher side.

Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs,

helmet etc is being/ will be provided to the workers.

Noise levels generated is being/ will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act &

Rules and will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. Thus is

being/ will help to control the noise pollution.

Proper lubrication and housekeeping is being/ will be usually done to avoid excessive



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 315

noise generation.

Supervisor is being/ will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions

of machineries and silencers.

33% of the total plot area is under greenbelt.

Socio - Economy Periodic training to local villagers in the premises and recruitment of local workers from

the study area.

Rest rooms/recovery rooms will be provided to local workers to avoid tiresome

commuting to their houses.

The enroute will be restricted to the major roads State and National highways.

Periodic maintenance and emission check of vehicles shall be ensured to restrict air

pollution.

The proposed project will promote neither selective, nor relative, but universal respect

through contribution in various festivities, equal observance and protection among

employees and societies at large in all CSR activities

Occupation Health records are enclosed as Annexure-XXXVIII.

Energy Conservation

& Natural resource

conservation

Energy Conservation Natural Resource Conservation

Electricity has been conserved at the plant

site as the electricity is being / will be

produced in captive power plan

Water: Waste water generated during the

industrial process and domestic processes

are being treated and used for plantation

purposes, General cleaning.

Water is used for COC purposes in induction

furnace.

Recycling of solid wastes – Solid wastes

like scrap, sludges form STP, etc, are

already in partially processed stage while

getting generated during various

production processes. Recycling of these

solid waste materials saves energy since it

reduces equivalent amount of raw

materials usage and the energy needed for

the processing of these raw materials.

Rain Water Harvesting: Rain Water

harvesting pit is exists in the premises to

conserve the rain water through rooftop.

Scrap as raw Material: Scrap is used for

the manufacturing of TMT bar.

Slag is re-used for the road making parking

of truck area.

Time to time energy audit in the plant is being done at site for energy conservation.

10.4 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Benefits of Planting and Protecting Trees



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 316

Environmental Value: Trees provide a variety of environmental values, including screening of

unpleasant odours, absorption of noise and reduction of pollution and temperatures in the area

as described below:

Air Quality: Trees are an efficient and cost-effective way for a community to improve its Air

quality and reduce pollution. A mature tree absorbs of small particles and gases, like carbon

dioxide, which are released into the air by automobiles and industries. In addition, a single tree

produces nearly three-quarters of the oxygen required for a person.

Water Quality: Trees help anchor soil and reduce storm water runoff, saving the high costs of

drainage ditches, storm sewers, and other “engineered solutions” to storm water Management.

Reducing Runoff also decreases topsoil erosion and the amount of silt and other pollutants

washed into streams, rivers and lakes.

Reduced Noise Pollution: Noise pollution is an often overlooked problem. Excessive or

unwanted sound has negative physical and psychological effects. Noise can come from many

sources, especially roads and highways. Trees can play an important role in deadening unwanted

noise. Sound waves are absorbed by a tree’s leaves, branches, and twigs.

Green Belt development / tree plantation in organized manner is already done through

development of green belt in the existing project site. Now it is suggested to plant more trees

(approx 6200 nos.) of Local trees species like:, Dalbergia sissoo, Delonix regia, Polyalthia

longifolia, Cassia fistula green belt in the prescribed site (around periphery /boundary, inside the

industry, and at Undisturbed area) to reduce the impact of expansion activities in the

surroundings of the existing project site. The above mentioned plants are suitable for green belt

development have characteristics like, fast growing, thick canopy cover, perennial and evergreen

large leaf area, naturally growing, efficient in absorbing pollutants without major effects on

natural growth.

Peripheral plantation:-

The species selected will be hardy, vigorous in growth, indigenous for ecological reasons and

exotics which have become established as part of local scene. e.g. - Azardirachta indica (Neem),

Dalbergia sissoo (Sheesham) etc.

Trees (special effects): Trees in this section should include those sufficiently individualistic,

spectacular or strong in character to occupy the isolated positions, either because of these

qualities or because they do not mix easily in visual sense with other trees. e.g. - Ficus bengalensis

(banyan tree), Cassia fistula (Amaltash)

Trees (barriers): Barriers formed with plants are needed in landscape for screening the

unpleasant views, for dividing up the landscape into spaces, for providing shelter from wind, for



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 317

protection against pollution, for defining boundaries and for assisting in the creation of beautiful

landscape. e.g.- Polyalthia longifolia (Ashok), etc

Table10.2: Details of Existing Green belt

S. No. Year planted plants (Nos.) Name of Species planted

1 2008-09 2257

Neem, Sheesham, Karanj, Peepal,

Banyan, Amla, Ashok, Salvadora

species etc. Above all many

shrubs species i.e. Kaner,

Boganvelia etc planted at road

side, working area, periphery of

plant premises

2 2009 –10 2322

3 2010 – 11 3973

4 2011 – 12 3035

5 2012 – 13 3394

6 2013 - 14 1674

7 2014 – 15 2178

8 2015 - 16 1590

9 2016 - 17 3315

10 2017-18 6100

Total 33661

Mortality &

Mortality Rate

8742

25.97

Proposed Year wise Green belt plantation

Company will be developing additional green belt by using local plant species. 6200

saplings will be propagating under the Plantation and greenbelt development activities.

Table 10.3: Proposed Year wise plantation and Budget for Next Five Years

S. No. Year Proposed No. of plants Proposed Species

1 2018-19 1250 Species have been suggested by considering

various biological and environmental roles of the

various plant species like Dust Control, Noise

Control, Absorptions of Gases, Drought resistance,

Fire Resistance etc. Also some flowering herbs and

shrubs have been suggested to enhance aesthetic

beauty of the project site area.

2 2019-20 1235

3 2020-21 1235

4 2021-22 1240

5 2022-23 1240

Total 6200

BUDGET

A capital cost provision of Rs.18, 60,000/- has been kept for development of greenbelt as given in



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 318

Table below The budget includes cost of digging of pits, fertilizers, saplings and maintenance @300/-

per sapling from 2018-19 to 2022-23.

Year 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23 Total

No of plants 1250 1235 1235 1240 1240 6200

The budget includes

cost of digging of

pits, fertilizers,

saplings and

maintenance

@300/-per sapling

1500 plants/ ha.

Rs.

3, 75,000

Rs.

3,70,500

Rs.

3,70,500

Rs.

3,72,000

Rs.

3,72,000

Rs.

18,60,000

Recurring cost Rs. 4,00,000

Plants also help to control the extreme fluctuation in temperature and reduction of pollution

level in urban atmosphere. Plants have a useful effect upon the climate. Trees provide nest sites

for birds. The leafy branches make good hiding places and are difficult for most predators to

reach - even non-breeding birds roost in trees at night.

Conservation plan: Sechdule-1 Specie Indian Peafowl (Pavo cristatus) and painted stork was

found in the found in the study area (Buffer Zone). Conservation plan has been approved from

the Chief wild life warden, Bhuj enclosed as Annexure-XIV.

Table 10.4: Budget Allocation For Pea Fowl (PAVO CRISTATUS)

S.No Activity Year wise budgetary provision in Lakhs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total

1 Construction of five small

tree groves in a different

habitation area with

planting of 200 sapling of

Neem, Siris, Ardu, Bad,

Pipal and suitable shady

trees in each grove and

creation of

meadows(Grass land)

@Rs.300 per plant( one

grove per year for five

years)

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 --- --- --- --- --- 3.0



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 319

2 Construction of small

water holes, creation of

salt licks in each grove

and watering facilities &

maintaining the water

quality in each grove.

(Rs. 50,000/- per year

for 10 years)

0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 5.0

3 Maintenance of 200

Plants including causality

replacement (20% of

total plants species)

@Rs.200 per plant per

year.

0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 4.0

4 Awareness programme

(Minimum 2 camps per

year for organizing play,

Posters and question

competitions, brochures

for conservation of

peafowl (Rs. 50,000 per

year for 10 years)

0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 5.0

5 The farmers in the buffer

area will be motivated to

plant fruit and local

species of trees on the

boundaries of their

agriculture fields and

near by their houses

0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 2.0

6 Providing of One rescue

vehicle for needful

wildlife ( First year 5.0

lakh for purchasing and

next rest 9 years

company will provide

maintenance for the

5.0 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 7.30



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 320

same

7 Help for Rescue with

veterinary medicine,

required equipment. Also

provide fund for the

veterinary essential

required medicine for 10

years.

1.0 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 2.80

Total Rupees Twenty Nine lacs & Ten Thousand only 29.10

Note:-

Suggested villages and government schools of buffer zone for plantation and development of groove i.e.

Samakhiali, Near Gorasar Talav, Lakhpat, Vondh near Talab, Near Amliyara Nadi

Provision for regular monitoring and evaluation of implementation of conservation plan.

Provision for modification of conservation plan if need arises.

Table10.5: Budget Allocation For Painted Stork

S.No Activity Year wise budgetary provision in Lakhs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total

1 Construction of small tree groves at all around the different water bodies present in the study area with planting of 200 sapling of Neem, Siris, Ardu, Bad, Pipal and suitable shady trees in each grove. @Rs.300 per plant (one grove per year for five years)

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 --- --- --- --- --- 3.0

2 Maintenance of 200 Plants including causality replacement (20% of total plants species) @Rs.150 per plant per year.

0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 3.00

4 Awareness programme (Minimum 2 camps per year for organizing play, Posters and question competitions, brochures for conservation of Painted stork and farmers in the buffer area will be motivated to care & aware the nesting of stork in the area(Rs.

0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 5.00



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 321

50,000 per year for 10 years) Total Rupees Eleven Lakhs only 11.00

Note:-

Provision for modification of conservation plan if need arises.

Following water bodies are selected for plantation at : Gorasar, Adhoi, Vondh, Jangi and Amiliyara

*********



WHRB

SECTION – XI – SUMMARY & CONCLUSION




OCTOBER’ 2018 322

SECTION – XI

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

INDEX

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION ..................................................................................... 323

11.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 323

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................. 326

11.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ................................................................................ 328

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 333

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ..................................................... 336

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS .......................................................................................................... 341

11.7ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE ................ 342

11.8 CONCLUSIONS .................................................................................................................... 346



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 323

11.0 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

Gallantt Metal Limited (GML) is a large scale existing industrial unit which is situated at

Survey No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat. The

proposed expansion is for manufacturing-

Table-11.0: Existing and Proposed Production Capacity

S. No. Product Existing

(TPA)

Proposed

(TPA)

Total After

Expansion(TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346 1,497 6,843


Power Generation



The proposed expansion is coming up within existing plant area 116.0 Acres (4, 73,325Sq.m).

No additional land is required for the proposed expansion. The expected capital investment

for the proposed expansion will be Rs. 216.0 Crore and the total project cost will be 596.0

Crore.

The proposed expansion is categorized A" under schedule 3(a) Metallurgical industries

(ferrous & nonferrous) of Gazette Notification dated 14thSeptember, 2006 and its subsequent

amendment.

The detailed environmental settings is given in below table no. 11.1

Table No. 11.1 -Environmental Settings


1. Name of the Project Expansion in manufacturing of Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets , MS Rolled Bar

and Captive Power Plant & WHRB

2. Applicant Gallantt Metal Limited

3. Location At Survey No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch, Gujarat.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 324

4. Plot Area 116 Acre

5. Land Type Industrial Land ( Duly bonafied from District Collector Kutch)

6. Latitude & Longitude N E



S W



7. Toposheet No. 41I/7,8, 11 & 12

8. Elevation Highest –42MSL; Lowest 39MSL.

9. Nearest Habitation Samakhaiyali 1.04 km SE

10. Nearest Major Town Gandhidham ~ 45 Km, SW

11. Nearest Highway S. No. Particulars Distance (Km) Direction


1. NH-8A 750 m S

2. NH-15 2.90 E

3. SH-42 13.62 W

Source: All distances are taken with respect to Google Earth.

12. Nearest Railway Station Railway Station- Samkhaiyali, 1.04 Km, SE

13. Nearest Airport Kandla, ~ 45.72 Km, SW

14. Nearest Tourist Places None within 10 Km radius

15. Defense Installations None within 10 Km radius.

16. Archaeological Sites None within 10 Km radius.

17. Eco-sensitive Zones None within 10 Km radius.

18. Reserved/ Protected

Forest




(Source: All distances are taken with respect to S.O.I. GT Sheet.)

19. Nearest Streams/

Rivers/ Water Bodies



Water Bodies



3. Amliyara Nadi 8.15 S




WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 325






Forests



20. Public Building Places Social Structures Distance and Direction


Nearest organized marketplaces for the locals 1.06 SE

Medical Facility






Vagad Welfare Hospital, Bachau 16.36 W

Govt. Primary Health Centre , Amliyara 7.85 SSW

Schools

Shri Bodh Kumar Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 1.30 S

Shri Bodh Kanya Prathmik Pathshala , Vondh 270 m N

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Samakhiyali 1.89 SE

Govt. Uchh Madhyamik Vidhyalya Lakhpat 5.30 NNW

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Laliyana 7.25 SE

Govt. Uchh Prathmik Pathshala Gharana 4.45 NE

Others

Police Station Samakhiyali 1.64 SE


22. Seismic Zone As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) seismic zone map of India, categorized

under “Severe” Zone-IV.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 326

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The salient features of the proposed plant are given below:

Table- 11.2: Salient Features of Proposed Plant


1. Project Name Expansion in manufacturing of Sponge Iron, TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets ,

Ms Rolled Bar and Captive Power Plant & WHRB

2. Location At Survey No. 175/1, Village - Samkhaiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District - Kutch,

Gujarat.

3. Production & its Capacity S.

No.

Product Existing

(TPA)

Proposed

(TPA)

Total

(TPA)

1. Sponge Iron 2,25,000 1,48,500 3,73,500

2. M.S. Billets 3,36,600 92,400 4,29,000

3. TMT Bars 3,30,000 92,400 4,22,400

4 M S Rolled Bar 5346 1,497 6,843


Power Generation

6 Power Plant

(AFBC/CFBC)

25 MW 10MW 35 MW


4. Land requirement Nil as no additional land is required.

5. Source of power

Phase Demand (MW) Expected Source

Electricity

Operational Existing - 33 MWH;

Proposed - 18 MWH

Total - 51 MWH

Existing & proposed CPP and

remaining will be met from State

Grid as and when required.

6. Water Requirement S. No.

Particulars Water Demand (KLD)


1. Domestic 215 61 276

2. Industrial

a. Cooling 168 92 260

b. Boiler 237 122 359

c. Process 653 262 915

3. Plantation/Others 45 -- 45

Total 1318 537 (343 Fresh + 194 Recycled)

1855 (1661 fresh + 194 Recycled)



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 327

Source: - Water from GWIL water supply system.

7. Source of Water For existing water demand is being met out from Gujarat Water

Infrastructure Limited and the agreement has been obtained from the Office

of GWIL, Gandhinagar vide letter no. GWIL/ Kutch/ Ind. Conn. / 3000 dated

30.12.2010. For expansion water demand will be met through GWIL,

Gandhinagar, Gujarat.

8. Manpower S. No. Category No. of Persons

Existin

g

Propose

d

Total

1. Permanent Staff 355 70 425


3. Semi-Skilled

worker

130 50 180


Total 960 290 1,250

9. Wastewater generation Particulars Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/ disposal

Type of Waste


Domestic Waste water (KLD)

Domestic waste water

105 49 154 Treated in existing Sewage Treatment Plant (200 KLD).

Waste Water (KLD)

Industrial waste water (cooling, boilers, process, DM water rejection)

135.5 75.0 210.5 Waste water generated from cooling tower, boiler and process will be treated in ETP (250 KLD) and reused for green belt and dust suppression purpose.

10. Solid & Hazardous waste generation



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 328

Particulars Solid Waste Quantity in TPA Treatment/ disposal

Type of

Waste


Solid Waste

(TPD)

Slag 21250 5833 27083 Sold to road construction activity.

Total Ash 51400 47600 99000 Sold to brick manufacturing unit

MoU is enclosed Annexure-XI and

Sold to TSDF site for utilization of

fly ash as binding material for

solidification and stabilization

Coal Char 58290 38471 96761 Reused 100% in Power plant as a

fuel.


Municipal

Solid Waste

(Kg/ day)

Biodegradable 480 145 625 Sent to Municipal Council

Bhachau, Gujarat


Type of Waste Existing Propose

d

Total

Hazardous Waste

Used Oil (5.1) 2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent to Hindustan

Oil Industries, Gandhidham,

Gujarat. Copy is enclosed as

Annexure-XXI.

Used Ion

exchange resin

(34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion exchange resin is

sent to Saurashtra Enviro

Projects Pvt. Ltd. Copy is

enclosed as Annexure-XXII.

Tar residue

(13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is sent to

Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt.

Ltd. Enclosed as Annexure-

XXIV

11. Project Cost Existing – Rs. 380.0 Crore; Proposed- Rs. 216.0 Crore..Total - Rs 596 Crore.

12. EMP costs EMP Capital Cost - Rs. 740 Lacs

EMP Recurring Cost -Rs. 65 Lakhs

13. Cost towards CSR

activities

As per the Companies Act , 2% of the three years average annual profits is

and will be earmarked for CSR every year

11.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

For monitoring of the environmental parameters like meteorology, air, water, soil and

noise quality, the monitoring stations have been established at different locations in and



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 329

around the project area. The base line data has been collected in the pre monsoon season

i.e. December’2017, January’ 2018 & February’ 2018.

Meteorology

The recorded meteorological data for the study period at project site is presented below:

Table No. 11.3:Micro meteorological data for the study period at project site

Month Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity

(%)

Rainfall (mm) Wind Speed (mile/h)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

December’ 17 36.6 12.7 86 12 0.1 0 3.7 <1.0

January’18 36.5 12.7 84 14 0 0 3.7 <1.0

February’18 38.7 15.1 71 15 0 0 3.5 < 1.0

Ambient Air Quality

The data was generated by En-Vision Environmental Services & Testing Laboraties,

Surat, Gujarat for the Winter season i.e. December’ 2017, January’ 2018 & February’2018

for ambient air quality status within 10 km radius of the site.

The monitoring report is enclosed as Annexure- XXXIII. Eight monitoring stations

(including project site) were installed at different locations during pre monsoon season

i.e. December’ 2017, January’ 2018 & February’2018 to assess the ambient air quality the

summary of all the above location are given below Table No.11.3

Table No. 11.4: Summary of Ambient Air Quality for all the locations

Locations PM10 (µg/m3) PM2.5 (µg/m3) SO2 (µg/m3) NOx (µg/m3) CO (µg/m3)

Standards 100 (µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 2000 (µg/m3)

Max Min 98 th

Percentile

Max Min 98 th

Percentile

Max Min 98 th

Percentile

Max Min 98 th

Percentile

Max Min 98 th

Percentile

Project Site 76.8 71.2 76.57 43.2 35.7 42.79 15.6 12.5 15.55 23.40 19.20 23.26 430.00 400.00 427.70

Samyakhali 80.4 72.2 79.85 43.7 34.8 43.61 13.9 11.1 13.76 19.40 17.20 19.35 295.00 255.00 295.00

Gorasar 71.7 67.9 71.52 37.3 35.2 0.62 10.1 7.20 9.92 17.90 15.10 17.81 250.00 200.00 247.70

Ramapar 67.7 63.2 67.29 36.7 32.7 36.52 13.8 10.6 13.52 17.90 15.20 17.85 250.00 220.00 250.00

Gharana 79.8 73.4 79.80 41.7 37.2 41.65 10.4 13.4 13.31 18.40 16.10 18.31 180.00 205.00 202.70

Lakhpat 6.4 65.4 68.31 36.4 32.2 35.94 15.2 11.2 15.15 17.60 15.10 17.60 282.00 138.00 49.24

Vipasar 78.1 74.6 77.92 41.5 37.9 41.45 15.7 13.2 15.65 17.80 16.10 17.75 152.00 138.00 152.00

Vondh R.S. 70.4 68.0 70.31 39.6 37.0 39.42 14.1 12.2 14.05 15.70 14.00 15.70 152.00 132.00 150.16



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 330

The analysis results for the study period are presented in above monitoring tables. Various

statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum and minimum values have been

computed from the observed raw data for all the AAQ monitoring stations. These are

compared with the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for rural

and residential zone.

The observation based on the perusal of the results is summarized below:-

PM10: The maximum value for PM10 observed at Samyakhli Village - 80.40 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM10 observed at Ramapar Village- 63.20µg/m3. The 24 hours


PM2.5: The maximum value for PM2.5 observed at Samyakhli Village -43.70 µg/m3 and

minimum value for PM2.5 observed at Lakhpat Village – 32.20 µg/m3. The 24 hours


SO2: The maximum value for SO2 observed at Viapsar Village- 15.70 µg/m3 and minimum

value for SO2 observed at Gorasar Village – 7.20 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for


NO2: The maximum value for NO2 observed at Project site- 23.40µg/m3 and minimum

value for NO2 observed at Vondh R.S.- 14.0 µg/m3. The 24 hours applicable limit for


CO: The maximum value for CO observed at Project Site - 430 µg/m3 and minimum value

for CO observed at Vondh R.S. 132 µg/m3. The 8 hours applicable limit for Industrial,

Residential Rural and other areas is 2000 µg/m3.

Conclusion

The results of the monitored data indicate that the ambient air quality of the region in

general is in conformity with respect to norms of National Ambient Air Quality standards

of CPCB, at all locations monitored.

Surface water quality

To assess the present ground water condition seven sampling location were selected for ground

water quality testing. The monitoring is done during the Winter season i.e. December2017,

January 2018 & February 2018.

It is recommended that the acceptable limit is to be implemented. Values in excess of those

mentioned under :acceptable” render the water not suitable, but still may be tolerated in the

absence of an alternative source but up to the limit indicated under ‘permissible limit in the



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 331

absence of alternate source’ in Colum permissible, above which the source will have to be

rejected. If E.coli or Total Coliform are detected immediate treatment is require as per IS:

10500-1991 (Reaffirmed 2012).

Ground water quality

The analysis results indicate that pH of the groundwater was found to be in range of 6.56 – 7.14.

The TDS were found to be in the range of 210 – 3860mg/l. Other parameters like Calcium,

Magnesium, Chlorides, Sulphates and Nitrates were found higher than the prescribed limits.

The physico – chemical analysis for the other parameters were also within the permissible

limits as per the standards as per IS: 10500.

Noise Quality

A. Day time Noise Levels Leq(day)

The day time Leq(day) noise levels at all the residential locations were observed to be in the

range of 60.2 – 66.7 dB(A). The maximum noise level of 71.2 dB (A) was observed at

Samyakhali village and the minimum noise level of 56.3dB (A) was observed at Village

Lakhpat during the study period. It is observed that the day time noise levels are in

accordance to exceed the prescribed limit of 55 dB (A) in the study area.

B. Night time Noise Levels Leq(night)

The night time Leq(night) noise levels at all the residential locations was observed to be

in the range of 57.3-66.2dB(A). The Maximum & maximum noise level of 69.8 dB (A) &

56.2 dB(A) was observed at Village Samyakhali during the study period. It has been

found that the night time noise levels were found to high due to vehicular movement,

within the prescribed standard of 45 dB(A).

Soil Quality

Five soil samples in around the project area was collected and analyzed. The result obtained is

compared with the standard soil classification given Agriculture Soil Limits. It has been

observed that the soils are clay in texture and neutral in nature. The nutrient and organic

matter contents are medium and the soil is normally fertile.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 332

Ecology

The project site is already surrounded by the urban environment and does not hold any critical

habitat/ecosystem as well as any threatened floral or faunal species. So project site will not

have any adverse impact on the environment.

Socio-Economic Aspects

The project is investing in exemplary social responsibilities and doing the good work with

public faith.

The project is expansion on the existing land area and no displacent due to the expansion of

manufaturing activity of the project.



New patterns of indirect employment/ income through value chain involving warehousing,

logistics, and CSR.



As per the preliminary site visit, the CSR activities were identified on the need based

requirement of the study area. However the public hearing, the appropriate sustainable

development plan will be contributed and further projected by the corporation.

The CSR is applicable for every company having net worth of Rs. 500 crore or more, or

turnover of Rs. 1000 crore or more or a net profit of Rs. 5 crore or more during a year, such

Companies shall be required to formulate a CSR Policy and to ensure that every year at least

2% of its average net profits during the three immediately preceding financial years is spent

on CSR activities as may be approved and specified by the company. Also as per the office

Memorandum issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi dated 11th August 2014, No. J- 11013/25/2014-

IA.I , the associated need based CSR activities for the last three financial years will given is

Section VI after the Public hearing issues.

The proposed sustainable activities are with respect to the Notification dated 27th February,

2014 in the Section 467 of The Companies act 2013, by the Ministry of Corporate affairs.

The major thrust areas:- Activities as per the Notification

Water & Sanitation

(WASH)

School/ Education;

Eradicating hunger, poverty and malnutrition, promoting

preventive health care and sanitation and making available safe

drinking water.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 333

Livelihood Promotion

With Social & Cultural

Harmony among various

communities;


Environment & Animal

Welfare.

Promoting education, including special education and employment

enhancing vocation skills, especially among children, women,

elderly, and the differently-abled and livelihood enhancement

projects.

Rural development projects.

Ensuring environmental sustainability, ecological balance,

protection of flora and fauna, animal welfare, agro-forestry,

conservation of natural resources and maintaining quality of soil,

air and water.

11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The summary of anticipated adverse environmental impacts due to the expansion in production

capacity, Captive Power plant & WHRB of the existing project and mitigation measures are given

below.

11.4.1 Air Environment

The impact on air quality is assessed based on emissions of the proposed DG set emissions.

NOx and CO will be the important pollutants emitting from these sources.

Prediction of impacts on air environment has been carried out employing mathematical model

based on a steady state Gaussian plume dispersion model designed for multiple point sources for

short term. In the present case, AERMOD VIEW Version 7.1.0 dispersion model designed for

multiple point sources for short term and developed by United States Environmental Protection

Agency [USEPA] has been used for simulations from point source. Model simulations have been

carried out for the study period. In the present case, model simulations have been carried

out for the study period. The Ground level concentrations are computed for 24-hr average.

Maximum Ground level concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, NOx, CO and SO2 for study period were

2.2 g/m3, 1.4 g/m3, 13.5 g/m3 and 9.2 g/m3 respectively. The obtained GLC’s are well

within the stipulated CPCB standards.

11.4.2 Water Environment

Impact Mitigation Measures

Surface Water

Change in water bodies. No prominent stream or seasonal nallah is passing through the project area.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 334

Adhoi river is in a distance of 2.80 Km towards North from the project site but it

is not a perennial river.

Ground Water

Waste Water from Industrial

Process.

No water is being/will be discharged on land and water bodies as ZLD is

being/will be maintained. No water is being/ will be discharged from

outside the plant premises.

The reject water generated from process, washing, and DM regeneration,

Boiler blow down, cooling tower blow down will be treated in ETP and

reused in process.

No ground water will be abstracted for industrial and domestic purposes as

Narmada water canal supply from Gujarat water infrastructure Limited

(GWIL) is being/will used for the estimated water demand.

Waste Water from Domestic

Activity and Residential Colony.

The domestic waste water generated from office toilets, canteen residential

colony to the tune of 154 KLD will be treated in STP (Activated Sludge

Process) of 200KLD capacity and treated water will be used for plantation

and dust suppression & cooling tower.

The sludge generated from the sludge drying bed and the filtrate is

collected and the dried cakes are used as manure.

Table 11.5: Waste Water Generation and Disposal


Type of Waste


Domestic Waste water (KLD)

Domestic waste water

105 49 154.0 Treated in existing Sewage

Treatment Plant (200 KLD

capacity). STP photographs are

enclosed as Annexure-XXXIV.

Waste Water (KLD)

Industrial waste water (cooling, boilers, process, DM water rejection)

135.5 75.0 210.5 Waste water generated from

cooling tower, boiler and

process will be treated in ETP

(250 KLD capacity) and reused

for green belt at premises and

dust suppression purpose at

premises. Annexure- XVII.

11.4.3 Noise Environment

D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic enclosure

will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient noise

standards, whichever is on the higher side.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 335

Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet etc

will be provided to the workers.

Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and will

not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

11.4.4 Socio-Economic Environment

The requirement of unskilled manpower is being met from nearby villages’ operational

phase through training and development. The project generates indirect employment apart

from direct employment. This is a positive socio-economic expansion activityin the region.

There is a additional commercial activity leading to marginal rise in the standard of living in

the region.

11.4.5 Solid Waste

The anticipated quantities of some major solid hazardous waste is given below in table

Table No. 11.6: The anticipated quantities of solid waste


Type of

Waste


Solid Waste

(TPD)

Slag 21250 5833 27083 Sold to road construction activity.

Total Ash 51400 47600 99000 Sold to brick manufacturing unit MoU is enclosed

Annexure-XI and Sold to TSDF site for utilization of

fly ash as binding material for solidification and

stabilization.

Coal Char 58290 38471 96761 Reused 100% in Power plant as a fuel.


Municipal

Solid Waste

(Kg/ day)

Biodegra

dable

480 145 625 Sent to Municipal Council Bhachau, Gujarat

Management

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste is being /will be stored in the isolated hazardous

waste storage area within premises having leachate collection system and roof cover

Organic sludge generated in sewage treatment plant shall be collected and utilized for

agriculture uses.

Used oil will be collected, stored and sold to registered recyclers.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 336

11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

The following routine monitoring programme as detailed in as under will be implemented at

site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and

regular permits from RPCB/MoEF shall be monitored and reported periodically.

Table No. 11.7: Environmental Monitoring Programme during Construction Phase

S. No. Potential Impact Action to be Followed Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

1. Air Emissions All equipments are operated


parameters.

Random checks of

equipment logs/

manuals

Periodic



Vehicle logs Periodic during site

clearance &

construction

activities

Any dry, dusty materials

stored in sealed containers or

prevented from blowing.

Absence of stockpiles

or open containers of

dusty materials.

Periodic during

construction

activities

Ambient air quality within the

premises of the proposed unit

to be monitored.

The premises of the

proposed unit to be

monitored. PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

and HC.

As per CPCB/ RSPCB

requirement or on

monthly basis


2. Noise List of all noise generating

machinery onsite along with

age to be prepared.

Equipment to be maintained

in good working order

Equipment logs, noise

reading

Regular during

construction

activities

Night working is to be

avoided.

Working hour records Daily records

Generation of vehicular noise Maintenance of

records of vehicles



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 337

Implement good working

practices (equipment

selection and siting) to

minimize noise and also

reduce its impacts on human

health (ear muffs, safe

distances, and enclosures).

Site working practices

records, noise reading

Periodic during

construction

activities

No machinery running when

not required.

Periodic during

construction

activities

Acoustic mufflers /

enclosures to be provided in

large engines

Mufflers / enclosures

shall be in place.

Prior to use of

equipment.

Noise to be monitored in

ambient air within the plant

premises.

Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/RSPCB

requirement or on

quarterly basis


All equipments operated


parameters.

Random checks of

equipment logs/

manuals

Periodic during

construction

activities



Vehicle logs Periodic during

construction

activities

3. Wastewater

Discharge

No untreated discharge Discharge hoses shall

be connected to soak

pit

Periodic during

construction

activities

4. Soil Erosion Minimize area extent of

construction site by staying

within the defined

boundaries

Construction site

boundaries not

extended / breached

as per planned

document

Periodic during

construction

activities



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 338

5. Waste Management Implement waste

management plan that

identifies and characterizes

every waste arising

associated with proposed

construction activities and

which identifies the

procedures for collection,

handling & disposal of each

waste arising.

Integrate with waste

management plan

Periodic check

during construction

activities

6. Non-routine events

and accidental

releases

Plan to be drawn up,

considering likely

emergencies and steps

required to prevent/limit

consequences.

Mock drills and

records of the same

Periodic during

construction

activities

7. Health Employee and migrant labour

health check ups

All relevant

parameters including

HIV

Regular check up

8. Flora and fauna Vegetation development as

per Forest guidelines

No. of plants, species During site clearance

phase

Table11.8 :Environmental Monitoring During Operational Phase

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

1 Air Emissions Ambient Air

Quality

Monitoring

PM, SO2, NOx & CO

and VOCs

Twice in a week. At least four locations

(Main gate of Plant,

inside the Plant site,

Village- Samyakhali ,

Vondh Railway station)

Exhaust from

Vehicles

Use of fuel

efficient vehicles

Maintenance of

vehicles

Use of only PUC

certified vehicles.

Vehicle logs to be

maintained

-- --



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 339

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

Stack Emission

Monitoring

Monitoring of

stack attached with

kiln, clinker cooler,

coal Mill, cement

Mill and Boiler

PM Once in a month Plant site

2 Noise Noise generated

from various plant

operations,

vehicular to be

optimized and

monitored

Spot Noise Level

recording; Leq

(night), Leq(day),

Leq (dn)

Once in a month. Noise measurement at

the source & boundary

of the project

Generation of

vehicular noise

Maintain records

of vehicles

Periodic during

operation phase

--

3 Wastewater

Discharge

No untreated

discharge to be

made to surface

water,

groundwater or

soil.

No discharge

hoses in vicinity of

watercourses.

Periodic during

operation phase

--

Take care in

disposal of

wastewater

generated such

that soil and

groundwater

resources are

protected

Discharge norms

for effluents will

be maintained

Discharge norms for

effluents will be

maintained

STP discharge water

Compliance of

treated wastewater

usage/ discharge

to standards

pH, TSS, TDS, BOD,

COD, Oil & Grease

Periodic during

operation phase

One location (Treated

Wastewater)



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 340

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

4 Drainage

and

effluent

Management

Ensure drainage

system and specific

design measures

are working

effectively.

Design to

incorporate

existing drainage

pattern and avoid

disturbing the

same.

Visual inspection

of drainage and

records thereof

Periodic during

operation phase

--

5 Water Quality

and Water

Levels

Monitoring used

water quality &

groundwater

quality and levels

Comprehensive

monitoring as per

IS : 10500

Groundwater level

BGL

Quality-twice a year

Level- Monthly.

Four locations

surrounding project site

i.e. Samyakhali, Gharan

Talav, Gorasar Talav,

Pipra Talav

6 Energy Usage Energy usage for

air-conditioning

and other activities

to be minimized

Conduct annual

energy audit for

the buildings

Energy audit

report

Annual audits and

periodic checks

during operational

phase

--

7. Emergency

preparedness,

such as fire

fighting

Fire protection and

safety measures to

take care of fire

and explosion

hazards, to be

assessed and steps

taken for their

prevention.

Mock drill records,

on site emergency

plan, evacuation

plan

Periodic during

operation phase

--

8. Maintenance of

flora and fauna

Vegetation,

greenbelt / green

cover development

No. of plants,

species

Periodic during

operation phase

Plant site



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 341

S.

No.

Potential

Impact

Action to be

Followed

Parameters for

Monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Location

9. Solid and

Hazardous

Waste

Management

Implement waste

management plan

that identifies and

characterizes every

waste arising

associated with

proposed activities

and which

identifies the

procedures for

collection, handling

& disposal of each

waste arising.

Records of solid

waste generation,

treatment and

disposal

Periodic during

operation phase

Plant Site

10. Health Employees and

migrant labour

health check ups

All relevant

parameters

Routine Blood

Examination.

Microscopic;

Biochemistry.

Routine Urine

Examination.

Lung function test.

Sputum

examination

Audiometery

X-ray, ECG

Regular check ups All workers at plant site

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed expansion project in Kutch district will help in surrounding development and

generate job opportunities for the local population. The people residing in the nearby areas

will be benefited directly and indirectly as well. It is anticipated that the proposed expansion

of project will provide benefits in all important aspects.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 342

11.7ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) aims at the preservation of ecological system by

considering in-built pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. Some of the major

criteria governing the environmental measures will be adopted, and the same is described in

ensuring paragraphs.

Particulars Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

During Construction

Phase

• Dust pollution can be minimized at the source by water spraying and maintenance of

road.

• Construction material will be stored in temporary storage yard.

• There will be no basement; hence quantity of the soil excavation will be comparatively

less. However, soil will be kept moist to reduce dust emission during excavation for

piling.

• The excavated materials will be place only on the designated disposal areas.

• The heights, from which materials will be dropped, will be the minimum practical

height to limit fugitive dust generation.

• The construction area will be shielded with the help of tarpaulin from all the four sides

to contain the air emissions within the premises.

• Dust or dusty material will not be swept without effectively treating it with water or

other substances in order to minimize its dust emission.

• Suitable covered skips and enclosed chats or other suitable measures will be provided

in order to minimize dust emission to the atmosphere when materials & waste will be

removed from the premises.

• Rapid cleanup of project related track out or material spills on paved road.

• Natural topography will be maintained to the greatest extent possible.

• Parking lot and paved road will be constructed first.

• Upwind portion of the project will be constructed first.

• During high wind condition, construction activities will be restricted, so that minimum

flow of dust particle takes place.

• The first and most important step towards emission control for the large in-use fleet of

vehicles is the formulation of an inspection and maintenance system. It is possible to

reduce 30-40% pollution loads generated by vehicles through proper periodical

inspections and maintenance of vehicles

• All transportation vehicles will be suitably covered with tarpaulin & overloading of the

vehicles will be avoided.

• PUC certified vehicles will be used to avoid the exhaust emission.

During Operation The unit will take all possible measures to control the emissions from all sources.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 343

Phase Bag house are /will be installed to control emissions from the process

Adequate stack height as per CPCB emission regulations of 30 m for furnace for proper

dispersion of pollutants into the atmosphere.

Green belt development will be done to attenuate the pollution. Only local species will be

planted. It will cover 33% area of the proposed plant.

Ambient air quality and stack emissions should be regularly monitored (as per

CPCB/SPCB) to ensure that ambient air quality standards and suggested limits of the stack

emission loads are met honestly all the time. And also to check the efficiency of Air

Pollution Control Equipments.

All the internal roads will be black topped to prevent fugitive emissions.

PUC certified vehicles shall be used for transportation of raw material/products.

To check the functioning of pollution control equipment the unit will prepare environment

monitoring schedule during operation. In case of value found above the statuary limit the

plant will be shut down immediately and the environment cell of the unit will be informed

for further action.

Raw material will be kept in storage yard and base of storage yard will have impermeable

base surfaces, usually constituted from the material being stored. Other raw materials will

be stored under cover sheds.

Local exhaust ventilation will be provided to vent out the emissions to suitable arrestment

plant to meet the emission limit.

Dust and fumes will be minimized by discharging slag from the induction furnace into slag

pots, rather than on to the ground.

Indore air monitoring will be done to check the exposure level of the worker for periodical

basis. (at least once in six months)

Water Environment

During Construction

Phase

Measures will be implemented to prevent seepage of liquid materials into ground where

it could contaminate groundwater;

• Ensure prompt cleaning up of accidental spillages

• Measures will be followed to prevent the contamination of hydrological features by

diesel, grease, oil, etc. derived from the working area.

• The machinery / equipment will be maintained in a good operating condition;

• Specially designated areas will be created for vehicle maintenance;

• Accidental spillages will be cleaned up promptly.

• Curing water will be sprayed and after liberal curing, all concrete structures will be

covered with gunny bags this will conserves water

• Provisions will be made to ensure the construction vehicles stick to the access track to

prevent mud & dirt being deposited on roads



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 344

• Fence will be constructed around the site to trap sediments whilst allowing the water to

flow through.

• All mud & dirt deposited on the roads from the construction activities will be cleaned.

• Adopting good construction and engineering practices will help in mitigating the water

pollution.

Water Environment

During Operation

Phase

• Industrial waste water will be treated in ETP

• Domestic Waste water will be treated in existing STP

• Rain water harvesting structure will be installed in the unit.

• Regular ETP effluent monitoring will be done to track the working of ETP.

• The unit will be shut in case of any problem in the ETP working.

• Neutralization and sedimentation of wastewaters where applicable ̇ Dewatering of

sludge and appropriate disposal of solids.

• All effluents containing acid/alkali/organic/toxic wastes should be treated by

appropriate methods

Solid Waste

During Construction

Phase

• Careful design, planning and good site management would minimize waste of materials

such as concrete, mortars and cement grouts. The contractor will make inventory of all

types of solid waste that are expected during the construction activity before starting the

work.

• Complete excavated material from the earthworks will be re-used on site as structural

fill or for landscaping purposes by balancing with cut & fill operations.

• Construction waste generated will be disposed off according to the nature of the waste.

• Proper litter disposal and collection points will be established around the all

construction work sites.

• The transportation of construction spoil will be allowed only to designated dumpsites

after obtaining permission of.

No solid waste will be kept in open spaces.

Solid Waste

During Operation

Phase

The slag collected from the bottom will be again re-charged in the furnace. The cycle will

continue till the end waste is formed. Slag accumulated inside the furnace, will be

continuously removed and will be used in road making. Iron will be separated from slag

with the help of magnate and will be reused for manufacturing of mild steel as a raw

material.

Slag obtained will be properly staged on a platform above ground level and shall be

suitable covered with tarpaulin sheets.

Hazardous Wastes after expansion will be generated :


Type of Waste




WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 345

Hazardous Waste

Used Oil (5.1)

2.063 1.13 3.19 Used oil is sent to Hindustan Oil Industries, Gandhidham, Gujarat. Copy is enclosed as Annexure-XXI.

Used Ion exchange resin (34.2)

0.35 0.19 0.54 Used Ion exchange resin is sent to Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. Copy is enclosed as Annexure-XXII.

Tar residue (13.2)

3.6 - 3.6 Tar residue is sent to Saurashtra Enviro Projects Pvt. Ltd. Enclosed as Annexure-XXIV

Noise Pollution

During Construction

Phase

Complete construction work especially heavy work will be done during day time.

Vehicular movement carrying raw materials will be avoided during night time.

The vehicles will be regularly maintained and optimum use of the same will be made.

Adequate PPE’s (ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet, mask etc) will be provided to the workers.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

Noise Pollution

During Operation

Phase

All equipments will be procured meeting the permissible noise standards.

The insulation provided for prevention and loss of heat and PPE shall also act as noise

reducer.

Foundations and structures will be designed to minimize vibrations and noise.

Regular equipment maintenance and better work habits will be adopted.

D.G. set is proposed to be housed in an inbuilt acoustic enclosure. The acoustic enclosure

will be designed for minimum 25dB (A) insertion loss for meeting the ambient noise

standards, whichever is on the higher side.

Necessary safety and personal protective equipment such as ear plugs, ear muffs, helmet

etc will be provided to the workers.

Noise levels generated will be maintained to comply with the Factories Act & Rules and

will not exceed 75 dB (A) at 1 m distance.

Implementation of green belt within the premises of plant will absorb the noise. Thus will

help to control the noise pollution.

Proper lubrication and housekeeping will be usually done to avoid excessive noise

generation.

Supervisor will be responsible to control the noise by maintaining conditions of

machineries and silencers.

33% of the total plot area is under greenbelt.

Socio - Economy The project is investing in exemplary social responsibilities and doing the good work with

public faith.

The project is expansion on the existing land area and no displacent due to the expansion of

manufaturing activity of the project.



WHRB





OCTOBER’ 2018 346



New patterns of indirect employment/ income through value chain involving warehousing,

logistics, and CSR.



11.8 CONCLUSIONS

It is predicted that socio-economic impact due to this project will positively increase the

employment opportunities for local inhabitants. There are no Resettlement and Rehabilitation

issues involved in this project. The contribution to the revenue of the State Govt. will be put in

public welfare and augment growth. The entire project area is devoid of any endangered flora

and fauna. Thus the modernization with process integration project is not likely to affect the

environment or adjacent ecosystem adversely.

*****************



WHRB

SECTION – XII- DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

ENGAGED




OCTOBER’ 2018 347

SECTION-XII

INDEX

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED ........................................................................ 348

************



WHRB


ENGAGED




OCTOBER’ 2018 348

12.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of proposed expansion in manufacturing of Sponge

Iron TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets-, MS Rolled Bars, Runner & Raiser of Gallantt Metal Limited

situated at Khasra No.-175/1, Village – Samakhiyali, Tehsil- Bhachau, District – Kutch (Guj.) for an

area of 116.0 Acre.

I hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator Signature & Date

EIA Coordinator K. N. Sudershan Rao

Associated EIA Coordinator Neha Bhargava

Alka Sharma

Period of Involvement 2017-2018

Contact Information 0141- 2354997, 2353996

Functional Area Experts: -

S.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert/s Involvement

(Period & Task**)

Signature & Date

1 AP K. N. Sudershan Rao

Alka Sharma

Neha Bhargava*

Relevant inventorization

Prediction of air pollution and its

management.

2 WP Sunita Mantri

Divyesh Giri Goswami

(FAA)

Relevant inventorization

Prediction of water pollution and its

management.

Water balance.

3 SHW Sunita Mantri

Alka Sharma

Neha Bhargava*

Identification of nature of waste,

categorization, and quantity of generated

waste.

Prediction of waste pollution and its

management.



WHRB


ENGAGED




OCTOBER’ 2018 349

4 SE Shubhangi Tibra

Puran Singh Gurjar

(FAA)

Secondary data of Census of India, 2011.

Socio-Economic Survey;

Socio Economic Impact Assesment

5 EB Dinesh Bohra

Alka Sharma*

Ecological and biodiversity survey.

Identification of species (flora and fauna).

Conservation Plan for fauna of schedule-I

species.

6 HG Vikrant Mahendran Hydrogeological survey for assessing

aquifer distribution of the area

Water resource evaluation of the area.

Pre-monsoon & Post-monsoon collection

of water level & quality data.

7 GEO Vikrant Mahendran Field Survey for assessing the regional

and local geology of the area.

8 AQ K. N. Sudershan Rao

Neha Bhargava

Study of primary data

Air Quality Modelling and its

interpretation.

9 NV K. N. Sudershan Rao

Prediction of Noise pollution.

Mitigation measures

10 LU Vikrant Mahendran Satellite imaginary.

Inference

11 RH K. N. Sudershan Rao

Divyesh Giri Goswami

(FAA)

Assessment of risk involved, if any.

Management Plan for safety.

12 SC Vikrant Mahendran Identification of existing quality of soil.

Prediction of Impact and its management.

*TM – Team Member



WHRB


ENGAGED




OCTOBER’ 2018 350

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Sunita Mantri, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of proposed

expansion in manufacturing of Sponge Iron TMT Bars, M.S. Billet/ S.S. Billets-, MS Rolled Bars, Runner &

Raiser of Gallantt Metal Limited. I also confirm that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

***********************

Signature

Name Sunita Mantri

Designation CMD

Name of the EIA Consultant

Organization.

Enkay Enviro Services Pvt. Ltd., Jaipur

NABET Certificate No. & Issue

Date

At S. No. 44 as per List of Accredited EIA

Consultant Organizations. (as per Rev. 70

October 11, 2018)

Date post:	03-Jul-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	10 times
Download:	0 times